EX-17.(S) 116 exhibit_17p.htm STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Table of Contents

PART B

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Class A Shares
Class B Shares
Class C Shares
Service Shares
Institutional Shares
Administration Shares
Separate Account Institutional Shares

GOLDMAN SACHS ENHANCED INCOME FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS ULTRA-SHORT DURATION GOVERNMENT FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS SHORT DURATION GOVERNMENT FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS SHORT DURATION TAX-FREE FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS GOVERNMENT INCOME FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS MUNICIPAL INCOME FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS U.S. MORTGAGES FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS CORE FIXED INCOME FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS INVESTMENT GRADE CREDIT FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS GLOBAL INCOME FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS HIGH YIELD MUNICIPAL FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS HIGH YIELD FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND
(Each a portfolio of Goldman Sachs Trust)

Goldman Sachs Trust
4900 Sears Tower
Chicago, Illinois 60606

This Statement of Additional Information (the “Additional Statement”) is not a prospectus. This Additional Statement describes each of the above-referenced series of Goldman Sachs Trust. This Additional Statement should be read in conjunction with the Class A, Class B, Class C, Service, Institutional, Administration (Goldman Sachs Enhanced Income Fund only) and Separate Account Institutional (Goldman Sachs U.S. Mortgages and Goldman Sachs Investment Grade Credit Funds only) prospectuses of Goldman Sachs Enhanced Income Fund, Goldman Sachs Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund, Goldman Sachs Short Duration Government Fund, Goldman Sachs Short Duration Tax-Free Fund, Goldman Sachs Government Income Fund, Goldman Sachs Municipal Income Fund, Goldman Sachs U.S. Mortgages Fund, Goldman Sachs Core Fixed Income Fund, Goldman Sachs Investment Grade Credit Fund, Goldman Sachs Global Income Fund, Goldman Sachs High Yield Municipal Fund, Goldman Sachs High Yield Fund, and Goldman Sachs Emerging Markets Debt Fund, (collectively, the “Funds” and each individually, a “Fund”), each dated February 27, 2004, as they may be further amended and/or supplemented from time to time (the “Prospectuses”). The Prospectuses may be obtained without charge from Goldman, Sachs & Co. by calling the telephone number, or writing to one of the addresses, listed below or from institutions (“Service Organizations”) acting on behalf of their customers. Goldman Sachs Enhanced Income Fund, Goldman Sachs U.S. Mortgages, Goldman Sachs Investment Grade Credit Fund and Goldman Sachs Emerging Markets Debt Fund currently do not offer Class B, Class C or Service Shares and Goldman Sachs Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund currently does not offer Class B or Class C Shares.

 


Table of Contents

GSAM® is a registered service mark of Goldman, Sachs & Co.

The audited financial statements and related report of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors for each Fund (other than Goldman Sachs U.S. Mortgages Fund and Goldman Sachs Investment Grade Credit Fund), contained in each Fund’s 2003 annual report are incorporated herein by reference in the section “Financial Statements.” No other portions of the Funds’ annual reports are incorporated herein by reference.

The date of this Additional Statement is February 27, 2004, as amended June 4, 2004.

B-ii


Table of Contents


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

     
GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.P.
   
Investment Adviser to:
   
Goldman Sachs Enhanced Income Fund
  GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET
Goldman Sachs Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund
  MANAGEMENT INTERNATIONAL
Goldman Sachs Short Duration Government Fund
  Investment Adviser to:
Goldman Sachs Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
  Goldman Sachs Global Income Fund
Goldman Sachs Government Income Fund
  Christchurch Court
Goldman Sachs Municipal Income Fund
  10-15 Newgate Street
Goldman Sachs U.S. Mortgages Fund
  London, England EC1A7HD
Goldman Sachs Core Fixed Income Fund
   
Goldman Sachs Investment Grade Credit Fund
  GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
Goldman Sachs High Yield Municipal Fund
  Distributor
Goldman Sachs High Yield Fund
  85 Broad Street
Goldman Sachs Emerging Markets Debt Fund
  New York, NY 10004
32 Old Slip
   
New York, New York 10005
  GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
  Transfer Agent
 
  4900 Sears Tower
 
  Chicago, Illinois 60606

Toll free (in U.S.) .......800-621-2550

-iii-

 


Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION

     Goldman Sachs Trust (the “Trust”) is an open-end, management investment company. The Trust is organized as a Delaware statutory trust established by a Declaration of Trust dated January 28, 1997. The Trust is a successor to a Massachusetts business trust that was combined with the Trust on April 30, 1997. The Trustees of the Trust have authority under the Declaration of Trust to create and classify shares into separate series and to classify and reclassify any series of shares into one or more classes without further action by shareholders. Pursuant thereto, the Trustees have created the following series, among others: Goldman Sachs Enhanced Income Fund (“Enhanced Income Fund”), Goldman Sachs Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund (formerly, Adjustable Rate Government Fund) (“Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund”), Goldman Sachs Short Duration Government Fund (“Short Duration Government Fund”), Goldman Sachs Short Duration Tax-Free Fund (“Short Duration Tax-Free Fund”), Goldman Sachs Government Income Fund (“Government Income Fund”), Goldman Sachs Municipal Income Fund (“Municipal Income Fund”), Goldman Sachs U.S. Mortgages Fund (“U.S. Mortgages Fund”), Goldman Sachs Core Fixed Income Fund (“Core Fixed Income Fund”), Goldman Sachs Investment Grade Credit Fund (“Investment Grade Credit Fund”), Goldman Sachs Global Income Fund (“Global Income Fund”), Goldman Sachs High Yield Municipal Fund (“High Yield Municipal Fund”), Goldman Sachs High Yield Fund (“High Yield Fund”), and Goldman Sachs Emerging Markets Debt Fund (“Emerging Markets Debt Fund”) (each referred to herein as a “Fund” and collectively as the “Funds”). Each Fund other than the Global Income Fund and High Yield Municipal Fund is a diversified, open-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Act”). The Global Income Fund and High Yield Municipal Fund are each a non-diversified, open-end management investment company. Short Duration Government Fund, Short Duration Tax-Free Fund, Government Income Fund, Municipal Income Fund, Core Fixed Income Fund, Global Income Fund, High Yield Municipal Fund and High Yield Fund are authorized to issue five classes of shares: Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class C Shares, Service Shares and Institutional Shares. Enhanced Income Fund is authorized to issue three classes of shares: Class A, Administration and Institutional Shares. Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund is authorized to issue three classes of shares: Class A Shares, Service Shares and Institutional Shares. U.S. Mortgages and Investment Grade Credit Funds are authorized to issue three classes of shares: Class A Shares, Institutional Shares and Separate Account Institutional Shares. Emerging Markets Debt Fund is authorized to issue two classes of shares: Class A Shares and Institutional Shares. Additional series and classes may be added in the future from time to time.

     Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM”) (formerly Goldman Sachs Funds Management, L.P.) , an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“Goldman Sachs”), serves as the investment adviser to the Enhanced Income Fund, Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund, Short Duration Government Fund, Short Duration Tax-Free Fund, Government Income Fund, Municipal Income Fund, U.S. Mortgages Fund, Core Fixed Income Fund, Investment Grade Credit Fund, High Yield Municipal Fund, High Yield Fund, and Emerging Markets Debt Fund. Goldman Sachs Asset Management International (“GSAMI”), an affiliate of Goldman Sachs, serves as investment adviser to the Global Income Fund. GSAM and GSAMI are each sometimes referred to herein as the “Investment Adviser” and collectively herein as the “Investment Advisers.” In addition, Goldman Sachs serves as each Fund’s distributor and transfer agent. Each Fund’s custodian is State Street Bank and Trust Company.

     Because each Fund’s shares may be redeemed upon request of a shareholder on any business day at net asset value, the Funds offer greater liquidity than many competing investments, such as certificates of deposit and direct investments in certain securities in which the respective Funds may invest. However, unlike certificates of deposits, shares of the Funds are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

     The following information relates to and supplements the description of each Fund’s investment policies contained in the Prospectuses. See the Prospectuses for a more complete description of each Fund’s

B-1


Table of Contents

investment objective and policies. Investing in the Funds entails certain risks and there is no assurance that a Fund will achieve its objective. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the same meaning as in the Prospectuses.

     As used in the Additional Statement, the term “Taxable Funds” refers to the Enhanced Income, Ultra-Short Duration Government, Short Duration Government, Government Income, U.S. Mortgages, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt. The term “Tax Exempt Funds” refers to the Short Duration Tax-Free, Municipal Income and High Yield Municipal Funds.

     Experienced Management. Successfully creating and managing a portfolio of securities requires professionals with extensive experience. Goldman Sachs’ highly skilled portfolio management team brings together many years of experience in the analysis, valuation and trading of U.S. and foreign fixed-income securities.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

     Each Fund has a distinct investment objective and policies. There can be no assurance that a Fund’s objective will be achieved. The investment objective and policies of each Fund, and the associated risks of each Fund, are discussed in the Funds’ Prospectuses, which should be read carefully before an investment is made. All investment objectives and investment policies not specifically designated as fundamental may be changed without shareholder approval. However, with respect to the Ultra-Short Duration Government, Short Duration Government, Government Income, U.S. Mortgages, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds, to the extent required by Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regulations, shareholders will be provided with sixty days notice in the manner prescribed by the SEC before any change in a Fund’s policy to invest at least 80% of its net assets plus any borrowings (measured at the time of purchase), in the particular type of investment suggested by its name. With respect to the Short Duration Tax-Free Fund, Municipal Income Fund and High Yield Municipal Fund, such Funds’ policies to invest at least 80% of their net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes (measured at the time of purchase) in tax-exempt and municipal investments, as applicable, are fundamental policies that may not be changed without shareholder approval. Additional information about the Funds, their policies, and the investment instruments they may hold is provided below.

     Each Fund’s share price will fluctuate with market, economic and, to the extent applicable, foreign exchange conditions, so that an investment in any of the Funds may be worth more or less when redeemed than when purchased. None of the Funds should be relied upon as a complete investment program.

     The following discussion supplements the information in the Funds’ Prospectuses.

Enhanced Income Fund

     Enhanced Income Fund is designed for investors who seek returns in excess of traditional money market products while maintaining an emphasis on preservation of capital and liquidity. The Fund invests, under normal circumstances, primarily in a portfolio of fixed income securities, including non-mortgage-backed U.S. government securities, corporate notes and commercial paper and fixed and floating rate asset-backed securities rated, at the time of purchase, at least A by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) or, if unrated, determined by the Investment Adviser to be of comparable quality.

     A number of investment strategies will be used to achieve the Fund’s investment objective, including market sector selection, determination of yield curve exposure, and issuer selection. In addition, the

B-2


Table of Contents

Investment Adviser will attempt to take advantage of pricing inefficiencies in the fixed-income markets. Market sector selection is the underweighting or overweighting of one or more of the four market sectors (i.e., U.S. Treasuries, U.S. government agencies, corporate securities and asset-backed securities) in which the Fund primarily invests. The decision to overweight or underweight a given market sector is based on expectations of future yield spreads between different sectors. Yield curve exposure strategy consists of overweighting or underweighting different maturity sectors to take advantage of the shape of the yield curve. Issuer selection is the purchase and sale of corporate securities based on a corporation’s current and expected credit standing. To take advantage of price discrepancies between securities resulting from supply and demand imbalances or other technical factors, the Fund may simultaneously purchase and sell comparable, but not identical, securities. The Investment Adviser will usually have access to the research of, and proprietary technical models developed by, Goldman Sachs and will apply quantitative and qualitative analysis in determining the appropriate allocations among the categories of issuers and types of securities.

     The Fund’s overall returns are generally likely to move in the opposite direction as interest rates. Therefore, when interest rates decline, the Fund’s return is likely to increase. Conversely, when interest rates increase, the Fund’s return is likely to decline. In exchange for accepting a higher degree of share price fluctuation, investors have the potential to achieve a higher return from the Fund than from shorter-term investments.

     In determining the maturity of an instrument, the Fund will treat the remaining maturity of a newly-issued security as five years in situations where the original maturity of the security exceeds that period by not more than forty-five days. In addition, a fixed income instrument that has a mandatory put or call feature that provides that the Fund will receive payment of the principal amount of the instrument from the issuer and/or an investment banker at a specified future date will be deemed to have a remaining maturity ending on that date, even though the stated final maturity of the instrument is later than the put or call date.

     Preservation of Capital. Enhanced Income Fund seeks to reduce principal fluctuation by maintaining a target duration equal to that of a six-month U.S. Treasury Bill (to One-Year Treasury Note Index) and an approximate interest rate sensitivity of a nine-month U.S. Treasury Bill, as well as utilizing certain interest rate hedging techniques. There is no assurance that these strategies will be successful.

     Liquidity. Because the Fund’s shares may be redeemed upon request of a shareholder on any business day at net asset value, the Fund offers greater liquidity than many competing investments such as certificates of deposit and direct investments in certain securities in which the Fund may invest.

     A Sophisticated Investment Process. Enhanced Income Fund will attempt to control its exposure to interest rate risk, including overall market exposure and the spread risk of particular sectors and securities, through active portfolio management techniques. The Fund’s investment process starts with a review of trends for the overall economy as well as for different sectors of the fixed-income securities markets. Goldman Sachs’ portfolio managers then analyze yield spreads, implied volatility and the shape of the yield curve. In planning the Fund’s portfolio investment strategies, the Investment Adviser is able to draw upon the economic and fixed-income research resources of Goldman Sachs. The Investment Adviser will use a sophisticated analytical process including Goldman Sachs’ option-adjusted spread model to assist in structuring and maintaining the Fund’s investment portfolio. In determining the Fund’s investment strategy and making market timing decisions, the Investment Adviser will have access to input from Goldman Sachs’ economists and fixed-income analysts.

B-3


Table of Contents

Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund and Short Duration Government Fund

     Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund is designed for investors who seek a high level of current income, consistent with low volatility of principal. Short Duration Government Fund is designed for investors who seek a high level of current income and secondarily, in seeking current income, may also wish to consider the potential for capital appreciation. Both Funds are appropriate for investors who seek the high credit quality of securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises (“U.S. Government Securities”), without incurring the administrative and accounting burdens involved in direct investment.

     Market and economic conditions may affect the investments of the Ultra-Short Duration Government and Short Duration Government Funds differently than the investments normally purchased by other types of fixed-income investors. Relative to U.S. Treasury and non-fluctuating money market instruments, the market value of adjustable rate mortgage securities in which Ultra-Short Duration Government and Short Duration Government Funds may invest may be adversely affected by increases in market interest rates. Conversely, decreases in market interest rates may result in less capital appreciation for adjustable rate mortgage securities in relation to U.S. Treasury and money market investments.

     High Current Income. Ultra-Short Duration Government and Short Duration Government Funds seek a higher current yield than that offered by money market funds or by bank certificates of deposit and money market accounts. However, the Ultra-Short Duration Government and Short Duration Government Funds do not maintain a constant net asset value per share and are subject to greater fluctuations in the value of their shares than a money market fund. Unlike bank certificates of deposit and money market accounts, investments in shares of the Funds are not insured or guaranteed by any government agency. The Ultra-Short Duration Government and Short Duration Government Funds each seek to provide such high current income without sacrificing credit quality.

     Relative Low Volatility of Principal. Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund seeks to minimize net asset value fluctuations by investing primarily in U.S. Government Securities (including securities representing an interest in or collateralized by adjustable rate and fixed rate mortgage loans) and by maintaining a maximum duration of two years and a target duration equal to that of a Six-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index to One-Year U.S. Treasury Note Index. This Fund utilizes certain active management techniques to seek to hedge interest rate risk. Short Duration Government Fund seeks to minimize net asset value fluctuations by utilizing certain interest rate hedging techniques and by maintaining a maximum duration of not more than three years. The duration target of Short Duration Government Fund is that of the 2-year U.S. Treasury Note Index plus or minus 0.5 years. There is no assurance that these strategies for Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund and Short Duration Government Fund will be successful.

     Professional Management and Administration. Investors who invest in securities of the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”) and other mortgage-backed securities may prefer professional management and administration of their mortgage-backed securities portfolios. A well-diversified portfolio of such securities emphasizing minimal fluctuation of net asset value requires significant active management as well as significant accounting and administrative resources. Members of Goldman Sachs’ highly skilled portfolio management team bring together many years of experience in the analysis, valuation and trading of U.S. fixed-income securities.

Government Income Fund

     Government Income Fund is designed for investors who seek a high level of current income, consistent with safety of principal and the high credit quality of U.S. Government Securities, without incurring the administrative and account burdens involved in direct investment.

B-4


Table of Contents

     Government Income Fund’s overall returns are generally likely to move in the opposite direction from interest rates. Therefore, when interest rates decline, Government Income Fund’s return is likely to increase. In exchange for accepting a higher degree of share price fluctuation, investors have the potential to achieve a higher return from Government Income Fund than from shorter-term investments.

     High Current Income. Government Income Fund is designed to have a higher current yield than a money market fund, since it can invest in longer-term, higher yielding securities, and may utilize certain investment techniques not available to a money market fund. Similarly, Government Income Fund’s yield is expected to exceed that offered by bank certificates of deposit and money market accounts. However, Government Income Fund does not maintain a constant net asset value per share and is subject to greater fluctuation in the value of its shares than a money market fund. Unlike bank certificates of deposit and money market accounts, investments in shares of Government Income Fund are not insured or guaranteed by any government agency. Government Income Fund seeks to provide high current income without, however, sacrificing credit quality.

     Liquidity. Because Government Income Fund’s shares may be redeemed upon request of a shareholder on any business day at net asset value, Government Income Fund offers greater liquidity than many competing investments such as certificates of deposit and direct investments in certain securities in which Government Income Fund may invest.

     A Sophisticated Investment Process. Government Income Fund’s investment process starts with a review of trends for the overall economy as well as for different sectors of the U.S. government and mortgage-backed securities markets. Goldman Sachs’ portfolio managers then analyze yield spreads, implied volatility and the shape of the yield curve. In planning Government Income Fund’s portfolio investment strategies, the Investment Adviser is able to draw upon the economic and fixed-income research resources of Goldman Sachs. The Investment Adviser will use a sophisticated analytical process involving Goldman Sachs’ proprietary mortgage prepayment model and option-adjusted spread model to structure and maintain the Government Income Fund’s investment portfolio. In determining the Government Income Fund’s investment strategy and in making market timing decisions, the Investment Adviser will have access to information from Goldman Sachs’ economists, fixed-income analysts and mortgage specialists.

     Convenience of a Fund Structure. Government Income Fund eliminates many of the complications that direct ownership of U.S. Government Securities and mortgage-backed securities entails. Government Income Fund automatically reinvests all principal payments within the Fund and distributes only current income each month, thereby conserving principal and eliminating the investor’s need to segregate and reinvest the principal portion of each payment on his own.

Short Duration Tax-Free, Municipal Income and High Yield Municipal Funds

     The Tax Exempt Funds are not money market funds. Short Duration Tax-Free Fund is designed for investors who seek a high level of current income, consistent with relatively low volatility of principal, that is exempt from regular federal income tax. Municipal Income Fund is designed for investors who seek a high level of current income that is exempt from regular federal income tax, consistent with preservation of capital. High Yield Municipal Fund is designed for investors who seek a high level of current income that is exempt from regular federal income taxes as well as the potential for capital appreciation. The Tax Exempt Funds are appropriate for investors who seek to invest in fixed-income securities issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States (including the District of Columbia) and the political subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities thereof (“Municipal Securities”) and who are able to accept greater risk with the possibility of higher returns than investors in municipal money market funds. While municipal money market funds almost always maintain a constant net asset value, they must meet stringent

B-5


Table of Contents

high quality credit standards, their portfolios must be broadly diversified and their portfolio securities must have remaining maturities of 397 days or less. An example of an “eligible” investment for the Tax Exempt Funds is an auction rate Municipal Security. These securities generally have higher yields than money market Municipal Securities, but are, in many cases, not eligible investments for municipal money market funds.

     In addition, unlike a municipal money market fund, the Tax Exempt Funds’ increased investment flexibility permits their portfolios to be more easily adjusted to reflect the shape of the current yield curve as well as to respond to anticipated developments that might affect the shape of the yield curve.

     The Municipal Securities in which the Short Duration Tax-Free and Municipal Income Funds invest will be rated, at the time of purchase, at least BBB or Baa by an NRSRO or, if unrated, will be determined by the Investment Adviser to be of comparable quality. Municipal Securities rated BBB or Baa are considered medium-grade obligations with speculative characteristics, and adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances may weaken their issuers’ capability to pay interest and repay principal. Municipal Income Fund will have a weighted average credit quality equal to A for securities rated by an NRSRO or, if unrated, determined by the Investment Adviser to be of comparable quality. High Yield Municipal Fund will invest at least 65% of its total assets (not including securities lending collateral and any investment of that collateral) (measured at the time of purchase) in high-yield Municipal Securities rated, at the time of purchase, BBB or Baa or lower by a NRSRO or, if unrated, will be determined by the Investment Adviser to be of comparable quality. See also “High Yield Fund – Return on and Risks of High Yield Securities” for a discussion of risks that are generally applicable to High Yield Municipal Fund. The credit rating assigned to Municipal Securities may reflect the existence of guarantees, letters of credit or other credit enhancement features available to the issuers or holders of such Municipal Securities.

     Investors who wish to invest in Municipal Securities may find that a mutual fund structure offers some important advantages when compared to investing in individual Municipal Securities, including:

  The ratings given to Municipal Securities by the rating organizations are difficult to evaluate. For example, some Municipal Securities with relatively low credit ratings have yields comparable to Municipal Securities with much higher ratings. The credit research professionals at Goldman Sachs closely follow market events and are well positioned to judge current and expected credit conditions of municipal issuers;
 
  Because of the relative inefficiency of the secondary market in Municipal Securities, the value of an individual municipal security is often difficult to determine. As such, investors may obtain a wide range of different prices when asking for quotes from different dealers. In addition, a dealer may have a large inventory of a particular issue that it wants to reduce. Obtaining the best overall prices can require extensive negotiation, which is a function performed by the portfolio manager; and
 
  Market expertise is also an important consideration for municipal investors, and because the Tax Exempt Funds may take relatively large positions in different securities, the Tax Exempt Funds may be able to obtain more favorable prices in the Municipal Securities market than investors with relatively small positions.

B-6


Table of Contents

U.S. Mortgages Fund

Philosophy

     The U.S. Mortgages Fund seeks a high level of total return consisting of income and capital appreciation. The Fund invests, under normal circumstances, in securities representing direct or indirect interests in or that are collateralized by Mortgage-Backed Securities. Although the Investment Adviser considers macroeconomic trends - including the Investment Adviser’s expectations about interest rate trends and whether the curve will be flattening or steepening—the Investment Adviser’s investment approach to mortgages is mainly based on analyses of mortgage prepayments and measures of relative value.

     Much of the research focus is on understanding model risk, which requires the Investment Adviser to understand how popular prepayment models are biased under different market scenarios. The Investment Adviser constructs a view which attempts to gauge how popular prepayment models will predict prepay activity across the broad spectrum of different mortgage instruments which spans all the major fixed-rate, single family mortgage sectors - level-pay and balloon, agency and non-agency. The Investment Adviser develops an independent view of how these popular models may not have kept up with recent changes in the individual homeowner’s decision process. For example, there have been material changes over the last decade in the way in which homeowners have access to mortgage refinancing: from the evolution of the mortgage broker market to access via internet applications to current trends in underwriters soliciting their own mortgage holder base for refinancing. The Investment Adviser’s intent is to understand these changes and exploit them in its trading activity. The focus throughout is to uncover model predictive bias with respect to borrower behaviour and the decision-making of refinancing.

     Additionally, the Investment Adviser accesses and dissects individual mortgage pool information, which it believes can deliver an informational advantage under certain trading conditions.

     The Investment Adviser’s data-set distinguishes on the basis of mortgage characteristics such as loan type, coupon, pool originator, underwriter standards, prepay penalties, vintage, and dollar balance, as well as by environmental variables including interest rates and origination points (for the entire term structure of mortgage alternatives including level pay, balloon and adjustable rate), housing values, recording-tax rates and relevant government regulations – which are significant elements affecting the prepayment decision. These decisions are incorporated into trading decisions about which mortgages to hold and which to avoid.

     Specifically, the Fund the Investment Adviser expects to implement several investment strategies, as described below:

     Sector/Subsector Strategies: The sector strategy would 1) attempt to take advantage of potential changes in general spread levels by overweighting and underweighting the spread duration of the portfolio relative to the index and 2) allocate risk among the different sectors in the mandate: passthroughs, collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), Treasuries. The subsector strategy would allocate risk among the different subsectors in each sector: e.g. passthroughs whether to own GNMA vs. conventionals.

     Security Selection: The Investment Adviser’s security selection strategy represents relative value investing. The Investment Adviser’s specialist team focuses on 1) finding the most attractive securities to place in the investment portfolios and 2) avoiding the least attractive securities in the index.

B-7


Table of Contents

     Among the Investment Adviser’s security selection strategies are:

1) Seasoning Strategies: The Investment Adviser believes that the market does not always correctly price the seasoning of a bond and its tendency to prepay in the future. By identifying these mispriced bonds, the Investment Adviser can construct a portfolio with more attractive interest rate sensitivity than that of the index.

2) Coupon Selection: By combining the Investment Adviser’s fundamental market views with the Investment Adviser’s quantitative models, the Investment Adviser believes that it can take advantage of potential mispricings across coupons. The Investment Adviser also believes that there are opportunities to generate absolute returns by monitoring the embedded delivery options in the To-Be-Allocated (“TBA”) market and by understanding the implied financing rate in TBA market for each coupon.

3) CMO vs. Passthrough Selection: There are often opportunities in the market to replicate passthrough securities by purchasing CMOs. This strategy may benefit an investment portfolio in two ways. First, it might be possible to purchase the replicating CMOs at a lower price than the passthrough. Second, the replicating CMOs may have the same price as the passthrough but have more attractive interest rate sensitivity characteristics.

Security Weighting: The Investment Adviser scales its positions as a function of the expected return and risk of the trade. Generally riskier trades will have smaller positions and less risky trades will have larger positions. For example, the Investment Manager may cap the exposure from issuers in a particular rating category. This scaling occurs as a result of the Investment Adviser’s risk managed approach. When sizing the trade the Investment Adviser will consider its impact upon the tracking error of the investment portfolio and also the trades relative attractiveness to other perceived opportunities.

Yield Curve and Duration Management: These strategies attempt to take advantage of changes in the shape of the yield curve and the level of rates. While the Investment Adviser believes that it can add excess return through yield curve and duration management, the Investment Adviser also believes that within the context of the U.S. Mortgages Fund, these strategies contribute less to total return than other strategies. As a result the Investment Adviser expects to take less risk in this area.

     Consistent with the Investment Adviser’s overall fixed income investment philosophy for mortgage-backed security portfolios, the Investment Adviser actively manages mortgage portfolios within a risk-managed framework. The portfolio risk management process includes an effort to monitor and manage risk, but should not be confused with and does not imply low risk.

Core Fixed Income Fund

     Core Fixed Income Fund is designed for investors seeking a total return consisting of capital appreciation and income that exceeds the total return of the Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index (the “Index”), without incurring the administrative and accounting burdens involved in direct investment. Such investors also prefer liquidity, experienced professional management and administration, a sophisticated investment process, and the convenience of a mutual fund structure. Core Fixed Income Fund may be appropriate as part of a balanced investment strategy consisting of stocks, bonds and cash or as a complement to positions in other types of fixed-income investments.

     The Index currently includes U.S. Government Securities and fixed-rate, publicly issued, U.S. dollar-denominated fixed-income securities rated at least Baa3 by Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) (if a Moody’s rating is unavailable, the comparable Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group (“Standard & Poor’s”)

B-8


Table of Contents

rating is used). The securities currently included in the Index have at least one year remaining to maturity; have an outstanding principal amount of at least $150 million; and are issued by the following types of issuers, with each category receiving a different weighting in the Index: U.S. Treasury; agencies, authorities or instrumentalities of the U.S. government; issuers of mortgage-backed securities; utilities; industrial issuers; financial institutions; foreign issuers; and issuers of asset-backed securities. In pursuing its investment objective, the Fund uses the Index as its performance benchmark, but the Fund will not attempt to replicate the Index. The Fund may, therefore, invest in securities that are not included in the Index. The Index is a trademark of Lehman Brothers. Inclusion of a security in the Index does not imply an opinion by Lehman Brothers as to its attractiveness or appropriateness for investment. Although Lehman Brothers obtains factual information used in connection with the Index from sources which it considers reliable, Lehman Brothers claims no responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or timeliness of such information and has no liability to any person for any loss arising from results obtained from the use of the Index data.

     Core Fixed Income Fund’s overall returns are generally likely to move in the opposite direction from interest rates. Therefore, when interest rates decline, Core Fixed Income Fund’s return is likely to increase. Conversely, when interest rates increase, Core Fixed Income Fund’s return is likely to decline. However, the Investment Adviser believes that, given the flexibility of managers to invest in a diversified portfolio of securities, Core Fixed Income Fund’s return is not likely to decline as quickly as that of other fixed-income funds with a comparable average portfolio duration. In exchange for accepting a higher degree of potential share price fluctuation, investors have the opportunity to achieve a higher return from Core Fixed Income Fund than from shorter-term investments.

     A number of investment strategies will be used to achieve the Core Fixed Income Fund’s investment objective, including market sector selection, determination of yield curve exposure, and issuer selection. In addition, the Investment Adviser will attempt to take advantage of pricing inefficiencies in the fixed-income markets. Market sector selection is the underweighting or overweighting of one or more of the five market sectors (i.e., U.S. Treasuries, U.S. government agencies, corporate securities, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities) in which the Fund primarily invests. The decision to overweight or underweight a given market sector is based on expectations of future yield spreads among different sectors. Yield curve exposure strategy consists of overweighting or underweighting different maturity sectors to take advantage of the shape of the yield curve. Issuer selection is the purchase and sale of corporate securities based on a corporation’s current and expected credit standing. To take advantage of price discrepancies between securities resulting from supply and demand imbalances or other technical factors, the Fund may simultaneously purchase and sell comparable, but not identical, securities. The Investment Adviser will usually have access to the research of, and proprietary technical models developed by, Goldman Sachs and will apply quantitative and qualitative analysis in determining the appropriate allocations among the categories of issuers and types of securities.

     A Sophisticated Investment Process. Core Fixed Income Fund will attempt to control its exposure to interest rate risk, including overall market exposure and the spread risk of particular sectors and securities, through active portfolio management techniques. Core Fixed Income Fund’s investment process starts with a review of trends for the overall economy as well as for different sectors of the fixed-income securities markets. Goldman Sachs’ portfolio managers then analyze yield spreads, implied volatility and the shape of the yield curve. In planning Core Fixed Income Fund’s portfolio investment strategies, the Investment Adviser is able to draw upon the economic and fixed-income research resources of Goldman Sachs. The Investment Adviser will use a sophisticated analytical process including Goldman Sachs’ proprietary mortgage prepayment model and option-adjusted spread model to assist in structuring and maintaining Core Fixed Income Fund’s investment portfolio. In determining Core Fixed Income Fund’s investment strategy and making market timing decisions, the Investment Adviser will have access to input from Goldman Sachs’ economists, fixed-income analysts and mortgage specialists.

B-9


Table of Contents

Investment Grade Credit Fund

     The Fund seeks a high level of total return consisting of capital appreciation and income that exceeds the total return of the Lehman Brothers U.S. Credit Index. The Fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets in investment grade fixed income securities.

     The Fund’s strategy employs a process that combines both a top-down and bottom-up analysis to evaluate companies. The Investment Adviser relies primarily on sub-sector/industry allocation and security selection strategies in seeking to generate incremental return relative to the selected benchmark. To a lesser degree, the Investment Adviser also implements duration and yield curve management strategies.

     The Investment Adviser’s strategy for the Fund is based on maximizing its understanding of the factors that drive performance. The Investment Adviser’s security selection process begins with an analysis of the fundamentals of a given company and its industry, and goes on to include broader market factors as well as technical and execution issues. The Investment Adviser has organized its group to incorporate these elements into a process that pulls together the input of specialists within a collaborative framework. Portfolio managers and analysts sit on the trading desk together. This facilitates the frequent conversation between the various members of the corporate bond team.

     Fundamental research is performed by a global high grade research group with parts of the teams in New York and London. The Investment Adviser established this group to ensure comprehensive research into high grade credits, which may be overlooked by firms with only one credit research team. The Investment Adviser’s analysts develop investment rationales incorporating their assessment of a company’s return potential and risks.

     The discussion of investment ideas goes beyond fundamentals to incorporate the broader market views of the portfolio managers. Investment grade corporates are strongly affected by such factors as comparative industry trends, the economy and general overall trends in coverage and leverage ratios. These factors can have a significant impact on performance. The portfolio managers bring their awareness of these factors as a crucial input in the formulation of investment ideas.

     A final element of the process incorporates technical and execution issues. Adding value requires close attention to execution issues including market levels and the new issuance calendar. It is also crucial to stay apprised of dealer activity; being aware of which bonds are being traded by particular dealers promotes efficient trading, which plays directly through to better performance. The Investment Adviser’s traders help in this regard.

     The Investment Adviser’s process is enhanced by the full integration of its New York and London corporate bond teams. While the teams are focused on issue selection in their respective markets, they are able to leverage their peers’ insights to develop broader, better-informed credit views than they could on their own. This integration extends to the portfolio managers, who also develop views on market and industry trends jointly. In addition to helping the Investment Adviser to develop fuller investment views, this integration can also allow it to exploit structural inefficiencies that arise when global corporate issues are priced differently in different currencies.

Global Income Fund

     Global Income Fund is designed for investors seeking high total return, emphasizing current income and, to a lesser extent, opportunities for capital appreciation. However, investing in the Fund involves certain risks, and there is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. The securities in which the Fund invests will be rated, at the time of purchase, at least BBB or Baa by a NRSRO or, if unrated, will

B-10


Table of Contents

be determined by the Investment Adviser to be of comparable quality. However, at least 50% of the Fund’s total assets will be invested in securities having a rating from an NRSRO of AAA or Aaa at the time of purchase, or if unrated, will be determined by the Investment Adviser to be of comparable quality. Securities rated BBB or Baa are considered medium-grade obligations with speculative characteristics, and adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances may weaken their issuers’ capability to pay interest and repay principal.

     In selecting securities for the Fund, portfolio managers consider such factors as the security’s duration, sector and credit quality rating as well as the security’s yield and prospects for capital appreciation. In determining the countries and currencies in which the Fund will invest, the Fund’s portfolio managers form opinions based primarily on the views of Goldman Sachs’ economists as well as information provided by securities dealers, including information relating to factors such as interest rates, inflation, monetary and fiscal policies, taxation, and political climate. The portfolio managers apply the Black-Litterman Model (the “Model”) to their views to develop a portfolio that produces, in the view of the Investment Adviser, the optimal expected return for a given level of risk. The Model factors in the opinions of the portfolio managers, adjusting for their level of confidence in such opinions, with the views implied by an international capital asset pricing formula. The Model is also used in seeking to maintain the level of portfolio risk within the guidelines established by the Investment Adviser.

     High Income. Global Income Fund’s portfolio managers will seek out the highest yielding bonds in the global fixed-income market that meet the Global Income Fund’s credit quality standards and certain other criteria.

     Capital Appreciation. Investing in the foreign bond markets offers the potential for capital appreciation due to both interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations. The portfolio managers attempt to identify investments with appreciation potential by carefully evaluating trends affecting a country’s currency as well as a country’s fundamental economic strength. However, there is a risk of capital depreciation as a result of unanticipated interest rate and currency fluctuations.

     Portfolio Management Flexibility. Global Income Fund is actively managed. The Fund’s portfolio managers invest in countries that, in their judgment, meet the Fund’s investment guidelines and often have strong currencies and stable economies and in securities that they believe offer favorable performance prospects.

     Relative Stability of Principal. Global Income Fund may be able to reduce principal fluctuation by investing in foreign countries with economic policies or business cycles different from those of the United States and in foreign securities markets that do not necessarily move in the same direction or magnitude as the U.S. market. Investing in a broad range of U.S. and foreign fixed-income securities and currencies reduces the dependence of the Fund’s performance on developments in any particular market to the extent that adverse events in one market are offset by favorable events in other markets. The Fund’s policy of investing primarily in high quality securities may also reduce principal fluctuation. However, there is no assurance that these strategies will always be successful.

     Professional Management. Individual U.S. investors may prefer professional management of their global bond and currency portfolios because a well-diversified portfolio requires a large amount of capital and because the size of the global market requires access to extensive resources and a substantial commitment of time.

B-11


Table of Contents

High Yield Fund

     High Yield Fund’s Investment Process. High Yield Fund is appropriate for investors who seek a high level of current income and who also may wish to consider the potential for capital appreciation. A number of investment strategies are used to seek to achieve the Fund’s investment objective, including market sector selection, determination of yield curve exposure and issuer selection. In addition, the Investment Adviser will attempt to take advantage of pricing inefficiencies in the fixed-income markets. GSAM starts the investment process with economic analysis to determine broad growth trends, industry-specific events and market forecasts. The market value of non-investment grade fixed-income securities tends to reflect individual developments within a company to a greater extent than higher rated corporate debt or Treasury bonds that react primarily to fluctuations in interest rates. Therefore, determining the creditworthiness of issuers is critical. To that end, High Yield Fund’s portfolio managers have access to Goldman Sachs highly regarded Credit Research and Global Investment Research Departments, as well as analysis from the firm’s High Yield Research Group, a dedicated group of 15 professionals in the high yield and emerging market corporate bond research area, consisting of industry and regional market specialists. In addition, the Fund’s portfolio managers may review the opinions of the two largest independent credit rating agencies, Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s. High Yield Fund’s portfolio managers and credit analysts also conduct their own in-depth analysis of the issues considered for inclusion in the Fund’s portfolio. The portfolio managers and credit analysts evaluate such factors as a company’s competitive position, the strength of its balance sheet, its ability to withstand economic downturns and its potential to generate ample cash flow to service its debt. The ability to analyze accurately a company’s future cash flow by correctly anticipating the impact of economic, industry-wide and specific events are critical to successful high yield investing. GSAM’s goal is to identify companies with the potential to strengthen their balance sheets by increasing their earnings, reducing their debt or effecting a turnaround. GSAM analyzes trends in a company’s debt picture (i.e., the level of its interest coverage) as well as new developments in its capital structure on an ongoing basis. GSAM believes that this ongoing reassessment is more valuable than relying on a “snapshot” view of a company’s ability to service debt at one or two points in time.

     High Yield Fund’s portfolio is diversified among different sectors and industries on a global basis in an effort to reduce overall risk. While GSAM will avoid excessive concentration in any one industry, the Fund’s specific industry weightings are the result of individual security selection. Emerging market debt considered for the High Yield Fund’s portfolio will be selected by specialists knowledgeable about the political and economic structure of those economies.

     Return on and Risks of High Yield Securities. High yield bonds can deliver higher yields and total return than either investment grade corporate bonds or U.S. Treasury bonds. However, because these non-investment grade securities involve higher risks in return for higher income, they are best suited to long-term investors who are financially secure enough to withstand volatility and the risks associated with such investments. See “Description of Investment Securities and Practices.” Different types of fixed income securities may react differently to changes in the economy. High yield bonds, like stocks, tend to perform best when the economy is strong, inflation is low and companies experience healthy profits, which can lead to higher stock prices and higher credit ratings. Government bonds are likely to appreciate more in a weaker economy when interest rates are declining. In certain types of markets, adding some diversification in the high yield asset class may help to increase returns and decrease overall portfolio risk.

     For high yield, non-investment grade securities, as for most investments, there is a direct relationship between risk and return. Along with their potential to deliver higher yields and greater capital appreciation than most other types of fixed-income securities, high yield securities are subject to higher risk of loss, greater volatility and are considered speculative by traditional investment standards. The most significant risk associated with high yield securities is credit risk: the risk that the company issuing a high yield security may have difficulty in meeting its principal and/or interest payments on a timely basis. As a result, extensive

B-12


Table of Contents

credit research and diversification are essential factors in managing risk in the high yield arena. To a lesser extent, high yield bonds are also subject to interest rate risk: when interest rates increase, the value of fixed income securities tends to decline.

Emerging Markets Debt Fund

     The Emerging Markets Debt Fund seeks a high level of total return consisting of income and capital appreciation. The Fund invests, under normal circumstances, in fixed-income securities of issuers located in Emerging Countries. The Investment Adviser’s Emerging Markets Debt (“EMD”) investment philosophy strives to generate returns through an active, research-intensive, risk-managed approach. The Investment Adviser seeks to add value through country allocation, security selection, and market exposure strategies.

     The Investment Adviser believes that active management focused on fundamental research is critical for achieving long-term value for its clients’ portfolios. Emerging market debt can offer an attractive risk/return profile for investors who have the proper resources and experience to exploit the myriad opportunities in the market. The Investment Adviser’s process is built on fundamental analysis of emerging market countries and securities. In addition, the Investment Adviser’s process focuses on risk-adjusted returns, as the Investment Adviser believes that risk can have a material impact on long-term investment results. As a result, the Investment Adviser diversifies across sovereign credits and employs proprietary tools to manage overall portfolio risks.

Portfolio Construction

     Currently, the Investment Adviser’s EMD strategy invests significantly in emerging market sovereign issues. As such, country selection is believed to be the most important factor in the portfolio construction process. The next most important factor is market exposure, where the Investment Adviser evaluates macro developments and assesses the net flows within countries. Another element in the portfolio construction process is security selection.

     Analysis of emerging market debt involves an understanding of the finances, political events, and macroeconomic condition of a country. The Investment Adviser’s research analysts analyze the “balance sheets” of the countries they follow. This may include evaluating factors such as balance of payments, tax revenues, and external and domestic debt. They also assess macroeconomic measures, which may included inflation, interest rates, growth prospects, and monetary policy. For some emerging market debt countries, politics is the key driver of performance. As a result, the Investment Adviser’s research analysts may spend a significant portion of their time following the political developments of the countries they cover.

     Fundamental analysis is combined with valuation techniques to determine relative value of securities. Although the Investment Adviser may believe a security is attractive from a fundamental point of view, the Investment Adviser may not believe the spread level is attractive relative to other credits. As a result, even if the Investment Adviser likes a country’s fundamentals, the Investment Adviser may not invest in it due to its valuation. Likewise, the Investment Adviser may believe that a certain country’s fundamentals are less positive but may invest in the country because the Investment Adviser believes the spread offers significant compensation for the additional risk.

     Using a variety of proprietary models, the Investment Adviser selects and sizes credits based on perceived relative value opportunities. The Investment Adviser also uses these tools in an effort to anticipate and manage portfolio risks.

B-13


Table of Contents

Types of Securities Used

     Emerging market debt comprises fixed income securities issued mainly by governments, but also by quasi-sovereigns and corporations, of developing countries.

     As of the date of this Additional Statement, almost all securities held in the Emerging Markets Debt Fund were sovereign issues. The Investment Adviser typically expresses its view on a relative-to-benchmark basis, overweighting those securities the Investment Adviser believes will outperform and underweighting those countries the Investment Adviser believes will underperform.

     The types of financial instruments used in the Emerging Markets Debt Fund include Eurobonds, Brady bonds, tradable bank loans, local bonds, and other securities, which can include their associated derivatives.

     The EMD team may invest in liquid, long duration, sovereign securities and employ active trading strategies that exploit market inefficiencies and arbitrage opportunities (e.g., between Brady Bonds and global bonds) that often exist in the EMD market. Given the limited diversification within the EMD sector, buying longer dated, more liquid, lower dollar price securities may be a preferred strategy.

     The Investment Adviser will use derivative instruments such as forwards and futures in the Emerging Markets Debt Fund in an attempt to hedge its currency exposures.

Research

     Being part of GSAM’s wider Fixed Income and Currency Team, the EMD team interacts with the Investment Adviser’s fixed income and currency analysts and portfolio managers based in New York, London, and Tokyo. The Fixed Income and Currency Team employs a broad analysis of the macro-economic environment, credit risk factors, and quantitative relationships and plays a vital role in aspects of portfolio construction and strategy.

     In addition to internal research, the Investment Adviser may utilize external sources in its analysis and seek information from external consultants and sell-side economists and strategists. The Investment Adviser’s EMD team may draw on the resources of Goldman Sachs (e.g., GSAM Emerging Market Foreign Exchange, Emerging Market Equity and Quantitative Strategy) in the country and security selection process. The Investment Adviser’s research analysts also travel to Emerging Countries to seek additional insight on the macroeconomic and political developments. The Investment Adviser’s research analysts also obtain research publications from broker-dealers, supranational organizations (IMF), and academic sources.

     Portfolio managers and research analysts have access to external research (e.g., internet website, publications). In addition, market information is disseminated through electronic communications as well as regularly scheduled meetings. The members of the Emerging Market Debt investment team sit on the trading desk to facilitate efficient and timely flow of market information.

     Based on macroeconomic and political considerations, the Investment Adviser will have a negative, neutral, or positive recommendation on various Emerging Countries. In addition to these recommendations, the Investment Adviser considers which are the most attractive securities within those countries.

B-14


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES AND PRACTICES

U. S. Government Securities

     Each Fund may invest in U.S. Government Securities. Some U.S. Government Securities (such as Treasury bills, notes and bonds, which differ only in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance) are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Others, such as obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises, are supported either by (i) the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, (ii) the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the issuer or (iii) only the credit of the issuer. The U.S. government is under no legal obligation, in general, to purchase the obligations of its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. No assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support to the U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises in the future.

     U.S. Government Securities include (to the extent consistent with the Act) securities for which the payment of principal and interest is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the U.S. government, or its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. U.S. Government Securities also include (to the extent consistent with the Act) participations in loans made to foreign governments or their agencies that are guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government or its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. The secondary market for certain of these participations is extremely limited. In the absence of a suitable secondary market, such participations are regarded as illiquid.

     Each Fund may also purchase U.S. Government Securities in private placements and may also invest in separately traded principal and interest components of securities guaranteed or issued by the U.S. Treasury that are traded independently under the separate trading of registered interest and principal of securities program (“STRIPS”).

Custodial Receipts and Trust Certificates

     Each Fund may invest in custodial receipts and trust certificates, which may be underwritten by securities dealers or banks, representing interests in securities held by a custodian or trustee. The securities so held may include U.S. Government Securities, Municipal Securities or other types of securities in which a Fund may invest. The custodial receipts or trust certificates are underwritten by securities dealers or banks and may evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on the underlying securities, or, in some cases, the payment obligation of a third party that has entered into an interest rate swap or other arrangement with the custodian or trustee. For certain securities law purposes, custodial receipts and trust certificates may not be considered obligations of the U.S. government or other issuer of the securities held by the custodian or trustee. As a holder of custodial receipts and trust certificates, a Fund will bear its proportionate share of the fees and expenses charged to the custodial account or trust. The Funds may also invest in separately issued interests in custodial receipts and trust certificates.

     Although under the terms of a custodial receipt or trust certificate a Fund would be typically authorized to assert its rights directly against the issuer of the underlying obligation, the Fund could be required to assert through the custodian bank or trustee those rights as may exist against the underlying issuers. Thus, in the event an underlying issuer fails to pay principal and/or interest when due, a Fund may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if the Fund had purchased a direct obligation of the issuer. In addition, in the event that the trust or custodial account in which the underlying securities have been deposited is determined to be an association taxable as a corporation, instead of a non-taxable entity, the yield on the underlying securities would be reduced in recognition of any taxes paid.

B-15


Table of Contents

     Certain custodial receipts and trust certificates may be synthetic or derivative instruments that have interest rates that reset inversely to changing short-term rates and/or have embedded interest rate floors and caps that require the issuer to pay an adjusted interest rate if market rates fall below or rise above a specified rate. Because some of these instruments represent relatively recent innovations, and the trading market for these instruments is less developed than the markets for traditional types of instruments, it is uncertain how these instruments will perform under different economic and interest-rate scenarios. Also, because these instruments may be leveraged, their market values may be more volatile than other types of fixed income instruments and may present greater potential for capital gain or loss. The possibility of default by an issuer or the issuer’s credit provider may be greater for these derivative instruments than for other types of instruments. In some cases, it may be difficult to determine the fair value of a derivative instrument because of a lack of reliable objective information and an established secondary market for some instruments may not exist. In many cases, the Internal Revenue Service has not ruled on the tax treatment of the interest received on the derivative instruments and, accordingly, purchases of such instruments are based on the opinion of counsel to the sponsors of the instruments.

Mortgage Loans and Mortgage-Backed Securities

     Ultra-Short Duration Government, Short Duration Government, Government Income, U.S. Mortgages, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, and High Yield Funds may each invest in mortgage loans and mortgage pass-through securities and other securities representing an interest in or collateralized by adjustable and fixed-rate mortgage loans (“Mortgage-Backed Securities”).

     Mortgage-Backed Securities (including collateralized mortgage obligations, REMICs and stripped mortgage-backed securities described below) are subject to both call risk and extension risk. Because of these risks, these securities can have significantly greater price and yield volatility than with traditional fixed-income securities.

     General Characteristics. Each mortgage pool underlying Mortgage-Backed Securities consists of mortgage loans evidenced by promissory notes secured by first mortgages or first deeds of trust or other similar security instruments creating a first lien on owner occupied and non-owner occupied one-unit to four-unit residential properties, multi-family (i.e., five or more) properties, agricultural properties, commercial properties and mixed use properties (the “Mortgaged Properties”). The Mortgaged Properties may consist of detached individual dwelling units, multi-family dwelling units, individual condominiums, townhouses, duplexes, triplexes, fourplexes, row houses, individual units in planned unit developments and other attached dwelling units. The Mortgaged Properties may also include residential investment properties and second homes.

     The investment characteristics of adjustable and fixed rate Mortgage-Backed Securities differ from those of traditional fixed-income securities. The major differences include the payment of interest and principal on Mortgage-Backed Securities on a more frequent (usually monthly) schedule, and the possibility that principal may be prepaid at any time due to prepayments on the underlying mortgage loans or other assets. These differences can result in significantly greater price and yield volatility than is the case with traditional fixed-income securities. As a result, if a Fund purchases Mortgaged-Backed Securities at a premium, a faster than expected prepayment rate will reduce both the market value and the yield to maturity from those which were anticipated. A prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield to maturity and market value. Conversely, if a Fund purchases Mortgage-Backed Securities at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase, while slower than expected prepayments will reduce yield to maturity and market values. To the extent that a Fund invests in Mortgage-Backed Securities, its Investment Adviser may seek to manage these potential risks by investing in a variety of Mortgage-Backed Securities and by using certain hedging techniques.

B-16


Table of Contents

     Prepayments on a pool of mortgage loans are influenced by changes in current interest rates and a variety of economic, geographic, social and other factors (such as changes in mortgagors’ housing needs, job transfers, unemployment, mortgagors’ equity in the mortgage properties and servicing decisions). The timing and level of prepayments cannot be predicted. A predominant factor affecting the prepayment rate on a pool of mortgage loans is, however, the difference between the interest rates on outstanding mortgage loans and prevailing mortgage loan interest rates (giving consideration to the cost of any refinancing). Generally, prepayments on mortgage loans will increase during a period of falling mortgage interest rates and decrease during a period of rising mortgage interest rates. Accordingly, the amounts of prepayments available for reinvestment by a Fund are likely to be greater during a period of declining mortgage interest rates. If general interest rates decline, such prepayments are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than the Fund was earning on the mortgage-backed securities that were prepaid. Due to these factors, mortgage-backed securities may be less effective than U.S. Treasury and other types of debt securities of similar maturity at maintaining yields during periods of declining interest rates. Because the Funds’ investments are interest-rate sensitive, each Fund’s performance will depend in part upon the ability of the Fund to anticipate and respond to fluctuations in market interest rates and to utilize appropriate strategies to maximize returns to the Fund, while attempting to minimize the associated risks to its investment capital. Prepayments may have a disproportionate effect on certain mortgage-backed securities and other multiple class pass-through securities, which are discussed below.

     The rate of interest on mortgage-backed securities is normally lower than the interest rates paid on the mortgages included in the underlying pool due to the annual fees paid to the servicer of the mortgage pool for passing through monthly payments to certificate holders and to any guarantor, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), and due to any yield retained by the issuer. Actual yield to the holder may vary from the coupon rate, even if adjustable, if the mortgage-backed securities are purchased or traded in the secondary market at a premium or discount. In addition, there is normally some delay between the time the issuer receives mortgage payments from the servicer and the time the issuer makes the payments on the mortgage-backed securities and this delay reduces the effective yield to the holder of such securities.

     The issuers of certain mortgage-backed obligations may elect to have the pool of mortgage loans (or indirect interests in mortgage loans) underlying the securities treated as a real estate mortgage investment conduit (“REMIC”), which is subject to special federal income tax rules. A description of the types of mortgage-backed securities in which the Funds may invest is provided below. The descriptions are general and summary in nature, and do not detail every possible variation of the types of securities that are permissible for the Funds.

     Adjustable Rate Mortgage Loans (“ARMs”). Ultra-Short Duration Government, Short Duration Government, Government Income, U.S. Mortgages, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, and High Yield Funds may, invest in ARMs. ARMs generally provide for a fixed initial mortgage interest rate for a specified period of time. Thereafter, the interest rates (the “Mortgage Interest Rates”) may be subject to periodic adjustment based on changes in the applicable index rate (the “Index Rate”). The adjusted rate would be equal to the Index Rate plus a fixed percentage spread over the Index Rate established for each ARM at the time of its origination. ARMs allow a Fund to participate in increases in interest rates through periodic increases in the securities coupon rates. During periods of declining interest rates, coupon rates may readjust downward resulting in lower yields to a Fund.

     Adjustable interest rates can cause payment increases that some mortgagors may find difficult to make. However, certain ARMs may provide that the Mortgage Interest Rate may not be adjusted to a rate above an applicable lifetime maximum rate or below an applicable lifetime minimum rate for such ARM. Certain ARMs may also be subject to limitations on the maximum amount by which the Mortgage Interest Rate may adjust for any single adjustment period (the “Maximum Adjustment”). Other ARMs (“Negatively

B-17


Table of Contents

Amortizing ARMs”) may provide instead or as well for limitations on changes in the monthly payment on such ARMs. Limitations on monthly payments can result in monthly payments which are greater or less than the amount necessary to amortize a Negatively Amortizing ARM by its maturity at the Mortgage Interest Rate in effect in any particular month. In the event that a monthly payment is not sufficient to pay the interest accruing on a Negatively Amortizing ARM, any such excess interest is added to the principal balance of the loan, causing negative amortization, and will be repaid through future monthly payments. It may take borrowers under Negatively Amortizing ARMs longer periods of time to build up equity and may increase the likelihood of default by such borrowers. In the event that a monthly payment exceeds the sum of the interest accrued at the applicable Mortgage Interest Rate and the principal payment which would have been necessary to amortize the outstanding principal balance over the remaining term of the loan, the excess (or “accelerated amortization”) further reduces the principal balance of the ARM. Negatively Amortizing ARMs do not provide for the extension of their original maturity to accommodate changes in their Mortgage Interest Rate. As a result, unless there is a periodic recalculation of the payment amount (which there generally is), the final payment may be substantially larger than the other payments. These limitations on periodic increases in interest rates and on changes in monthly payments protect borrowers from unlimited interest rate and payment increases, but may result in increased credit exposure and prepayment risks for lenders.

     ARMs also have the risk of prepayments. The rate of principal prepayments with respect to ARMs has fluctuated in recent years. The value of Mortgage-Backed Securities that are structured as pass through mortgage securities that are collateralized by ARMs are less likely to rise during periods of declining interest rates to the same extent as fixed-rate securities. Accordingly, ARMs may be subject to a greater rate of principal repayments in a declining interest rate environment resulting in lower yields to a Fund. For example, if prevailing interest rates fall significantly, ARMs could be subject to higher prepayment rates (than if prevailing interest rates remain constant or increase) because the availability of low fixed-rate mortgages may encourage mortgagors to refinance their ARMs to “lock-in” a fixed-rate mortgage. On the other hand, during periods of rising interest rates, the value of ARMs will lag behind changes in the market rate. ARMs are also typically subject to maximum increases and decreases in the interest rate adjustment which can be made on any one adjustment date, in any one year, or during the life of the security. In the event of dramatic increases or decreases in prevailing market interest rates, the value of a Fund’s investment in ARMs may fluctuate more substantially since these limits may prevent the security from fully adjusting its interest rate to the prevailing market rates. As with fixed-rate mortgages, ARM prepayment rates vary in both stable and changing interest rate environments.

     There are two main categories of indices which provide the basis for rate adjustments on ARMs: those based on U.S. Treasury securities and those derived from a calculated measure, such as a cost of funds index or a moving average of mortgage rates. Commonly utilized indices include the one-year, three-year and five-year constant maturity Treasury rates, the three-month Treasury bill rate, the 180-day Treasury bill rate, rates on longer-term Treasury securities, the 11th District Federal Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds, the National Median Cost of Funds, the one-month, three-month, six-month or one-year London Interbank Offered Rate, the prime rate of a specific bank or commercial paper rates. Some indices, such as the one-year constant maturity Treasury rate, closely mirror changes in market interest rate levels. Others, such as the 11th District Federal Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds index, tend to lag behind changes in market rate levels and tend to be somewhat less volatile. The degree of volatility in the market value of a Fund that holds ARMs and, therefore, in the net asset value of its shares, will be a function of the length of the interest rate reset periods and the degree of volatility in the applicable indices.

     Fixed-Rate Mortgage Loans. Generally, fixed-rate mortgage loans included in a mortgage pool (the “Fixed-Rate Mortgage Loans”) will bear simple interest at fixed annual rates and have original terms to maturity ranging from 5 to 40 years. Fixed-Rate Mortgage Loans generally provide for monthly payments of principal and interest in substantially equal installments for the term of the mortgage note in sufficient amounts to fully amortize principal by maturity, although certain Fixed-Rate Mortgage Loans provide for a large final “balloon” payment upon maturity.

B-18


Table of Contents

     Legal Considerations of Mortgage Loans. The following is a discussion of certain legal and regulatory aspects of the mortgage loans in which the Taxable Funds (other than the Enhanced Income Fund and Emerging Markets Debt Fund) may invest. These regulations may impair the ability of a mortgage lender to enforce its rights under the mortgage documents. These regulations may adversely affect the Funds’ investments in Mortgage-Backed Securities (including those issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) by delaying the Funds’ receipt of payments derived from principal or interest on mortgage loans affected by such regulations.

1.   Foreclosure. A foreclosure of a defaulted mortgage loan may be delayed due to compliance with statutory notice or service of process provisions, difficulties in locating necessary parties or legal challenges to the mortgagee’s right to foreclose. Depending upon market conditions, the ultimate proceeds of the sale of foreclosed property may not equal the amounts owed on the Mortgage-Backed Securities.
 
    Furthermore, courts in some cases have imposed general equitable principles upon foreclosure generally designed to relieve the borrower from the legal effect of default and have required lenders to undertake affirmative and expensive actions to determine the causes for the default and the likelihood of loan reinstatement.
 
2.   Rights of Redemption. In some states, after foreclosure of a mortgage loan, the borrower and foreclosed junior lienors are given a statutory period in which to redeem the property, which right may diminish the mortgagee’s ability to sell the property.
 
3.   Legislative Limitations. In addition to anti-deficiency and related legislation, numerous other federal and state statutory provisions, including the federal bankruptcy laws and state laws affording relief to debtors, may interfere with or affect the ability of a secured mortgage lender to enforce its security interest. For example, a bankruptcy court may grant the debtor a reasonable time to cure a default on a mortgage loan, including a payment default. The court in certain instances may also reduce the monthly payments due under such mortgage loan, change the rate of interest, reduce the principal balance of the loan to the then-current appraised value of the related mortgaged property, alter the mortgage loan repayment schedule and grant priority of certain liens over the lien of the mortgage loan. If a court relieves a borrower’s obligation to repay amounts otherwise due on a mortgage loan, the mortgage loan servicer will not be required to advance such amounts, and any loss may be borne by the holders of securities backed by such loans. In addition, numerous federal and state consumer protection laws impose penalties for failure to comply with specific requirements in connection with origination and servicing of mortgage loans.
 
4.   “Due-on-Sale” Provisions. Fixed-rate mortgage loans may contain a so-called “due-on-sale” clause permitting acceleration of the maturity of the mortgage loan if the borrower transfers the property. The Garn-St. Germain Depository Institutions Act of 1982 sets forth nine specific instances in which no mortgage lender covered by that Act may exercise a “due-on-sale” clause upon a transfer of property. The inability to enforce a “due-on-sale” clause or the lack of such a clause in mortgage loan documents may result in a mortgage loan being assumed by a purchaser of the property that bears an interest rate below the current market rate.
 
5.   Usury Laws. Some states prohibit charging interest on mortgage loans in excess of statutory limits. If such limits are exceeded, substantial penalties may be incurred and, in some cases, enforceability of the obligation to pay principal and interest may be affected.

     Government Guaranteed Mortgage-Backed Securities. There are several types of government guaranteed Mortgage-Backed Securities currently available, including guaranteed mortgage pass-through certificates and multiple class securities, which include guaranteed Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit Certificates (“REMIC Certificates”), other collateralized mortgage obligations and stripped Mortgage-Backed

B-19


Table of Contents

Securities. The Taxable Funds (other than the Enhanced Income Fund and Emerging Markets Debt Fund) are permitted to invest in other types of Mortgage-Backed Securities that may be available in the future to the extent consistent with their respective investment policies and objectives. Ginnie Mae securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, which means that the U.S. Government guarantees that the interest and principal will be paid when due. Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) securities are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have the ability to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, and as a result, they are generally viewed by the market as high quality securities with low credit risks. From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating federal sponsorship Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac that issue guaranteed Mortgage-Backed Securities. The Trust cannot predict what legislation, if any, may be proposed in the future in Congress as regards such sponsorship or which proposals, if any, might be enacted. Such proposals, if enacted, might materially and adversely affect the availability of government guaranteed Mortgage-Backed Securities and the Funds’ liquidity and value.

     There is risk that the U.S. Government will not provide financial support to its agencies, authorities, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. A Fund may purchase U.S. Government securities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as those issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. Government securities held by a Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including their legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that these issuers will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Securities

     Ginnie Mae Certificates. Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned corporate instrumentality of the United States. Ginnie Mae is authorized to guarantee the timely payment of the principal of and interest on certificates that are based on and backed by a pool of mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”), or guaranteed by the Veterans Administration (“VA”), or by pools of other eligible mortgage loans. In order to meet its obligations under any guaranty, Ginnie Mae is authorized to borrow from the U.S. Treasury in an unlimited amount. The National Housing Act provides that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged to the timely payment of principal and interest by Ginnie Mae of amounts due on Ginnie Mae certificates.

     Fannie Mae Certificates. Fannie Mae is a stockholder-owned corporation chartered under an act of the U.S. Congress. Generally, Fannie Mae Certificates are issued and guaranteed by Fannie Mae and represent an undivided interest in a pool of mortgage loans (a “Pool”) formed by Fannie Mae. A Pool consists of residential mortgage loans either previously owned by Fannie Mae or purchased by it in connection with the formation of the Pool. The mortgage loans may be either conventional mortgage loans (i.e., not insured or guaranteed by any U.S. government agency) or mortgage loans that are either insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. However, the mortgage loans in Fannie Mae Pools are primarily conventional mortgage loans. The lenders originating and servicing the mortgage loans are subject to certain eligibility requirements established by Fannie Mae.

     Fannie Mae has certain contractual responsibilities. With respect to each Pool, Fannie Mae is obligated to distribute scheduled installments of principal and interest after Fannie Mae’s servicing and guaranty fee, whether or not received, to Certificate holders. Fannie Mae also is obligated to distribute to holders of Certificates an amount equal to the full principal balance of any foreclosed mortgage loan, whether or not such principal balance is actually recovered. The obligations of Fannie Mae under its guaranty of the Fannie Mae Certificates are obligations solely of Fannie Mae.

B-20


Table of Contents

     Freddie Mac Certificates. Freddie Mac is a publicly held U.S. government sponsored enterprise. The principal activity of Freddie Mac currently is the purchase of first lien, conventional, residential mortgage loans and participation interests in such mortgage loans and their resale in the form of mortgage securities, primarily Freddie Mac Certificates. A Freddie Mac Certificate represents a pro rata interest in a group of mortgage loans or participations in mortgage loans (a “Freddie Mac Certificate group”) purchased by Freddie Mac.

     Freddie Mac guarantees to each registered holder of a Freddie Mac Certificate the timely payment of interest at the rate provided for by such Freddie Mac Certificate (whether or not received on the underlying loans). Freddie Mac also guarantees to each registered Certificate holder ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans, without any offset or deduction, but does not, generally, guarantee the timely payment of scheduled principal. The obligations of Freddie Mac under its guaranty of Freddie Mac Certificates are obligations solely of Freddie Mac.

     The mortgage loans underlying the Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae Certificates consist of adjustable rate or fixed-rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of up to forty years. Substantially all of these mortgage loans are secured by first liens on one-to-four-family residential properties or multi-family projects. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the law creating Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae. A Freddie Mac Certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests in whole loans, undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another Freddie Mac Certificate group.

     Conventional Mortgage Loans. The conventional mortgage loans underlying the Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae Certificates consist of adjustable rate or fixed-rate mortgage loans normally with original terms to maturity of between five and thirty years. Substantially all of these mortgage loans are secured by first liens on one- to four-family residential properties or multi-family projects. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the law creating Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae. A Freddie Mac Certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests in whole loans, undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another Freddie Mac Certificate group.

     Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. To the extent consistent with their investment policies, the Taxable Funds (other than the Enhanced Income Fund and Emerging Markets Debt Fund) may invest in both government guaranteed and privately issued mortgage pass-through securities (“Mortgage Pass-Throughs”), that are fixed or adjustable rate Mortgage-Backed Securities which provide for monthly payments that are a “pass-through” of the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans, net of any fees or other amounts paid to any guarantor, administrator and/or servicer of the underlying mortgage loans.

     The following discussion describes only a few of the wide variety of structures of Mortgage Pass-Throughs that are available or may be issued.

     Description of Certificates. Mortgage Pass-Throughs may be issued in one or more classes of senior certificates and one or more classes of subordinate certificates. Each such class may bear a different pass-through rate. Generally, each certificate will evidence the specified interest of the holder thereof in the payments of principal or interest or both in respect of the mortgage pool comprising part of the trust fund for such certificates.

     Any class of certificates may also be divided into subclasses entitled to varying amounts of principal and interest. If a REMIC election has been made, certificates of such subclasses may be entitled to payments on the basis of a stated principal balance and stated interest rate, and payments among different subclasses may be made on a sequential, concurrent, pro rata or disproportionate basis, or any combination thereof. The

B-21


Table of Contents

stated interest rate on any such subclass of certificates may be a fixed rate or one which varies in direct or inverse relationship to an objective interest index.

     Generally, each registered holder of a certificate will be entitled to receive its pro rata share of monthly distributions of all or a portion of principal of the underlying mortgage loans or of interest on the principal balances thereof, which accrues at the applicable mortgage pass-through rate, or both. The difference between the mortgage interest rate and the related mortgage pass-through rate (less the amount, if any, of retained yield) with respect to each mortgage loan will generally be paid to the servicer as a servicing fee. Since certain adjustable rate mortgage loans included in a mortgage pool may provide for deferred interest (i.e., negative amortization), the amount of interest actually paid by a mortgagor in any month may be less than the amount of interest accrued on the outstanding principal balance of the related mortgage loan during the relevant period at the applicable mortgage interest rate. In such event, the amount of interest that is treated as deferred interest will generally be added to the principal balance of the related mortgage loan and will be distributed pro rata to certificate-holders as principal of such mortgage loan when paid by the mortgagor in subsequent monthly payments or at maturity.

     Multiple Class Mortgage-Backed Securities and Collateralized Mortgage Obligations. Each Taxable Fund (other than the Enhanced Income Fund and Emerging Markets Debt Fund) may invest in multiple class securities including collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and REMIC Certificates. These securities may be issued by U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises such as Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac or, to the extent consistent with a Fund’s investment policies, by trusts formed by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, insurance companies, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. In general, CMOs are debt obligations of a legal entity that are collateralized by, and multiple class Mortgage-Backed Securities represent direct ownership interests in, a pool of mortgage loans or Mortgage-Backed Securities the payments on which are used to make payments on the CMOs or multiple class Mortgage-Backed Securities.

     Fannie Mae REMIC Certificates are issued and guaranteed as to timely distribution of principal and interest by Fannie Mae. In addition, Fannie Mae will be obligated to distribute the principal balance of each class of REMIC Certificates in full, whether or not sufficient funds are otherwise available.

     Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of interest on Freddie Mac REMIC Certificates and also guarantees the payment of principal as payments are required to be made on the underlying mortgage participation certificates (“PCs”). PCs represent undivided interests in specified level payment, residential mortgages or participations therein purchased by Freddie Mac and placed in a PC pool. With respect to principal payments on PCs, Freddie Mac generally guarantees ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans without offset or deduction but the receipt of the required payments may be delayed. Freddie Mac also guarantees timely payment of principal of certain PCs.

     CMOs and guaranteed REMIC Certificates issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are types of multiple class Mortgage-Backed Securities. The REMIC Certificates represent beneficial ownership interests in a REMIC trust, generally consisting of mortgage loans or Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae guaranteed Mortgage-Backed Securities (the “Mortgage Assets”). The obligations of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac under their respective guaranty of the REMIC Certificates are obligations solely of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, respectively.

     CMOs and REMIC Certificates are issued in multiple classes. Each class of CMOs or REMIC Certificates, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specific adjustable or fixed interest rate and must be fully retired no later than its final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the mortgage loans or the Mortgage Assets underlying the CMOs or REMIC Certificates may cause some or all of the classes of CMOs

B-22


Table of Contents

or REMIC Certificates to be retired substantially earlier than their final distribution dates. Generally, interest is paid or accrues on all classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates on a monthly basis.

     The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates in various ways. In certain structures (known as “sequential pay” CMOs or REMIC Certificates), payments of principal, including any principal prepayments, on the Mortgage Assets generally are applied to the classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates in the order of their respective final distribution dates. Thus, no payment of principal will be made on any class of sequential pay CMOs or REMIC Certificates until all other classes having an earlier final distribution date have been paid in full.

     Additional structures of CMOs and REMIC Certificates include, among others, “parallel pay” CMOs and REMIC Certificates. Parallel pay CMOs or REMIC Certificates are those which are structured to apply principal payments and prepayments of the Mortgage Assets to two or more classes concurrently on a proportionate or disproportionate basis. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the final distribution date of each class.

     A wide variety of REMIC Certificates may be issued in parallel pay or sequential pay structures. These securities include accrual certificates (also known as “Z-Bonds”), which only accrue interest at a specified rate until all other certificates having an earlier final distribution date have been retired and are converted thereafter to an interest-paying security, and planned amortization class (“PAC”) certificates, which are parallel pay REMIC Certificates that generally require that specified amounts of principal be applied on each payment date to one or more classes or REMIC Certificates (the “PAC Certificates”), even though all other principal payments and prepayments of the Mortgage Assets are then required to be applied to one or more other classes of the Certificates. The scheduled principal payments for the PAC Certificates generally have the highest priority on each payment date after interest due has been paid to all classes entitled to receive interest currently. Shortfalls, if any, are added to the amount payable on the next payment date. The PAC Certificate payment schedule is taken into account in calculating the final distribution date of each class of PAC. In order to create PAC tranches, one or more tranches generally must be created that absorb most of the volatility in the underlying Mortgage Assets. These tranches tend to have market prices and yields that are much more volatile than other PAC classes.

     Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities. The Taxable Funds (other than the Enhanced Income Fund and Emerging Markets Debt Fund) may invest in stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBS”), which are derivative multiclass mortgage securities, issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities or, to the extent consistent with a Fund’s investment policies, non-governmental originators. Certain SMBS may not be readily marketable and will be considered illiquid for purposes of each Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities. The Investment Adviser may determine that SMBS which are U.S. Government Securities are liquid for purposes of each Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities. The market value of the class consisting entirely of principal payments generally is unusually volatile in response to changes in interest rates. The yields on a class of SMBS that receives all or most of the interest from Mortgage Assets are generally higher than prevailing market yields on other Mortgage-Backed Securities because their cash flow patterns are more volatile and there is a greater risk that the initial investment will not be fully recouped. A Fund’s investment in SMBS may require the Fund to sell certain of its portfolio securities to generate sufficient cash to satisfy certain income distribution requirements.

Privately Issued Mortgage-Backed Securities

     Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund, Government Income Fund, U.S. Mortgages Fund, Core Fixed Income Fund, Investment Grade Credit Fund, Global Income Fund, and High Yield Fund, may invest in privately issued Mortgage-Backed Securities. Privately issued Mortgage-Backed Securities are generally backed by pools of conventional (i.e., non-government guaranteed or insured) mortgage loans. The seller or

B-23


Table of Contents

servicer of the underlying mortgage obligations will generally make representations and warranties to certificate-holders as to certain characteristics of the mortgage loans and as to the accuracy of certain information furnished to the trustee in respect of each such mortgage loan. Upon a breach of any representation or warranty that materially and adversely affects the interests of the related certificate-holders in a mortgage loan, the seller or servicer generally will be obligated either to cure the breach in all material respects, to repurchase the mortgage loan or, if the related agreement so provides, to substitute in its place a mortgage loan pursuant to the conditions set forth therein. Such a repurchase or substitution obligation may constitute the sole remedy available to the related certificate-holders or the trustee for the material breach of any such representation or warranty by the seller or servicer.

     Ratings. The ratings assigned by a rating organization to Mortgage Pass-Throughs address the likelihood of the receipt of all distributions on the underlying mortgage loans by the related certificate-holders under the agreements pursuant to which such certificates are issued. A rating organization’s ratings normally take into consideration the credit quality of the related mortgage pool, including any credit support providers, structural and legal aspects associated with such certificates, and the extent to which the payment stream on such mortgage pool is adequate to make payments required by such certificates. A rating organization’s ratings on such certificates do not, however, constitute a statement regarding frequency of prepayments on the related mortgage loans. In addition, the rating assigned by a rating organization to a certificate may not address the remote possibility that, in the event of the insolvency of the issuer of certificates where a subordinated interest was retained, the issuance and sale of the senior certificates may be recharacterized as a financing and, as a result of such recharacterization, payments on such certificates may be affected.

     Credit Enhancement. Mortgage pools credited by non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher yield than government and government-related pools because of the absence of direct or indirect government or agency payment guarantees. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make payments. Mortgage Pass-Throughs may contain elements of credit support. Credit support falls generally into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pools of mortgages, the provision of a reserve fund, or a combination thereof, to ensure, subject to certain limitations, that scheduled payments on the underlying pool are made in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from default ensures ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. Such credit support can be provided by, among other things, payment guarantees, letters of credit, pool insurance, subordination, or any combination thereof.

     Subordination; Shifting of Interest; Reserve Fund. In order to achieve ratings on one or more classes of Mortgage Pass-Throughs, one or more classes of certificates may be subordinate certificates which provide that the rights of the subordinate certificate-holders to receive any or a specified portion of distributions with respect to the underlying mortgage loans may be subordinated to the rights of the senior certificate-holders. If so structured, the subordination feature may be enhanced by distributing to the senior certificate-holders on certain distribution dates, as payment of principal, a specified percentage (which generally declines over time) of all principal payments received during the preceding prepayment period (“shifting interest credit enhancement”). This will have the effect of accelerating the amortization of the senior certificates while increasing the interest in the trust fund evidenced by the subordinate certificates. Increasing the interest of the subordinate certificates relative to that of the senior certificates is intended to preserve the availability of the subordination provided by the subordinate certificates. In addition, because the senior certificate-holders in a shifting interest credit enhancement structure are entitled to receive a percentage of principal prepayments which is greater than their proportionate interest in the trust fund, the rate of principal prepayments on the mortgage loans will have an even greater effect on the rate of principal payments and the amount of interest payments on, and the yield to maturity of, the senior certificates.

B-24


Table of Contents

     In addition to providing for a preferential right of the senior certificate-holders to receive current distributions from the mortgage pool, a reserve fund may be established relating to such certificates (the “Reserve Fund”). The Reserve Fund may be created with an initial cash deposit by the originator or servicer and augmented by the retention of distributions otherwise available to the subordinate certificate-holders or by excess servicing fees until the Reserve Fund reaches a specified amount.

     The subordination feature, and any Reserve Fund, are intended to enhance the likelihood of timely receipt by senior certificate-holders of the full amount of scheduled monthly payments of principal and interest due to them and will protect the senior certificate-holders against certain losses; however, in certain circumstances the Reserve Fund could be depleted and temporary shortfalls could result. In the event that the Reserve Fund is depleted before the subordinated amount is reduced to zero, senior certificate-holders will nevertheless have a preferential right to receive current distributions from the mortgage pool to the extent of the then outstanding subordinated amount. Unless otherwise specified, until the subordinated amount is reduced to zero, on any distribution date any amount otherwise distributable to the subordinate certificates or, to the extent specified, in the Reserve Fund will generally be used to offset the amount of any losses realized with respect to the mortgage loans (“Realized Losses”). Realized Losses remaining after application of such amounts will generally be applied to reduce the ownership interest of the subordinate certificates in the mortgage pool. If the subordinated amount has been reduced to zero, Realized Losses generally will be allocated pro rata among all certificate-holders in proportion to their respective outstanding interests in the mortgage pool.

     Alternative Credit Enhancement. As an alternative, or in addition to the credit enhancement afforded by subordination, credit enhancement for Mortgage Pass-Throughs may be provided by mortgage insurance, hazard insurance, by the deposit of cash, certificates of deposit, letters of credit, a limited guaranty or by such other methods as are acceptable to a rating agency. In certain circumstances, such as where credit enhancement is provided by guarantees or a letter of credit, the security is subject to credit risk because of its exposure to an external credit enhancement provider.

     Voluntary Advances. In the event of delinquencies in payments on the mortgage loans underlying the Mortgage Pass-Throughs, the servicer may agree to make advances of cash for the benefit of certificate-holders, but generally will do so only to the extent that it determines such voluntary advances will be recoverable from future payments and collections on the mortgage loans or otherwise.

     Optional Termination. Generally, the servicer may, at its option with respect to any certificates, repurchase all of the underlying mortgage loans remaining outstanding at such time if the aggregate outstanding principal balance of such mortgage loans is less than a specified percentage (generally 5-10%) of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the mortgage loans as of the cut-off date specified with respect to such series.

Asset-Backed Securities

     Asset-backed securities represent participations in, or are secured by and payable from, assets such as motor vehicle installment sales, installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements and other categories of receivables. Such assets are securitized through the use of trusts and special purpose corporations. Payments or distributions of principal and interest may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit or a pool insurance policy issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the trust or corporation, or other credit enhancements may be present.

     Each Fund may invest in asset-backed securities. The Short Duration Government Fund may only invest in asset-backed securities that are issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities

B-25


Table of Contents

or sponsored enterprises. Such securities are often subject to more rapid repayment than their stated maturity date would indicate as a result of the pass-through of prepayments of principal on the underlying loans. During periods of declining interest rates, prepayment of loans underlying asset-backed securities can be expected to accelerate. Accordingly, a Fund’s ability to maintain positions in such securities will be affected by reductions in the principal amount of such securities resulting from prepayments, and its ability to reinvest the returns of principal at comparable yields is subject to generally prevailing interest rates at that time. To the extent that a Fund invests in asset-backed securities, the values of such Fund’s portfolio securities will vary with changes in market interest rates generally and the differentials in yields among various kinds of asset-backed securities.

     Asset-backed securities present certain additional risks because asset-backed securities generally do not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral that is comparable to Mortgage Assets. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors on such receivables are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set-off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Automobile receivables generally are secured, but by automobiles rather than residential real property. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the loan servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the asset-backed securities. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in the underlying automobiles. Therefore, if the issuer of an asset-backed security defaults on its payment obligations, there is the possibility that, in some cases, a Fund will be unable to possess and sell the underlying collateral and that a Fund’s recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to support payments on these securities.

Loan Participations

     The Investment Grade Credit Fund, High Yield Fund, and Emerging Markets Debt Fund may invest in loan participations. A loan participation is an interest in a loan to a U.S. or foreign company or other borrower which is administered and sold by a financial intermediary. In a typical corporate loan syndication, a number of lenders, usually banks (co-lenders), lend a corporate borrower a specified sum pursuant to the terms and conditions of a loan agreement. One of the co-lenders usually agrees to act as the agent bank with respect to the loan.

     Participation interests acquired by the Investment Grade Credit Fund, High Yield Fund, or Emerging Markets Debt Fund may take the form of a direct or co-lending relationship with the corporate borrower, an assignment of an interest in the loan by a co-lender or another participant, or a participation in the seller’s share of the loan. When the Investment Grade Credit Fund, High Yield Fund, or Emerging Markets Debt Fund acts as co-lender in connection with a participation interest or when the Investment Grade Credit Fund, High Yield Fund, or Emerging Markets Debt Fund acquires certain participation interests, the Investment Grade Credit Fund, High Yield Fund, or Emerging Markets Debt Fund will have direct recourse against the borrower if the borrower fails to pay scheduled principal and interest. In cases where the Investment Grade Credit Fund, High Yield Fund, or Emerging Markets Debt Fund lacks direct recourse, it will look to the agent bank to enforce appropriate credit remedies against the borrower. In these cases, the Investment Grade Credit Fund, High Yield Fund, or Emerging Markets Debt Fund may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if the Fund had purchased a direct obligation (such as commercial paper) of such borrower. For example, in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the corporate borrower, a loan participation may be subject to certain defenses by the borrower as a result of improper conduct by the agent bank. Moreover, under the terms of the loan participation, the Investment Grade Credit Fund, High Yield Fund, or Emerging Markets Debt Fund may be regarded as a creditor of the agent bank (rather than of the underlying corporate borrower), so that the Investment Grade Credit Fund,

B-26


Table of Contents

High Yield Fund, or Emerging Markets Debt Fund may also be subject to the risk that the agent bank may become insolvent. The secondary market, if any, for these loan participations is limited and loan participations purchased by the Investment Grade Credit Fund, High Yield Fund, or Emerging Markets Debt Fund will normally be regarded as illiquid.

     For purposes of certain investment limitations pertaining to diversification of the Fund’s portfolio investments, the issuer of a loan participation will be the underlying borrower. However, in cases where the Investment Grade Credit Fund, High Yield Fund, or Emerging Markets Debt Fund do not have recourse directly against the borrower, both the borrower and each agent bank and co-lender interposed between the Fund and the borrower will be deemed issuers of a loan participation.

Zero Coupon, Deferred Interest, Pay-in-Kind and Capital Appreciation Bonds

     Each Fund may invest in zero coupon, deferred interest, pay-in-kind (“PIK”) and capital appreciation bonds. Zero coupon, deferred interest and capital appreciation bonds are debt securities issued or sold at a discount from their face value and which do not entitle the holder to any periodic payment of interest prior to maturity or a specified date. The original issue discount varies depending on the time remaining until maturity or cash payment date, prevailing interest rates, the liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. These securities also may take the form of debt securities that have been stripped of their unmatured interest coupons, the coupons themselves or receipts or certificates representing interests in such stripped debt obligations or coupons. The market prices of zero coupon, deferred interest, capital appreciation bonds and PIK securities generally are more volatile than the market prices of interest bearing securities and are likely to respond to a greater degree to changes in interest rates than interest bearing securities having similar maturities and credit quality.

     PIK securities may be debt obligations or preferred shares that provide the issuer with the option of paying interest or dividends on such obligations in cash or in the form of additional securities rather than cash. Similar to zero coupon bonds and deferred interest bonds, PIK securities are designed to give an issuer flexibility in managing cash flow. PIK securities that are debt securities can be either senior or subordinated debt and generally trade flat (i.e., without accrued interest). The trading price of PIK debt securities generally reflects the market value of the underlying debt plus an amount representing accrued interest since the last interest payment.

     Zero coupon, deferred interest, capital appreciation and PIK securities involve the additional risk that, unlike securities that periodically pay interest to maturity, a Fund will realize no cash until a specified future payment date unless a portion of such securities is sold and, if the issuer of such securities defaults, a Fund may obtain no return at all on its investment. In addition, even though such securities do not provide for the payment of current interest in cash, the Funds are nonetheless required to accrue income on such investments for each taxable year and generally are required to distribute such accrued amounts (net of deductible expenses, if any) to avoid being subject to tax. Because no cash is generally received at the time of the accrual, a Fund may be required to liquidate other portfolio securities to obtain sufficient cash to satisfy federal tax distribution requirements applicable to the Fund. A portion of the discount with respect to stripped tax-exempt securities or their coupons may be taxable. See “Taxation.”

Variable and Floating Rate Securities

     The interest rates payable on certain securities in which each Fund may invest are not fixed and may fluctuate based upon changes in market rates. A variable rate obligation has an interest rate which is adjusted at predesignated periods in response to changes in the market rate of interest on which the interest rate is based. Variable and floating rate obligations are less effective than fixed rate instruments at locking in a

B-27


Table of Contents

particular yield. Nevertheless, such obligations may fluctuate in value in response to interest rate changes if there is a delay between changes in market interest rates and the interest reset date for the obligation.

     Each Fund (other than the Enhanced Income Fund and Emerging Markets Debt Fund) may invest in “leveraged” inverse floating rate debt instruments (“inverse floaters”), including “leveraged inverse floaters.” The interest rate on inverse floaters resets in the opposite direction from the market rate of interest to which the inverse floater is indexed. An inverse floater may be considered to be leveraged to the extent that its interest rate varies by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in the index rate of interest. The higher the degree of leverage inherent in inverse floaters is associated with greater volatility in their market values. Accordingly, the duration of an inverse floater may exceed its stated final maturity. Certain inverse floaters may be deemed to be illiquid securities for purposes of each Fund’s limitation on illiquid investments.

Preferred Stock, Warrants and Rights

     The Enhanced Income, Investment Grade Credit, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may invest in preferred stock and the High Yield and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may invest in warrants and rights. Preferred stocks are securities that represent an ownership interest providing the holder with claims on the issuer’s earnings and assets before common stock owners but after bond owners. Unlike debt securities, the obligations of an issuer of preferred stock, including dividend and other payment obligations, may not typically be accelerated by the holders of such preferred stock on the occurrence of an event of default (such as a covenant default or filing of a bankruptcy petition) or other non-compliance by the issuer with the terms of the preferred stock. Often, however, on the occurrence of any such event of default or non-compliance by the issuer, preferred stockholders will be entitled to gain representation on the issuer’s board of directors or increase their existing board representation. In addition, preferred stockholders may be granted voting rights with respect to certain issues on the occurrence of any event of default.

     Warrants and other rights are options to buy a stated number of shares of common stock at a specified price at any time during the life of the warrant. The holders of warrants and rights have no voting rights, receive no dividends and have no rights with respect to the assets of the issuer.

Corporate Debt Obligations

     Enhanced Income, Ultra-Short Duration Government, Short Duration Tax-Free, Government Income, Municipal Income, U.S. Mortgages, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield Municipal, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may invest in corporate debt obligations, including obligations of industrial, utility and financial issuers. Corporate debt obligations include bonds, notes, debentures and other obligations of corporations to pay interest and repay principal. Corporate debt obligations are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations and may also be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity.

     Fixed income securities rated BBB or Baa are considered medium-grade obligations with speculative characteristics, and adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances may weaken their issuers’ capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Medium to lower rated and comparable non-rated securities tend to offer higher yields than higher rated securities with the same maturities because the historical financial condition of the issuers of such securities may not have been as strong as that of other issuers. Since medium to lower rated securities generally involve greater risks of loss of income and principal than higher rated securities, investors should consider carefully the relative risks associated with investment in securities which carry medium to lower ratings and in comparable unrated securities. In addition to the risk of default, there are the related costs of recovery on defaulted issues. The Funds’ Investment Advisers will attempt to reduce

B-28


Table of Contents

these risks through portfolio diversification and by analysis of each issuer and its ability to make timely payments of income and principal, as well as broad economic trends and corporate developments. The Investment Adviser continually monitors the investments in a Fund’s portfolio and evaluates whether to dispose of or to retain corporate debt obligations whose credit ratings or credit quality may have changed.

Commercial Paper and Other Short-Term Corporate Obligations

     Enhanced Income, Ultra-Short Duration Government, Short Duration Tax-Free, Government Income, Municipal Income, U.S. Mortgages, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield Municipal, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may invest in commercial paper and other short-term obligations payable in U.S. dollars and issued or guaranteed by U.S. corporations, non-U.S. corporations or other entities. Commercial paper represents short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by banks or bank holding companies, corporations and finance companies.

Trust Preferreds

     Enhanced Income, Ultra-Short Duration Government, Short Duration Tax-Free, Government Income, Municipal Income, U.S. Mortgages, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield Municipal, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may invest in trust preferred securities. A trust preferred or capital security is a long dated bond (for example 30 years) with preferred features. The preferred features are that payment of interest can be deferred for a specified period without initiating a default event. From a bondholder’s viewpoint, the securities are senior in claim to standard preferred but are junior to other bondholders. From the issuer’s viewpoint, the securities are attractive because their interest is deductible for tax purposes like other types of debt instruments.

High Yield Securities

     High Yield Municipal, High Yield and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may invest in bonds rated BB or below by Standard & Poor’s or Ba or below by Moody’s (or comparable rated and unrated securities). These bonds are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” and are considered speculative. The ability of their issuers to make principal and interest payments may be questionable. In some cases, such bonds may be highly speculative, have poor prospects for reaching investment grade standing and be in default. As a result, investment in such bonds will entail greater risks than those associated with investment grade bonds (i.e., bonds rated AAA, AA, A or BBB by Standard and Poor’s or Aaa, Aa, A or Baa by Moody’s). Analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of high yield securities may be more complex than for issuers of higher quality debt securities, and the ability of a Fund to achieve its investment objective may, to the extent of its investments in high yield securities, be more dependent upon such creditworthiness analysis than would be the case if the Fund were investing in higher quality securities. See Appendix A for a description of the corporate bond and preferred stock ratings by Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s, Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch”) and Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited (“DBRS”).

     The amount of high yield, fixed-income securities proliferated in the 1980s and early 1990s as a result of increased merger and acquisition and leveraged buyout activity. Such securities are also issued by less-established corporations desiring to expand. Risks associated with acquiring the securities of such issuers generally are greater than is the case with higher rated securities because such issuers are often less creditworthy companies or are highly leveraged and generally less able than more established or less leveraged entities to make scheduled payments of principal and interest. High yield securities are also issued by governmental issuers that may have difficulty in making all scheduled interest and principal payments.

     The market values of high yield, fixed-income securities tends to reflect those individual corporate or municipal developments to a greater extent than do those of higher rated securities, which react primarily to

B-29


Table of Contents

fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Issuers of such high yield securities are often highly leveraged, and may not be able to make use of more traditional methods of financing. Their ability to service debt obligations may be more adversely affected than issuers of higher rated securities by economic downturns, specific corporate or governmental developments or the issuers’ inability to meet specific projected business forecasts. These non-investment grade securities also tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than higher-rated securities. Negative publicity about the junk bond market and investor perceptions regarding lower-rated securities, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may depress the prices for such securities.

     Since investors generally perceive that there are greater risks associated with non-investment grade securities of the type in which the High Yield Municipal, High Yield and Emerging Markets Debt Funds invest, the yields and prices of such securities may tend to fluctuate more than those for higher-rated securities. In the lower quality segments of the fixed-income securities market, changes in perceptions of issuers’ creditworthiness tend to occur more frequently and in a more pronounced manner than do changes in higher quality segments of the fixed-income securities market, resulting in greater yield and price volatility.

     Another factor which causes fluctuations in the prices of high yield, fixed-income securities is the supply and demand for similarly rated securities. In addition, the prices of fixed-income securities fluctuate in response to the general level of interest rates. Fluctuations in the prices of portfolio securities subsequent to their acquisition will not affect cash income from such securities but will be reflected in the High Yield Municipal Fund’s, the High Yield Fund’s and the Emerging Markets Debt Fund’s net asset value.

     The risk of loss from default for the holders of high yield, fixed-income securities is significantly greater than is the case for holders of other debt securities because such high yield, fixed-income securities are generally unsecured and are often subordinated to the rights of other creditors of the issuers of such securities. Investment by the High Yield Municipal, High Yield and Emerging Markets Debt Funds in already defaulted securities poses an additional risk of loss should nonpayment of principal and interest continue in respect of such securities. Even if such securities are held to maturity, recovery by the High Yield Municipal, High Yield and Emerging Markets Debt Funds of their initial investment and any anticipated income or appreciation is uncertain. In addition, the High Yield Municipal, High Yield and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may incur additional expenses to the extent that they are required to seek recovery relating to the default in the payment of principal or interest on such securities or otherwise protect their interests. The High Yield Municipal, High Yield and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may be required to liquidate other portfolio securities to satisfy annual distribution obligations of the Funds in respect of accrued interest income on securities which are subsequently written off, even though the High Yield Municipal, High Yield and Emerging Markets Debt Funds have not received any cash payments of such interest.

     The secondary market for high yield, fixed-income securities is concentrated in relatively few markets and is dominated by institutional investors, including mutual funds, insurance companies and other financial institutions. Accordingly, the secondary market for such securities is not as liquid as and is more volatile than the secondary market for higher-rated securities. In addition, the trading volume for high-yield, fixed-income securities is generally lower than that of higher rated securities and the secondary market for high yield, fixed-income securities could contract under adverse market or economic conditions independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. These factors may have an adverse effect on the ability of the High Yield Municipal, High Yield and Emerging Markets Debt Funds to dispose of particular portfolio investments. Prices realized upon the sale of such lower rated or unrated securities, under these circumstances, may be less than the prices used in calculating the net asset value of the High Yield Municipal, High Yield and Emerging Markets Debt Funds. A less liquid secondary market also may make it more difficult for the High Yield Municipal, High Yield and Emerging Markets Debt Funds to obtain precise valuations of the high yield securities in their portfolios.

B-30


Table of Contents

     The adoption of new legislation could adversely affect the secondary market for high yield securities and the financial condition of issuers of these securities. The form of any future legislation, and the probability of such legislation being enacted, is uncertain.

     Non-investment grade or high-yield, fixed-income securities also present risks based on payment expectations. High yield, fixed-income securities frequently contain “call” or buy-back features which permit the issuer to call or repurchase the security from its holder. If an issuer exercises such a “call option” and redeems the security, the High Yield Municipal, High Yield and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may have to replace such security with a lower-yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for investors. In addition, if the High Yield Municipal, High Yield and Emerging Markets Debt Funds experience net redemptions of their shares, they may be forced to sell their higher-rated securities, resulting in a decline in the overall credit quality of the portfolios of the High Yield Municipal, High Yield and Emerging Markets Debt Funds and increasing the exposure of the High Yield Municipal, High Yield and Emerging Markets Debt Funds to the risks of high yield securities.

     Credit ratings issued by credit rating agencies are designed to evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments of rated securities. They do not, however, evaluate the market value risk of non-investment grade securities and, therefore, may not fully reflect the true risks of an investment. In addition, credit rating agencies may or may not make timely changes in a rating to reflect changes in the economy or in the conditions of the issuer that affect the market value of the security. Consequently, credit ratings are used only as a preliminary indicator of investment quality. Investments in non-investment grade and comparable unrated obligations will be more dependent on the Investment Adviser’s credit analysis than would be the case with investments in investment-grade debt obligations. The Investment Adviser employs its own credit research and analysis, which includes a study of an issuer’s existing debt, capital structure, ability to service debt and to pay dividends, sensitivity to economic conditions, operating history and current trend of earnings. The Investment Adviser continually monitors the investments in the portfolios of the High Yield Municipal, High Yield and Emerging Markets Debt Funds and evaluates whether to dispose of or to retain non-investment grade and comparable unrated securities whose credit ratings or credit quality may have changed.

     Because the market for high yield securities is still relatively new and has not weathered a major economic recession, it is unknown what effects such a recession might have on such securities. A widespread economic downturn could result in increased defaults and losses.

Investing in Central and South American Countries

     A significant portion of the Emerging Markets Debt Fund’s portfolio may be invested in companies located in Central and South American countries. The economies of Central and South American countries have experienced considerable difficulties in the past decade, including high inflation rates, high interest rates and currency devaluations. As a result, Central and South American securities markets have experienced great volatility. In addition, a number of Central and South American countries are among the largest Emerging Country debtors. There have been moratoria on, and reschedulings of, repayment with respect to these debts. Such events can restrict the flexibility of these debtor nations in the international markets and result in the imposition of onerous conditions on their economies.

     In the past, many Central and South American countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation for many years. High inflation rates have also led to high interest rates. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and could, in the future, have very negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain Central and South American countries. Many of the currencies of Central and South American countries have experienced steady devaluation relative to the U.S. dollar, and major devaluations have historically occurred in certain countries. Any devaluations in the currencies in which the Fund’s portfolio securities are denominated

B-31


Table of Contents

may have a detrimental impact on the Fund. There is also a risk that certain Central and South American countries may restrict the free conversion of their currencies into other currencies. Some Central and South American countries may have managed currencies which are not free floating against the U.S. dollar. Certain Central and South American currencies may not be internationally traded and it would be difficult for the Fund to engage in foreign currency transactions designed to protect the value of the Fund’s interests in securities denominated in such securities. In addition, substantial limitations may exist in certain countries with respect to the Fund’s ability to repatriate investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors. The Fund could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to the Fund of any restrictions on investments.

     The emergence of the Central and South American economies and securities markets will require continued economic and fiscal discipline that has been lacking at times in the past, as well as stable political and social conditions. Governments of many Central and South American countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. The political history of certain Central and South American countries has been characterized by political uncertainty, intervention by the military in civilian and economic spheres and political corruption. Such developments, if they were to recur, could reverse favorable trends toward market and economic reform, privatization and removal of trade barriers.

     International economic conditions, particularly those in the United States, as well as world prices for oil and other commodities may also influence the recovery of the Central and South American economies.

     Certain Central and South American countries have entered into regional trade agreements that would, among other things, reduce barriers between countries, increase competition among companies and reduce government subsidies in certain industries. No assurance can be given that these changes will result in the economic stability intended. There is a possibility that these trade arrangements will not be implemented, will be implemented but not completed or will be completed but then partially or completely unwound. It is also possible that a significant participant could choose to abandon a trade agreement, which could diminish its credibility and influence. Any of these occurrence could have adverse effects on the markets of both participating and non-participating countries, including share appreciation or depreciation of participant’s national currencies and a significant increase in exchange rate volatility, a resurgence in economic protectionism, an undermining of confidence in the Central and South American markets, an undermining of Central and South American economic stability, the collapse or slowdown of the drive towards Central and South American economic unity, and/or reversion of the attempts to lower government debt and inflation rates that were introduced in anticipation of such trade agreements. Such developments could have an adverse impact on the Fund’s investments in Central and South American generally or in specific countries participating in such trade agreements.

Bank Obligations

     Enhanced Income, Ultra-Short Duration Government, Government Income, U.S. Mortgages, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may each invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. and, except with respect to U.S. Mortgages Fund, foreign banks. (Government Income Fund may only invest in U.S. dollar denominated securities.) Bank obligations, including without limitation time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and certificates of deposit, may be general obligations of the parent bank or may be obligations only of the issuing branch pursuant to the terms of the specific obligations or government regulation.

B-32


Table of Contents

     Banks are subject to extensive but different governmental regulations which may limit both the amount and types of loans which may be made and interest rates which may be charged. Foreign banks are subject to different regulations and are generally permitted to engage in a wider variety of activities than U.S. banks. In addition, the profitability of the banking industry is largely dependent upon the availability and cost of funds for the purpose of financing lending operations under prevailing money market conditions. General economic conditions as well as exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers play an important part in the operations of this industry.

Municipal Securities

     Ultra-Short Duration Government, Short Duration Tax-Free, Government Income, Municipal Income, U.S. Mortgages, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, High Yield Municipal, and High Yield Funds may invest in Municipal Securities, the interest on which is exempt from regular federal income tax (i.e., excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes but not necessarily exempt from the federal alternative minimum tax or from the income taxes of any state or local government). In addition, Municipal Securities include participation interests in such securities the interest on which is, in the opinion of bond counsel or counsel selected by the Investment Adviser, excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes. Ultra-Short Duration Government, Short Duration Tax-Free, Government Income, Municipal Income, Core Fixed Income, High Yield Municipal, High Yield, U.S. Mortgages and Investment Grade Credit Funds may revise their definition of Municipal Securities in the future to include other types of securities that currently exist, the interest on which is or will be, in the opinion of such counsel, excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes, provided that investing in such securities is consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and policies. Ultra-Short Duration Government, Short Duration Tax-Free, Government Income, Municipal Income, Core Fixed Income, High Yield Municipal, High Yield, U.S. Mortgages and Investment Grade Credit Funds may also invest in taxable Municipal Securities.

     The yields and market values of municipal securities are determined primarily by the general level of interest rates, the creditworthiness of the issuers of municipal securities and economic and political conditions affecting such issuers. The yields and market prices of municipal securities may be adversely affected by changes in tax rates and policies, which may have less effect on the market for taxable fixed-income securities. Moreover, certain types of municipal securities, such as housing revenue bonds, involve prepayment risks which could affect the yield on such securities. The credit rating assigned to municipal securities may reflect the existence of guarantees, letters of credit or other credit enhancement features available to the issuers or holders of such municipal securities.

     Dividends paid by the Funds, other than the Tax-Exempt Funds, that are derived from interest paid on both tax-exempt and taxable Municipal Securities will be taxable to the Funds’ shareholders.

     Municipal Securities are often issued to obtain funds for various public purposes including refunding outstanding obligations, obtaining funds for general operating expenses, and obtaining funds to lend to other public institutions and facilities. Municipal Securities also include certain “private activity bonds” or industrial development bonds, which are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to provide financing aid to acquire sites or construct or equip facilities within a municipality for privately or publicly owned corporations.

     Investments in municipal securities are subject to the risk that the issuer could default on its obligations. Such a default could result from the inadequacy of the sources or revenues from which interest and principal payments are to be made or the assets collateralizing such obligations. Revenue bonds, including private activity bonds, are backed only by specific assets or revenue sources and not by the full faith and credit of the governmental issuer.

B-33


Table of Contents

     The two principal classifications of Municipal Securities are “general obligations” and “revenue obligations.” General obligations are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith and credit for the payment of principal and interest, although the characteristics and enforcement of general obligations may vary according to the law applicable to the particular issuer. Revenue obligations, which include, but are not limited to, private activity bonds, resource recovery bonds, certificates of participation and certain municipal notes, are not backed by the credit and taxing authority of the issuer, and are payable solely from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source. Nevertheless, the obligations of the issuer of a revenue obligation may be backed by a letter of credit, guarantee or insurance. General obligations and revenue obligations may be issued in a variety of forms, including commercial paper, fixed, variable and floating rate securities, tender option bonds, auction rate bonds, zero coupon bonds, deferred interest bonds and capital appreciation bonds.

     In addition to general obligations and revenue obligations, there is a variety of hybrid and special types of Municipal Securities. There are also numerous differences in the security of Municipal Securities both within and between these two principal classifications.

     For the purpose of applying a Fund’s investment restrictions, the identification of the issuer of a Municipal Security which is not a general obligation is made by the Investment Adviser based on the characteristics of the Municipal Security, the most important of which is the source of funds for the payment of principal and interest on such securities.

     An entire issue of Municipal Securities may be purchased by one or a small number of institutional investors, including one or more Funds. Thus, the issue may not be said to be publicly offered. Unlike some securities that are not publicly offered, a secondary market exists for many Municipal Securities that were not publicly offered initially and such securities may be readily marketable.

     The credit rating assigned to Municipal Securities may reflect the existence of guarantees, letters of credit or other credit enhancement features available to the issuers or holders of such Municipal Securities.

     The obligations of the issuer to pay the principal of and interest on a Municipal Security are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Code, and laws, if any, that may be enacted by Congress or state legislatures extending the time for payment of principal or interest or imposing other constraints upon the enforcement of such obligations. There is also the possibility that, as a result of litigation or other conditions, the power or ability of the issuer to pay when due principal of or interest on a Municipal Security may be materially affected.

     While the Municipal Income Fund, High Yield Municipal Fund and Short Duration Tax-Free Fund, under normal market conditions, invest substantially all of their assets in Municipal Securities, the recognition of certain accrued market discount income (if the Funds acquire Municipal Securities or other obligations at a market discount), income from investments other than Municipal Securities and any capital gains generated from the disposition of investments, will result in taxable income. In addition to federal income tax, shareholders may be subject to state, local or foreign taxes on distributions of such income received from the Funds.

     From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating the federal income tax exemption for interest on Municipal Securities. For example, under the Tax Reform Act of 1986, interest on certain private activity bonds must be included in an investor’s federal alternative minimum taxable income, and corporate investors must include all tax-exempt interest in their federal alternative minimum taxable income. The Trust cannot predict what legislation, if any, may be proposed in the future in Congress as regards the federal income tax status of interest on Municipal Securities

B-34


Table of Contents

or which proposals, if any, might be enacted. Such proposals, if enacted, might materially and adversely affect the availability of Municipal Securities for investment by the Tax Exempt Funds and the Funds’ liquidity and value. In such an event the Board of Trustees would reevaluate the Funds’ investment objectives and policies.

     Municipal Leases, Certificates of Participation and Other Participation Interests. Ultra-Short Duration Government, Short Duration Tax-Free, Government Income, Municipal Income, U.S. Mortgages, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, High Yield Municipal, and High Yield Funds may invest in municipal leases, certificates of participation and other participation interests. A municipal lease is an obligation in the form of a lease or installment purchase which is issued by a state or local government to acquire equipment and facilities. Income from such obligations is generally exempt from state and local taxes in the state of issuance. Municipal leases frequently involve special risks not normally associated with general obligations or revenue bonds. Leases and installment purchase or conditional sale contracts (which normally provide for title to the leased asset to pass eventually to the governmental issuer) have evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements for the issuance of debt. The debt issuance limitations are deemed to be inapplicable because of the inclusion in many leases or contracts of “non-appropriation” clauses that relieve the governmental issuer of any obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis. In addition, such leases or contracts may be subject to the temporary abatement of payments in the event the issuer is prevented from maintaining occupancy of the leased premises or utilizing the leased equipment. Although the obligations may be secured by the leased equipment or facilities, the disposition of the property in the event of non-appropriation or foreclosure might prove difficult, time consuming and costly, and result in a delay in recovering or the failure to fully recover a Fund’s original investment. To the extent that a Fund invests in unrated municipal leases or participates in such leases, the credit quality rating and risk of cancellation of such unrated leases will be monitored on an ongoing basis.

     Certificates of participation represent undivided interests in municipal leases, installment purchase agreements or other instruments. The certificates are typically issued by a trust or other entity which has received an assignment of the payments to be made by the state or political subdivision under such leases or installment purchase agreements.

     Certain municipal lease obligations and certificates of participation may be deemed to be illiquid for the purpose of the Funds’ limitation on investments in illiquid securities. Other municipal lease obligations and certificates of participation acquired by a Fund may be determined by the Investment Adviser, pursuant to guidelines adopted by the Trustees of the Trust, to be liquid securities for the purpose of such limitation. In determining the liquidity of municipal lease obligations and certificates of participation, the Investment Adviser will consider a variety of factors, including: (i) the willingness of dealers to bid for the security; (ii) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the obligation and the number of other potential buyers; (iii) the frequency of trades or quotes for the obligation; and (iv) the nature of the marketplace trades. In addition, the Investment Adviser will consider factors unique to particular lease obligations and certificates of participation affecting the marketability thereof. These include the general creditworthiness of the issuer, the importance to the issuer of the property covered by the lease and the likelihood that the marketability of the obligation will be maintained throughout the time the obligation is held by a Fund.

     Ultra-Short Duration Government, Short Duration Tax-Free, Government Income, Municipal Income, Core Fixed Income, High Yield Municipal, High Yield, U.S. Mortgages and Investment Grade Credit Funds may purchase participations in Municipal Securities held by a commercial bank or other financial institution. Such participations provide a Fund with the right to a pro rata undivided interest in the underlying Municipal Securities. In addition, such participations generally provide a Fund with the right to

B-35


Table of Contents

demand payment, on not more than seven days’ notice, of all or any part of such Fund’s participation interest in the underlying Municipal Securities, plus accrued interest.

     Municipal Notes. Municipal Securities in the form of notes generally are used to provide for short-term capital needs, in anticipation of an issuer’s receipt of other revenues or financing, and typically have maturities of up to three years. Such instruments may include tax anticipation notes, revenue anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes, tax and revenue anticipation notes and construction loan notes. Tax anticipation notes are issued to finance the working capital needs of governments. Generally, they are issued in anticipation of various tax revenues, such as income, sales, property, use and business taxes, and are payable from these specific future taxes. Revenue anticipation notes are issued in expectation of receipt of other kinds of revenue, such as federal revenues available under federal revenue sharing programs. Bond anticipation notes are issued to provide interim financing until long-term bond financing can be arranged. In most cases, the long-term bonds then provide the funds needed for repayment of the notes. Tax and revenue anticipation notes combine the funding sources of both tax anticipation notes and revenue anticipation notes. Construction loan notes are sold to provide construction financing. These notes are secured by mortgage notes insured by the FHA; however, the proceeds from the insurance may be less than the economic equivalent of the payment of principal and interest on the mortgage note if there has been a default. The obligations of an issuer of municipal notes are generally secured by the anticipated revenues from taxes, grants or bond financing. An investment in such instruments, however, presents a risk that the anticipated revenues will not be received or that such revenues will be insufficient to satisfy the issuer’s payment obligations under the notes or that refinancing will be otherwise unavailable.

     Tax-Exempt Commercial Paper. Issues of commercial paper typically represent short-term, unsecured, negotiable promissory notes. These obligations are issued by state and local governments and their agencies to finance working capital needs of municipalities or to provide interim construction financing and are paid from general revenues of municipalities or are refinanced with long-term debt. In most cases, tax-exempt commercial paper is backed by letters of credit, lending agreements, note repurchase agreements or other credit facility agreements offered by banks or other institutions.

     Pre-Refunded Municipal Securities. The principal of and interest on pre-refunded Municipal Securities are no longer paid from the original revenue source for the securities. Instead, the source of such payments is typically an escrow fund consisting of U.S. Government Securities. The assets in the escrow fund are derived from the proceeds of refunding bonds issued by the same issuer as the pre-refunded Municipal Securities. Issuers of Municipal Securities use this advance refunding technique to obtain more favorable terms with respect to securities that are not yet subject to call or redemption by the issuer. For example, advance refunding enables an issuer to refinance debt at lower market interest rates, restructure debt to improve cash flow or eliminate restrictive covenants in the indenture or other governing instrument for the pre-refunded Municipal Securities. However, except for a change in the revenue source from which principal and interest payments are made, the pre-refunded Municipal Securities remain outstanding on their original terms until they mature or are redeemed by the issuer. Pre-refunded Municipal Securities are usually purchased at a price which represents a premium over their face value.

     Private Activity Bonds. Ultra-Short Duration Government, Short Duration Tax-Free, Government Income, Municipal Income, U.S. Mortgages, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Yield Municipal, and High Yield Funds may each invest in certain types of Municipal Securities, generally referred to as industrial development bonds (and referred to under current tax law as private activity bonds), which are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide privately operated housing facilities, airport, mass transit or port facilities, sewage disposal, solid waste disposal or hazardous waste treatment or disposal facilities and certain local facilities for water supply, gas or electricity. Other types of industrial development bonds, the proceeds of which are used for the construction, equipment, repair or improvement of privately operated industrial or commercial facilities, may constitute Municipal Securities, although the

B-36


Table of Contents

current federal tax laws place substantial limitations on the size of such issues. A Tax Exempt Fund’s distributions of its interest income from private activity bonds may subject certain investors to the federal alternative minimum tax whereas a Taxable Fund’s distributions of any tax-exempt interest it receives from any source will be taxable for regular federal income tax purposes.

     Tender Option Bonds. A tender option bond is a Municipal Security (generally held pursuant to a custodial arrangement) having a relatively long maturity and bearing interest at a fixed rate substantially higher than prevailing short-term, tax-exempt rates. The bond is typically issued with the agreement of a third party, such as a bank, broker-dealer or other financial institution, which grants the security holders the option, at periodic intervals, to tender their securities to the institution and receive the face value thereof. As consideration for providing the option, the financial institution receives periodic fees equal to the difference between the bond’s fixed coupon rate and the rate, as determined by a remarketing or similar agent at or near the commencement of such period, that would cause the securities, coupled with the tender option, to trade at par on the date of such determination. Thus, after payment of this fee, the security holder effectively holds a demand obligation that bears interest at the prevailing short-term, tax-exempt rate. However, an institution will not be obligated to accept tendered bonds in the event of certain defaults or a significant downgrade in the credit rating assigned to the issuer of the bond. The liquidity of a tender option bond is a function of the credit quality of both the bond issuer and the financial institution providing liquidity. Tender option bonds are deemed to be liquid unless, in the opinion of the Investment Adviser, the credit quality of the bond issuer and the financial institution is deemed, in light of the Fund’s credit quality requirements, to be inadequate and the bond would not otherwise be readily marketable. The Tax Exempt Funds intend to invest in tender option bonds the interest on which will, in the opinion of bond counsel, counsel for the issuer of interests therein or counsel selected by the Investment Adviser, be exempt from regular federal income tax. However, because there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) will agree with such counsel’s opinion in any particular case, there is a risk that a Tax Exempt Fund will not be considered the owner of such tender option bonds and thus will not be entitled to treat such interest as exempt from such tax. Additionally, the federal income tax treatment of certain other aspects of these investments, including the proper tax treatment of tender option bonds and the associated fees in relation to various regulated investment company tax provisions is unclear. The Tax Exempt Funds intend to manage their portfolios in a manner designed to eliminate or minimize any adverse impact from the tax rules applicable to these investments.

     Auction Rate Securities. Ultra-Short Duration Government, Short Duration Tax-Free, Government Income, Municipal Income, U.S. Mortgages, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, High Yield Municipal, and High Yield Funds may invest in auction rate securities. Auction rate securities include auction rate Municipal Securities and auction rate preferred securities issued by closed-end investment companies that invest primarily in Municipal Securities (collectively, “auction rate securities”). Provided that the auction mechanism is successful, auction rate securities usually permit the holder to sell the securities in an auction at par value at specified intervals. The dividend is reset by “Dutch” auction in which bids are made by broker-dealers and other institutions for a certain amount of securities at a specified minimum yield. The dividend rate set by the auction is the lowest interest or dividend rate that covers all securities offered for sale. While this process is designed to permit auction rate securities to be traded at par value, there is some risk that an auction will fail due to insufficient demand for the securities. A Fund will take the time remaining until the next scheduled auction date into account for purpose of determining the securities’ duration.

     Dividends on auction rate preferred securities issued by a closed-end fund may be designated as exempt from federal income tax to the extent they are attributable to exempt income earned by the fund on the securities in its portfolio and distributed to holders of the preferred securities, provided that the preferred securities are treated as equity securities for federal income tax purposes and the closed-end fund complies with certain tests under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

B-37


Table of Contents

     A Fund’s investments in auction rate securities of closed-end funds are subject to the limitations prescribed by the Act and certain state securities regulations. The Funds will indirectly bear their proportionate share of any management and other fees paid by such closed-end funds in addition to the advisory fees payable directly by the Funds.

     Insurance. Ultra-Short Duration Government, Short Duration Tax-Free, Government Income, Municipal Income, U.S. Mortgages, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, High Yield Municipal, and High Yield Funds may invest in “insured” tax-exempt Municipal Securities. Insured Municipal Securities are securities for which scheduled payments of interest and principal are guaranteed by a private (non-governmental) insurance company. The insurance only entitles a Fund to receive the face or par value of the securities held by the Fund. The insurance does not guarantee the market value of the Municipal Securities or the value of the shares of a Fund.

     Ultra-Short Duration Government, Short Duration Tax-Free, Government Income, Municipal Income, U.S. Mortgages, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, High Yield Municipal, and High Yield Funds may utilize new issue or secondary market insurance. A new issue insurance policy is purchased by a bond issuer who wishes to increase the credit rating of a security. By paying a premium and meeting the insurer’s underwriting standards, the bond issuer is able to obtain a high credit rating (usually, Aaa from Moody’s or AAA from Standard & Poor’s) for the issued security. Such insurance is likely to increase the purchase price and resale value of the security. New issue insurance policies generally are non-cancelable and continue in force as long as the bonds are outstanding.

     A secondary market insurance policy is purchased by an investor (such as a Fund) subsequent to a bond’s original issuance and generally insures a particular bond for the remainder of its term. The Funds may purchase bonds which have already been insured under a secondary market insurance policy by a prior investor, or the Funds may directly purchase such a policy from insurers for bonds which are currently uninsured.

     An insured Municipal Security acquired by a Fund will typically be covered by only one of the above types of policies. All of the insurance policies used by a Fund will be obtained only from insurance companies rated, at the time of purchase, A by Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s, or if unrated, determined by the Investment Adviser to be of comparable quality. The Municipal Securities invested in by High Yield Municipal Fund and High Yield Fund will not be subject to this requirement.

     Standby Commitments. In order to enhance the liquidity of Municipal Securities, the Tax Exempt Funds may acquire the right to sell a security to another party at a guaranteed price and date. Such a right to resell may be referred to as a “standby commitment” or liquidity put, depending on its characteristics. The aggregate price which a Fund pays for securities with standby commitments may be higher than the price which otherwise would be paid for the securities. Standby commitments may not be available or may not be available on satisfactory terms.

     Standby commitments may involve letters of credit issued by domestic or foreign banks supporting the other party’s ability to purchase the security from a Tax Exempt Fund. The right to sell may be exercisable on demand or at specified intervals, and may form part of a security or be acquired separately by a Tax Exempt Fund. In considering whether a security meets a Tax Exempt Fund’s quality standards, the particular Tax Exempt Fund will look to the creditworthiness of the party providing the Fund with the right to sell as well as the quality of the security itself.

     The Tax Exempt Funds value Municipal Securities which are subject to standby commitments at amortized cost. The exercise price of the standby commitments is expected to approximate such amortized cost. No value is assigned to the standby commitments for purposes of determining a Tax Exempt Fund’s net

B-38


Table of Contents

asset value. The cost of a standby commitment is carried as unrealized depreciation from the time of purchase until it is exercised or expires. Since the value of a standby commitment is dependent on the ability of the standby commitment writer to meet its obligation to repurchase, a Tax Exempt Fund’s policy is to enter into standby commitment transactions only with banks, brokers or dealers which present a minimal risk of default.

     The Investment Adviser understands that the IRS has issued a favorable revenue ruling to the effect that, under specified circumstances, a registered investment company will be the owner of tax-exempt municipal obligations acquired subject to a put option. The IRS has subsequently announced that it will not ordinarily issue advance ruling letters as to the identity of the true owner of property in cases involving the sale of securities or participation interests therein if the purchaser has the right to cause the security, or the participation interest therein, to be purchased by either the seller or a third party. The Tax Exempt Funds intend to take the position that they are the owner of any Municipal Securities acquired subject to a standby commitment or acquired or held with certain other types of put rights and that tax-exempt interest earned with respect to such Municipal Securities will be tax-exempt in their hands. There is no assurance that standby commitments will be available to the Tax Exempt Funds nor have the Tax Exempt Funds assumed that such commitments would continue to be available under all market conditions.

     Call Risk and Reinvestment Risk. Municipal Securities may include “call” provisions which permit the issuers of such securities, at any time or after a specified period, to redeem the securities prior to their stated maturity. In the event that Municipal Securities held in a Fund’s portfolio are called prior to the maturity, the Fund will be required to reinvest the proceeds on such securities at an earlier date and may be able to do so only at lower yields, thereby reducing the Fund’s return on its portfolio securities.

Foreign Investments

     Enhanced Income, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may invest in securities of foreign issuers and Core Fixed Income, Global Income and High Yield Funds may invest in fixed-income securities quoted or denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars. Investment in foreign securities may offer potential benefits that are not available from investing exclusively in U.S. dollar-denominated domestic issues. Foreign countries may have economic policies or business cycles different from those of the U.S. and markets for foreign fixed-income securities do not necessarily move in a manner parallel to U.S. markets. Investing in the securities of foreign issuers also involves, however, certain special considerations, including those set forth below, which are not typically associated with investing in U.S. issuers. Investments in the securities of foreign issuers often involve currencies of foreign countries and Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations and may incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. To the extent that a Fund is fully invested in foreign securities while also maintaining currency positions, it may be exposed to greater combined risk. A Fund also may be subject to currency exposure independent of its securities positions.

     Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. They generally are determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets and the relative merits of investments in different countries, actual or anticipated changes in interest rates and other complex factors, as seen from an international perspective. Currency exchange rates also can be affected unpredictably by intervention by U.S. or foreign governments or central banks or the failure to intervene or by currency controls or political developments in the United States or abroad. To the extent that a substantial portion of a Fund’s total assets, adjusted to reflect the Fund’s net position after giving effect to currency transactions, is denominated or quoted in the currencies of foreign countries, the Fund will be more susceptible to the risk of adverse economic and political developments within those countries. A Fund’s net currency positions may expose it to risks independent of its securities positions. In addition, if the payment declines in value against

B-39


Table of Contents

the U.S. dollar before such income is distributed as dividends to shareholders or converted to U.S. dollars, the Fund may have to sell portfolio securities to obtain sufficient cash to pay such dividends.

     Since foreign issuers generally are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies, there may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than about a comparable U.S. company. Volume and liquidity in most foreign bond markets are less than in the United States markets and securities of many foreign companies are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. Fixed commissions on foreign securities exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges, although each Fund endeavors to achieve the most favorable net results on its portfolio transactions. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of securities markets and exchanges, brokers, dealers and listed and unlisted companies than in the United States and the legal remedies for investors may be more limited than the remedies available in the United States. For example, there may be no comparable provisions under certain foreign laws to insider trading and similar investor protection securities laws that apply with respect to securities transactions consummated in the United States. Mail service between the United States and foreign countries may be slower or less reliable than within the United States, thus increasing the risk of delayed settlement of portfolio transactions or loss of certificates for portfolio securities.

     Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Such delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of Enhanced Income Fund, Investment Grade Credit, Core Fixed Income Fund, Global Income Fund, High Yield Fund, or Emerging Markets Debt Fund is uninvested and no return is earned on such assets. The inability of Enhanced Income Fund, Core Fixed Income Fund, Investment Grade Credit, Global Fund Income Fund, High Yield Fund, or Emerging Markets Debt Fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause the Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Inability to dispose of portfolio securities due to settlement problems could result either in losses to Enhanced Income Fund, Investment Grade Credit Fund, Core Fixed Income Fund, Global Income Fund, High Yield Fund, or Emerging Markets Debt Fund due to subsequent declines in value of the portfolio securities, or, if Enhanced Income Fund, Core Fixed Income Fund, Investment Grade Credit Fund, Global Income Fund, High Yield Fund, or Emerging Markets Debt Fund has entered into a contract to sell the securities, could result in possible liability to the purchaser. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, there is the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, limitations on the movement of funds and other assets between different countries, political or social instability, or diplomatic developments which could adversely affect Enhanced Income, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, High Yield, Global Income, or Emerging Markets Debt Funds’ investments in those countries. Moreover, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resources self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.

Investing in Emerging Countries

     Market Characteristics. Of the Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, and High Yield Funds’ investments in foreign securities, 10%, 10%, 10% and 25% of their respective total assets may be invested in emerging countries. The Emerging Markets Debt Fund is not limited in the amount of its assets that may be invested in emerging countries. Investment in debt securities of emerging country issuers involve special risks. The development of a market for such securities is a relatively recent phenomenon and debt securities of most emerging country issuers are less liquid and are generally subject to greater price volatility than securities of issuers in the United States and other developed countries. In certain countries, there may be fewer publicly traded securities, and the market may be dominated by a few issuers or sectors.

B-40


Table of Contents

The markets for securities of emerging countries may have substantially less volume than the market for similar securities in the United States and may not be able to absorb, without price disruptions, a significant increase in trading volume or trade size. Additionally, market making and arbitrage activities are generally less extensive in such markets, which may contribute to increased volatility and reduced liquidity of such markets. The less liquid the market, the more difficult it may be for a Fund to price accurately its portfolio securities or to dispose of such securities at the times determined to be appropriate. The risks associated with reduced liquidity may be particularly acute to the extent that a Fund needs cash to meet redemption requests, to pay dividends and other distributions or to pay its expenses.

     A Fund’s purchase and sale of portfolio securities in certain emerging countries may be constrained by limitations as to daily changes in the prices of listed securities, periodic trading or settlement volume and/or limitations on aggregate holdings of foreign investors. Such limitations may be computed based on the aggregate trading volume by or holdings of a Fund, the Investment Adviser, its affiliates and their respective clients and other service providers. A Fund may not be able to sell securities in circumstances where price, trading or settlement volume limitations have been reached.

     Securities markets of emerging countries may also have less efficient clearance and settlement procedures than U.S. markets, making it difficult to conduct and complete transactions. Delays in the settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of a Fund’s assets is uninvested and no return is earned thereon. Inability to make intended security purchases could cause the Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Inability to dispose of portfolio securities could result either in losses to a Fund due to subsequent declines in value of the portfolio security or, if a Fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible liability of a Fund to the purchaser.

     Transaction costs, including brokerage commissions and dealer mark-ups, in emerging countries may be higher than in the U.S. and other developed securities markets. As legal systems in emerging countries develop, foreign investors may be adversely affected by new or amended laws and regulations. In circumstances where adequate laws exist, it may not be possible to obtain swift and equitable enforcement of the law.

     With respect to investments in certain emerging countries, antiquated legal systems may have an adverse impact on the Funds. For example, while the potential liability of a shareholder of a U.S. corporation with respect to acts of the corporation is generally limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment, the notion of limited liability is less clear in certain emerging market countries. Similarly, the rights of investors in emerging market companies may be more limited than those of investors of U.S. corporations.

     Economic, Political and Social Factors. Emerging countries may be subject to a greater degree of economic, political and social instability than the United States, Japan and most Western European countries, and unanticipated political and social developments may affect the value of a Fund’s investments in emerging countries and the availability to the Fund of additional investments in such countries. Moreover, political and economic structures in many emerging countries may be undergoing significant evolution and rapid development. Instability may result from, among other things: (i) authoritarian governments or military involvement in political and economic decision-making, including changes or attempted changes in government through extra-constitutional means; (ii) popular unrest associated with demands for improved economic, political and social conditions; (iii) internal insurgencies; (iv) hostile relations with neighboring countries; (v) ethnic, religious and racial disaffection and conflict; and (vi) the absence of developed legal structures governing foreign private property. Many emerging countries have experienced in the past, and continue to experience, high rates of inflation. In certain countries, inflation has at times accelerated rapidly to hyperinflationary levels, creating a negative interest rate environment and sharply eroding the value of outstanding financial assets in those countries. The economies of many emerging countries are heavily dependent upon international trade and are accordingly affected by protective trade barriers and the economic

B-41


Table of Contents

conditions of their trading partners. In addition, the economies of some emerging countries may differ unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resources, self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.

     Restrictions on Investment and Repatriation. Certain emerging countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit investments by foreign persons to only a specified percentage of an issuer’s outstanding securities or a specific class of securities which may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the issuer available for purchase by nationals. Repatriation of investment income and capital from certain emerging countries is subject to certain governmental consents. Even where there is no outright restriction on repatriation of capital, the mechanics of repatriation may affect the operation of a Fund.

     Sovereign Debt Obligations. Investment in sovereign debt can involve a high degree of risk. The governmental entity that controls the repayment of sovereign debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt. A governmental entity’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental entity’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund and the political constraints to which a governmental entity may be subject. Governmental entities may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a governmental entity’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the governmental entity, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to services its debts in a timely manner. Consequently, governmental entities may default on their sovereign debt. Holders of sovereign debt (including the Fund) may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to governmental agencies.

     Emerging country governmental issuers are among the largest debtors to commercial banks, foreign governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions. Certain emerging country governmental issuers have not been able to make payments of interest on or principal of debt obligations as those payments have come due. Obligations arising from past restructuring agreements may affect the economic performance and political and social stability of those issuers.

     The ability of emerging country governmental issuers to make timely payments on their obligations is likely to be influenced strongly by the issuer’s balance of payments, including export performance, and its access to international credits and investments. An emerging country whose exports are concentrated in a few commodities could be vulnerable to a decline in the international prices of one or more of those commodities. Increased protectionism on the part of an emerging country’s trading partners could also adversely affect the country’s exports and tarnish its trade account surplus, if any. To the extent that emerging countries receive payment for their exports in currencies other than dollars or non-emerging country currencies, the emerging country issuer’s ability to make debt payments denominated in dollars or non-emerging market currencies could be affected.

     To the extent that an emerging country cannot generate a trade surplus, it must depend on continuing loans from foreign governments, multilateral organizations or private commercial banks, aid payments from foreign governments and on inflows of foreign investment. The access of emerging countries to these forms of external funding may not be certain, and a withdrawal of external funding could adversely affect the

B-42


Table of Contents

capacity of emerging country governmental issuers to make payments on their obligations. In addition, the cost of servicing emerging country debt obligations can be affected by a change in international interest rates since the majority of these obligations carry interest rates that are adjusted periodically based upon international rates.

     Another factor bearing on the ability of emerging countries to repay debt obligations is the level of international reserves of a country. Fluctuations in the level of these reserves affect the amount of foreign exchange readily available for external debt payments and thus could have a bearing on the capacity of emerging countries to make payments on these debt obligations.

     As a result of the foregoing or other factors, a governmental obligor, especially in an emerging country, may default on its obligations. If such an event occurs, a Fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign sovereign debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of commercial bank debt will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign sovereign debt obligations in the event of default under the commercial bank loan agreements.

     Brady Bonds. Certain foreign debt obligations commonly referred to as “Brady Bonds” are created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to foreign borrowers for new obligations in connection with debt restructurings under a plan introduced by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (the “Brady Plan”).

     Brady Bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized and issued in various currencies (although most are dollar-denominated) and they are actively traded in the over-the-counter secondary market. Certain Brady Bonds are collateralized in full as to principal due at maturity by zero coupon obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities having the same maturity (“Collateralized Brady Bonds”). Brady Bonds are not, however, considered to be U.S. Government Securities.

     Dollar-denominated, Collateralized Brady Bonds may be fixed rate bonds or floating rate bonds. Interest payments on Brady Bonds are often collateralized by cash or securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at least one year of rolling interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds, initially is equal to at least one year’s rolling interest payments based on the applicable interest rate at that time and is adjusted at regular intervals thereafter. Certain Brady Bonds are entitled to “value recovery payments” in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation components: (i) collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; (ii) collateralized interest payments; (iii) uncollateralized interest payments; and (iv) any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (these uncollateralized amounts constitute the “residual risk”). In the event of a default with respect to Collateralized Brady Bonds as a result of which the payment obligations of the issuer are accelerated, the U.S. Treasury zero coupon obligations held as collateral for the payment of principal will not be distributed to investors, nor will such obligations be sold and the proceeds distributed. The collateral will be held by the collateral agent to the scheduled maturity of the defaulted Brady Bonds, which will continue to be outstanding, at which time the face amount of the collateral will equal the principal payments which would have been due on the Brady Bonds in the normal course. In addition, in light of the residual risk of Brady Bonds and, among other factors, the history of defaults with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds, investments in Brady Bonds should be viewed as speculative.

B-43


Table of Contents

     Restructured Investments. Included among the issuers of emerging country debt securities are entities organized and operated solely for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of various securities. These entities are often organized by investment banking firms which receive fees in connection with establishing each entity and arranging for the placement of its securities. This type of restructuring involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity, such as a corporation or trust, or specified instruments, such as Brady Bonds, and the issuance by the entity of one or more classes of securities (“Restructured Investments”) backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued Restructured Investments to create securities with different investment characteristics such as varying maturities, payment priorities or investment rate provisions. Because Restructured Investments of the type in which the Fund may invest typically involve no credit enhancement, their credit risk will generally be equivalent to that of the underlying instruments.

     The Investment Grade Credit Fund and Emerging Markets Debt Fund are permitted to invest in a class of Restructured Investments that is either subordinated or unsubordinated to the right of payment of another class. Subordinated Restructured Investments typically have higher yields and present greater risks than unsubordinated Restructured Investments. Although the Emerging Markets Debt Fund’s and Investment Grade Credit Fund’s purchases of subordinated Restructured Investments would have a similar economic effect to that of borrowing against the underlying securities, such purchases will not be deemed to be borrowing for purposes of the limitations placed on the extent of the Funds’ assets that may be used for borrowing.

     Certain issuers of Restructured Investments may be deemed to be “investment companies” as defined in the Act. As a result, the Investment Grade Credit Fund’s and Emerging Markets Debt Fund’s investments in these Restructured Investments may be limited by the restrictions contained in the Act. Restructured Investments are typically sold in private placement transactions, and there currently is no active trading market for most Restructured Investments.

     Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts. Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts for hedging purposes and to seek to increase total return. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are generally charged at any stage for trades.

     At the maturity of a forward contract, Core Fixed Income Fund, Investment Grade Credit Fund, Global Income, High Yield Fund, or Emerging Markets Debt Fund may either accept or make delivery of the currency specified in the contract or, at or prior to maturity, enter into a closing purchase transaction involving the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract. Closing purchase transactions with respect to forward contracts are usually effected with the currency trader who is a party to the original forward contract.

     Core Fixed Income Fund, Investment Grade Credit Fund, Global Income Fund, High Yield Fund, or Emerging Markets Debt Fund may enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts for hedging purposes in several circumstances. First, when a Fund enters into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security quoted or denominated in a foreign currency, or when a Fund anticipates the receipt in a foreign currency of a dividend or interest payment on such a security which it holds, a Fund may desire to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of the security or the U.S. dollar equivalent of such dividend or interest payment, as the case may be. By entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale, for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars, of the amount of foreign currency involved in the underlying transactions, a Fund may attempt to protect

B-44


Table of Contents

itself against an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the subject foreign currency during the period between the date on which the security is purchased or sold, or on which the dividend or interest payment is declared, and the date on which such payments are made or received.

     Additionally, when the Investment Adviser believes that the currency of a particular foreign country may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar, it may enter into a forward contract to sell, for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars, the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of a Fund’s portfolio securities quoted or denominated in such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible because the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date on which the contract is entered into and the date it matures. Using forward contracts to protect the value of a Fund’s portfolio securities against a decline in the value of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities. It simply establishes a rate of exchange which a Fund can achieve at some future point in time. The precise projection of short-term currency market movements is not possible, and short-term hedging provides a means of fixing the U.S. dollar value of only a portion of a Fund’s foreign assets.

     Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may engage in cross-hedging by using forward contracts in one currency to hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities denominated or quoted in a different currency if the Investment Adviser determines that there is a pattern of correlation between the two currencies. In addition, certain Funds may enter into foreign currency transactions to seek a closer correlation between a Fund’s overall currency exposures and the currency exposures of a Fund’s performance benchmark.

     Unless otherwise covered, cash or liquid assets will be segregated in an amount equal to the value of the Fund’s total assets committed to the consummation of forward foreign currency exchange contracts requiring the Fund to purchase foreign currencies and forward contracts entered into to seek to increase total return. The segregated assets will be marked-to-market. If the value of the segregated assets declines, additional liquid assets will be segregated so that the value will equal the amount of the Fund’s commitments with respect to such contracts. Global Income, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds will not enter into a forward contract with a term of greater than one year.

     While Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may enter into forward contracts to seek to reduce currency exchange rate risks, transactions in such contracts involve certain other risks. Thus, while the Funds may benefit from such transactions, unanticipated changes in currency prices may result in a poorer overall performance for a Fund than if it had not engaged in any such transactions. Moreover, there may be imperfect correlation between a Fund’s portfolio holdings of securities quoted or denominated in a particular currency and forward contracts entered into by a Fund. Such imperfect correlation may cause the Fund to sustain losses which will prevent the Fund from achieving a complete hedge or expose the Fund to risk of foreign exchange loss.

     Markets for trading forward foreign currency contracts offer less protection against defaults than is available when trading in currency instruments on an exchange. Forward contracts are subject to the risk that the counterparty to such contract will default on its obligations. Since a forward foreign currency exchange contract is not guaranteed by an exchange or clearinghouse, a default on the contract would deprive a Fund of unrealized profits, transaction costs or the benefits of a currency hedge or force the Fund to cover its purchase or sale commitments, if any, at the current market price. In addition, the institutions that deal in forward currency contracts are not required to continue to make markets in the currencies they trade and these markets can experience periods of illiquidity. A Fund will not enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts, unless the credit quality of the unsecured senior debt or the claims-paying ability of the counterparty is considered to be investment grade by the Investment Adviser. To the extent that a substantial portion of a

B-45


Table of Contents

Fund’s total assets, adjusted to reflect the Fund’s net position after giving effect to currency transactions, is denominated or quoted in the currencies of foreign countries, the Fund will be more susceptible to the risk of adverse economic and political developments within those countries.

Interest Rate Swaps, Mortgage Swaps, Credit Swaps, Currency Swaps, Total Return Swaps, Options on Swaps and Interest Rate Caps, Floors and Collars

     Each Fund may enter into interest rate, credit and total return swaps. Each Fund may also enter into interest rate caps, floors and collars. In addition, Ultra-Short Duration Government, Short Duration Government, Government Income, U.S. Mortgages, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income and High Yield Funds may enter into mortgage swaps; and Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, High Yield, Global Income and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may enter into currency swaps. Each Fund may also purchase and write (sell) options contracts on swaps, commonly referred to as swaptions. Each Fund may enter into swap transactions for hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, such as an exchange of fixed-rate payments for floating rate payments. Mortgage swaps are similar to interest rate swaps in that they represent commitments to pay and receive interest. The notional principal amount, however, is tied to a reference pool or pools of mortgages. Credit swaps involve the receipt of floating or fixed rate payments in exchange for assuming potential credit losses of an underlying security. Credit swaps give one party to a transaction the right to dispose of or acquire an asset (or group of assets), or the right to receive or make a payment from the other party, upon the occurrence of specified credit events. Currency swaps involve the exchange of the parties’ respective rights to make or receive payments in specified currencies. Total return swaps are contracts that obligate a party to pay or receive interest in exchange for payment by the other party of the total return generated by a security, a basket of securities, an index, or an index component. A swaption is an option to enter into a swap agreement. Like other types of options, the buyer of a swaption pays a non-refundable premium for the option and obtains the right, but not the obligation, to enter into an underlying swap on agreed-upon terms. The seller of a swaption, in exchange for the premium, becomes obligated (if the option is exercised) to enter into an underlying swap on agreed-upon terms. The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payment of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling the interest rate floor. An interest rate collar is the combination of a cap and a floor that preserves a certain return within a predetermined range of interest rates. Since interest rate, mortgage, credit and currency swaps and interest rate caps, floors and collars are individually negotiated, each Fund expects to achieve an acceptable degree of correlation between its portfolio investments and its swap, cap, floor and collar positions.

     A great deal of flexibility is possible in the way swap transactions are structured. However, generally a Fund will enter into interest rate, total return and mortgage swaps on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Interest rate and mortgage swaps do not normally involve the delivery of securities, other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate and mortgage swaps is normally limited to the net amount of payments that a Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to an interest rate swap defaults, a Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that such Fund is contractually entitled to receive, if any. In contrast, currency swaps usually involve the delivery of the entire principal amount of one designated currency in exchange for the other designated currency. Therefore, the entire principal value of a currency swap is subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations. To the extent that a Fund’s potential exposure in a transaction involving a swap or an interest rate floor, cap or collar is covered by the segregation of cash or liquid assets, the Funds and the Investment Adviser believe that the transactions do not

B-46


Table of Contents

constitute senior securities under the Act and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to a Fund’s borrowing restrictions.

     The Funds will not enter into any interest rate, mortgage or credit swap transactions unless the unsecured commercial paper, senior debt or claims-paying ability of the other party is rated either A or A-1 or better by Standard & Poor’s or A or P-1 or better by Moody’s or their equivalent ratings. Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds will not enter into any currency swap transactions unless the unsecured commercial paper, senior debt or claims–paying ability of the other party thereto is rated investment grade by Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s, or, if unrated by such rating organization, determined to be of comparable quality by the Investment Adviser. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, a Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid in comparison with the markets for other similar instruments which are traded in the interbank market. The Investment Adviser, under the supervision of the Board of Trustees, is responsible for determining and monitoring the liquidity of the Funds’ transactions in swaps, caps, floors and collars.

     The use of interest rate, mortgage, credit, total return and currency swaps, as well as interest rate caps, floors and collars, is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Investment Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, credit quality, interest rates and currency exchange rates, the investment performance of a Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if this investment technique were not used.

Options on Securities and Securities Indices

     Writing Covered Options. Each Fund may write (sell) covered call and put options on any securities in which it may invest or on any securities index consisting of securities in which it may invest. A Fund may write such options on securities that are listed on national domestic securities exchanges or foreign securities exchanges or traded in the over-the-counter market. A call option written by a Fund obligates such Fund to sell specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the option is exercised before the expiration date. All call options written by a Fund are covered, which means that such Fund will own the securities subject to the option so long as the option is outstanding or such Fund will use the other methods described below. The Fund’s purpose in writing covered call options is to realize greater income than would be realized on portfolio securities transactions alone. However, a Fund may forego the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the underlying security.

     A put option written by a Fund obligates the Fund to purchase specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the option is exercised before the expiration date. All put options written by a Fund would be covered, which means that such Fund will segregate cash or liquid assets with a value at least equal to the exercise price of the put option or will use the other methods described below. The purpose of writing such options is to generate additional income for the Fund. However, in return for the option premium, each Fund accepts the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the securities’ market value at the time of purchase.

     All call and put options written by a Fund are “covered.” In the case of a call option, the option is “covered” if a Fund owns the instrument underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that instrument without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, liquid assets in such amount are segregated) upon conversion or exchange of other instruments held by it. A call option is also covered if a Fund holds a call on the same instrument as the option written where the exercise

B-47


Table of Contents

price of the option held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the option written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the option written provided the Fund segregates liquid assets in the amount of the difference. A put option is also covered if a Fund holds a put on the same security as the option written where the exercise price of the option held is (i) equal to or higher than the exercise price of the option written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the option written provided the Fund segregates liquid assets in the amount of the difference. In the case of the Core Fixed Income Fund, Investment Grade Credit, Fund Global Income Fund, High Yield Fund, or Emerging Markets Debt Fund segregated cash or liquid assets may be quoted or denominated in any currency.

     A Fund may terminate its obligations under an exchange-traded call or put option by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written. Obligations under over-the-counter options may be terminated only by entering into an offsetting transaction with the counterparty to such option. Such purchases are referred to as “closing purchase transactions.”

     Each Fund may also write (sell) covered call and put options on any securities index consisting of securities in which it may invest. Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security.

     A Fund may cover call options on a securities index by owning securities whose price changes are expected to be similar to those of the underlying index or by having an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities without additional cash consideration (or if additional cash consideration is required, liquid assets in such amount are segregated) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by it. The Funds may also cover call and put options on a securities index by segregating cash or liquid assets, as permitted by applicable law, with a value equal to the exercise price or by owning offsetting options as described above.

     The writing of options is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The use of options to seek to increase total return involves the risk of loss if the Investment Adviser is incorrect in its expectation of fluctuations in securities prices or interest rates. The successful use of options for hedging purposes also depends in part on the ability of the Investment Adviser to predict future price fluctuations and the degree of correlation between the options and securities markets. If the Investment Adviser is incorrect in its expectation of changes in securities prices or determination of the correlation between the securities indices on which options are written and purchased and the securities in a Fund’s investment portfolio, the investment performance of the Fund will be less favorable than it would have been in the absence of such options transactions. The writing of options could increase a Fund’s portfolio turnover rate and, therefore, associated brokerage commissions or spreads.

     Purchasing Options. Each Fund may also purchase put and call options on any securities in which it may invest or options on any securities index consisting of securities in which it may invest. In addition, a Fund may enter into closing sale transactions in order to realize gains or minimize losses on options it had purchased.

     A Fund may purchase call options in anticipation of an increase, or put options in anticipation of a decrease (“protective puts”), in the market value of securities of the type in which it may invest. The purchase of a call option would entitle a Fund, in return for the premium paid, to purchase specified securities at a specified price during the option period. A Fund would ordinarily realize a gain on the purchase of a call option if, during the option period, the value of such securities exceeded the sum of the exercise price, the premium paid and transaction costs; otherwise the Fund would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase

B-48


Table of Contents

of the call option. The purchase of a put option would entitle a Fund, in exchange for the premium paid, to sell specified securities at a specified price during the option period. The purchase of protective puts is designed to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of a Fund’s securities. Put options may also be purchased by a Fund for the purpose of affirmatively benefiting from a decline in the price of securities which it does not own. A Fund would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of the underlying securities decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs; otherwise the Fund would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the put option. Gains and losses on the purchase of put options may be offset by countervailing changes in the value of the underlying portfolio securities.

     A Fund may purchase put and call options on securities indices for the same purposes as it may purchase options on securities. Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except that the exercise of securities index options requires cash payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security.

     Writing and Purchasing Currency Call and Put Options. Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may write covered put and call options and purchase put and call options on foreign currencies in an attempt to protect against declines in the U.S. dollar value of foreign portfolio securities and against increases in the U.S. dollar cost of foreign securities to be acquired. Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may also use options on currency to cross-hedge, which involves writing or purchasing options on one currency to seek to hedge against changes in exchange rates for a different currency with a pattern of correlation. As with other kinds of option transactions, however, the writing of an option on foreign currency will constitute only a partial hedge, up to the amount of the premium received. If an option that a Fund has written is exercised, the Fund could be required to purchase or sell foreign currencies at disadvantageous exchange rates, thereby incurring losses. The purchase of an option on foreign currency may constitute an effective hedge against exchange rate fluctuations; however, in the event of exchange rate movements adverse to a Fund’s position, the Fund may forfeit the entire amount of the premium plus related transaction costs. In addition, Core Fixed Income, Global Income and High Yield Funds may purchase call options on currency to seek to increase total return.

     A call option written by Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, or Emerging Markets Debt Funds obligates the Fund to sell specified currency to the holder of the option at a specified price if the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. A put option written by a Fund obligates the Fund to purchase specified currency from the option holder at a specified price if the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The writing of currency options involves a risk that a Fund will, upon exercise of the option, be required to sell currency subject to a call at a price that is less than the currency’s market value or be required to purchase currency subject to a put at a price that exceeds the currency’s market value.

     A Fund may terminate its obligations under a written call or put option by purchasing an option identical to the one written. Such purchases are referred to as “closing purchase transactions.” A Fund may enter into closing sale transactions in order to realize gains or minimize losses on purchased options.

     Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, Emerging Markets Debt and Investment Grade Credit Funds may purchase call options in anticipation of an increase in the U.S. dollar value of currency in which securities to be acquired by the Fund are denominated or quoted. The purchase of a call option would entitle a Fund, in return for the premium paid, to purchase specified currency at a specified price during the option period. A Fund would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period,

B-49


Table of Contents

the value of such currency exceeded the sum of the exercise price, the premium paid and transaction costs; otherwise, the Fund would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the call option.

     Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may purchase put options in anticipation of a decline in the U.S. dollar value of currency in which securities in its portfolio are denominated or quoted (“protective puts”). The purchase of a put option would entitle Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds, in exchange for the premium paid, to sell specified currency at a specified price during the option period. The purchase of protective puts is designed merely to offset or hedge against a decline in the U.S. dollar value of a Fund’s portfolio securities due to currency exchange rate fluctuations. A Fund would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of the underlying currency decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to more than cover the premium and transaction costs; otherwise, the Fund would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the put option. Gains and losses on the purchase of protective put options would tend to be offset by countervailing changes in the value of the underlying currency.

     In addition to using options for the hedging purposes described above, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, and High Yield Funds may use options on currency to seek to increase total return. Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may write (sell) covered put and call options on any currency in an attempt to realize greater income than would be realized on portfolio securities transactions alone. However, in writing covered call options for additional income, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may forego the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market value of the underlying currency. Also, when writing put options, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds accept, in return for the option premium, the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying currency at a price in excess of the currency’s market value at the time of purchase.

     Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds would normally purchase call options to seek to increase total return in anticipation of an increase in the market value of a currency. Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of such currency exceeded the sum of the exercise price, the premium paid and transaction costs. Otherwise Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the call option. Put options may be purchased by the Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds for the purpose of benefiting from a decline in the value of currencies which it does not own. Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of the underlying currency decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to more than cover the premium and transaction costs. Otherwise, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the put option.

     Yield Curve Options. Each Fund may enter into options on the yield “spread” or differential between two securities. Such transactions are referred to as “yield curve” options. In contrast to other types of options, a yield curve option is based on the difference between the yields of designated securities, rather than the prices of the individual securities, and is settled through cash payments. Accordingly, a yield curve option is profitable to the holder if this differential widens (in the case of a call) or narrows (in the case of a put), regardless of whether the yields of the underlying securities increase or decrease.

B-50


Table of Contents

     A Fund may purchase or write yield curve options for the same purposes as other options on securities. For example, a Fund may purchase a call option on the yield spread between two securities if the Fund owns one of the securities and anticipates purchasing the other security and wants to hedge against an adverse change in the yield spread between the two securities. A Fund may also purchase or write yield curve options in an effort to increase current income if, in the judgment of the Investment Adviser, the Fund will be able to profit from movements in the spread between the yields of the underlying securities. The trading of yield curve options is subject to all of the risks associated with the trading of other types of options. In addition, however, such options present a risk of loss even if the yield of one of the underlying securities remains constant, or if the spread moves in a direction or to an extent which was not anticipated.

     Yield curve options written by a Fund will be “covered.” A call (or put) option is covered if the Fund holds another call (or put) option on the spread between the same two securities and segregates cash or liquid assets sufficient to cover the Fund’s net liability under the two options. Therefore, a Fund’s liability for such a covered option is generally limited to the difference between the amount of the Fund’s liability under the option written by the Fund less the value of the option held by the Fund. Yield curve options may also be covered in such other manner as may be in accordance with the requirements of the counterparty with which the option is traded and applicable laws and regulations. Yield curve options are traded over-the-counter, and established trading markets for these options may not exist.

     Risks Associated with Options Transactions. There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on a domestic or foreign options exchange will exist for any particular exchange-traded option or at any particular time. If a Fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to covered options it has written, the Fund will not be able to sell the underlying securities or dispose of assets held in a segregated account until the options expire or are exercised. Similarly, if a Fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it will have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities.

     Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

     A Fund may purchase and sell both options that are traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges and options traded over-the-counter with broker-dealers and other types of institutions that make markets in these options. The ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that the broker-dealers or financial institutions participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations.

     Transactions by a Fund in options will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded governing the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which a Fund may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased

B-51


Table of Contents

by other investment advisory clients or the Funds’ Investment Adviser. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

     Each Fund may purchase and sell various kinds of futures contracts, and purchase and write call and put options on any of such futures contracts. A Fund may also enter into closing purchase and sale transactions with respect to any of such contracts and options. The futures contracts may be based on various securities (such as U.S. Government Securities), securities indices, foreign currencies in the case of the Global Income, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, High Yield, Emerging Markets Debt and Investment Grade Credit Funds and any other financial instruments and indices. A Fund will engage in futures and related options transactions in order to seek to increase total return or to hedge against changes in interest rates, securities prices or, to the extent a Fund invests in foreign securities, currency exchange rates, or to otherwise manage its term structure, sector selection and duration in accordance with its investment objective and policies. Each Fund may also enter into closing purchase and sale transactions with respect to such contracts and options. The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under that Act with respect to the Funds.

     Futures contracts entered into by a Fund have historically been traded on U.S. exchanges or boards of trade that are licensed and regulated by the CFTC or on foreign exchanges. More recently, certain futures may also be traded either over-the-counter or on trading facilities such as derivatives transaction execution facilities, exempt boards of trade or electronic trading facilities that are licensed and/or regulated to varying degrees by the CFTC. Also, certain single stock futures and narrow based security index futures may be traded either over-the-counter or on trading facilities such as contract markets, derivatives transaction execution facilities and electronic trading facilities that are licensed and/or regulated to varying degrees by both the CFTC and the SEC or on foreign exchanges.

     Neither the CFTC, National Futures Association, SEC nor any domestic exchange regulates activities of any foreign exchange or boards of trade, including the execution, delivery and clearing of transactions, or has the power to compel enforcement of the rules of a foreign exchange or board of trade or any applicable foreign law. This is true even if the exchange is formally linked to a domestic market so that a position taken on the market may be liquidated by a transaction on another market. Moreover, such laws or regulations will vary depending on the foreign country in which the foreign futures or foreign options transaction occurs. For these reasons, a Fund’s investments in foreign futures or foreign options transactions may not be provided the same protections in respect of transactions on United States exchanges. In particular persons who trade foreign futures or foreign options contracts may not be afforded certain of the protective measures provided by the Commodity Exchange Act, the CFTC’s regulations and the rules of the National Futures Association and any domestic exchange, including the right to use reparations proceedings before the CFTC and arbitration proceedings provided by the National Futures Association or any domestic futures exchange. Similarly, these persons may not have the protection of the U.S. securities laws.

     Futures Contracts. A futures contract may generally be described as an agreement between two parties to buy and sell particular financial instruments or currencies for an agreed price during a designated month (or to deliver the final cash settlement price, in the case of a contract relating to an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the end of trading in the contract).

     When interest rates are rising or securities prices are falling, a Fund can seek to offset a decline in the value of its current portfolio securities through the sale of futures contracts. When interest rates are falling or securities prices are rising, a Fund, through the purchase of futures contracts, can attempt to secure better

B-52


Table of Contents

rates or prices than might later be available in the market when it effects anticipated purchases. Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt and Investment Grade Credit Funds may purchase and sell futures contracts on a specified currency in order to seek to increase total return or to protect against changes in currency exchange rates. For example, these Funds may seek to offset anticipated changes in the value of a currency in which its portfolio securities, or securities that it intends to purchase, are quoted or denominated by purchasing and selling futures contracts on such currencies. As another example, certain Funds may enter into futures transactions to seek a closer correlation between a Fund’s overall currency exposures and the currency exposures of a Fund’s performance benchmark.

     Positions taken in the futures markets are not normally held to maturity but are instead liquidated through offsetting transactions which may result in a profit or a loss. While futures contracts on securities or currency will usually be liquidated in this manner, a Fund may instead make, or take, delivery of the underlying securities or currency whenever it appears economically advantageous to do so. A clearing corporation associated with the exchange on which futures on securities or currency are traded guarantees that, if still open, the sale or purchase will be performed on the settlement date.

     Hedging Strategies. Hedging, by use of futures contracts, seeks to establish with more certainty than would otherwise be possible the effective price or rate of return on portfolio securities or securities that a Fund proposes to acquire or (except with respect to U.S. Mortgages Fund) the exchange rate of currencies in which portfolio securities are quoted or denominated. A Fund may, for example, take a “short” position in the futures market by selling futures contracts to seek to hedge against an anticipated rise in interest rates or a decline in market prices or foreign currency rates (except with respect to U.S. Mortgages Fund) that would adversely affect the U.S. dollar value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Such futures contracts may include contracts for the future delivery of securities held by a Fund or securities with characteristics similar to those of a Fund’s portfolio securities. Similarly, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may each sell futures contracts on any currencies in which its portfolio securities are quoted or denominated or sell futures contracts on one currency to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities quoted or denominated in a different currency if there is an established historical pattern of correlation between the two currencies. If, in the opinion of the Investment Adviser, there is a sufficient degree of correlation between price trends for a Fund’s portfolio securities and futures contracts based on other financial instruments, securities indices or other indices, the Funds may also enter into such futures contracts as part of its hedging strategy. Although under some circumstances prices of securities in a Fund’s portfolio may be more or less volatile than prices of such futures contracts, the Investment Adviser will attempt to estimate the extent of this volatility difference based on historical patterns and compensate for any such differential by having a Fund enter into a greater or lesser number of futures contracts or by attempting to achieve only a partial hedge against price changes affecting a Fund’s portfolio securities. When hedging of this character is successful, any depreciation in the value of portfolio securities will be substantially offset by appreciation in the value of the futures position. On the other hand, any unanticipated appreciation in the value of a Fund’s portfolio securities would be substantially offset by a decline in the value of the futures position.

     On other occasions, a Fund may take a “long” position by purchasing futures contracts. This may be done, for example, when a Fund anticipates the subsequent purchase of particular securities when it has the necessary cash, but expects the prices or currency exchange rates then available in the applicable market to be less favorable than prices that are currently available.

     Options on Futures Contracts. The acquisition of put and call options on futures contracts will give a Fund the right (but not the obligation) for a specified price to sell or to purchase, respectively, the underlying futures contract at any time during the option period. As the purchaser of an option on a futures

B-53


Table of Contents

contract, a Fund obtains the benefit of the futures position if prices move in a favorable direction but limits its risk of loss in the event of an unfavorable price movement to the loss of the premium and transaction costs.

     The writing of a call option on a futures contract generates a premium which may partially offset a decline in the value of a Fund’s assets. By writing a call option, a Fund becomes obligated, in exchange for the premium, to sell a futures contract if the option is exercised, which may have a value higher than the exercise price. The writing of a put option on a futures contract generates a premium which may partially offset an increase in the price of securities that a Fund intends to purchase. However, a Fund becomes obligated (upon exercise of the option) to purchase a futures contract if the option is exercised, which may have a value lower than the exercise price. Thus, the loss incurred by a Fund in writing options on futures is potentially unlimited and may exceed the amount of the premium received. The Funds will incur transaction costs in connection with the writing of options on futures.

     The holder or writer of an option on a futures contract may terminate its position by selling or purchasing an offsetting option on the same financial instrument. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected. A Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions on such options will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid market.

     Other Considerations. The Funds will engage in transactions in futures contracts and related options transactions only to the extent such transactions are consistent with the requirements of the Code for maintaining their qualifications as regulated investment companies for federal income tax purposes.

     Transactions in futures contracts and options on futures involve brokerage costs, require margin deposits and may require the Funds to segregate cash or liquid assets, as permitted by applicable law, in an amount equal to the underlying value of such contracts and options.

     While transactions in futures contracts and options on futures may reduce certain risks, such transactions themselves entail certain other risks. Thus, while a Fund may benefit from the use of futures and options on futures, unanticipated changes in interest rates or securities prices or currency exchange rates may result in a poorer overall performance for a Fund than if it had not entered into any futures contracts or options transactions. When futures contracts and options are used for hedging purposes, perfect correlation between a Fund’s futures positions and portfolio positions will be impossible to achieve. In the event of an imperfect correlation between a futures position and a portfolio position which is intended to be protected, the desired protection may not be obtained and a Fund may be exposed to risk of loss.

     Perfect correlation between a Fund’s futures positions and portfolio positions will be difficult to achieve, particularly where futures contracts based on specific fixed-income securities or specific currencies are not available. In addition, it is not possible to hedge fully or protect against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities quoted or denominated in foreign currencies because the value of such securities is likely to fluctuate as a result of independent factors unrelated to currency fluctuations. The profitability of a Fund’s trading in futures depends upon the ability of the Investment Adviser to analyze correctly the futures markets.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls

     The Taxable Funds (other than Enhanced Income Fund, High Yield Fund and Emerging Markets Debt Fund) may enter into mortgage “dollar rolls” in which a Fund sells securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts with the same counterparty to repurchase similar (same type, coupon and maturity), but not identical securities on a specified future date. During the roll period, a Fund loses the right to receive principal and interest paid on the securities sold. However, a Fund would benefit to the extent of any difference between the price received for the securities sold and the lower forward price for the future

B-54


Table of Contents

purchase (often referred to as the “drop”) or fee income plus the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the securities sold until the settlement date of the forward purchase. Unless such benefits exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss due to mortgage prepayments that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the mortgage dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of a Fund compared with what such performance would have been without the use of mortgage dollar rolls. All cash proceeds will be invested in instruments that are permissible investments for the applicable Fund. Each Fund will hold and maintain in a segregated account until the settlement date cash or liquid assets, as permitted by applicable law, in an amount equal to its forward purchase price.

     For financial reporting and tax purposes, the Funds treat mortgage dollar rolls as two separate transactions; one involving the purchase of a security and a separate transaction involving a sale. The Funds do not currently intend to enter into mortgage dollar rolls for financing and do not treat them as borrowings.

     Mortgage dollar rolls involve certain risks including the following: if the broker-dealer to whom a Fund sells the security becomes insolvent, a Fund’s right to purchase or repurchase the mortgage-related securities subject to the mortgage dollar roll may be restricted. Also, the instrument which a Fund is required to repurchase may be worth less than an instrument which a Fund originally held. Successful use of mortgage dollar rolls will depend upon the Investment Adviser’s ability to manage a Fund’s interest rate and mortgage prepayments exposure. For these reasons, there is no assurance that mortgage dollar rolls can be successfully employed.

Convertible Securities

     The Enhanced Income, Short Duration Tax-Free, Municipal Income, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, High Yield Municipal, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may invest in convertible securities. Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for a specified amount of common stock (or other securities) of the same or different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest that is generally paid or accrued on debt or a dividend that is paid or accrued on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Convertible securities have unique investment characteristics, in that they generally (i) have higher yields than common stocks, but lower yields than comparable non-convertible securities, (ii) are less subject to fluctuation in value than the underlying common stock due to their fixed-income characteristics and (iii) provide the potential for capital appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases.

     The value of a convertible security is a function of its “investment value” (determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and its “conversion value” (the security’s worth, at market value, if converted into the underlying common stock). The investment value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value normally declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors may also have an effect on the convertible security’s investment value. The conversion value of a convertible security is determined by the market price of the underlying common stock. If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value. To the extent the market price of the underlying common stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible security will be increasingly influenced by its conversion value. A convertible security generally will sell at a premium over its conversion value by the extent to which investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding a fixed-income security.

B-55


Table of Contents

     A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument. If a convertible security held by a Fund is called for redemption, the Fund will be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. Any of these actions could have an adverse effect on a Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective, which, in turn, could result in losses to the Fund. To the extent that a Fund holds a convertible security, or a security that is otherwise converted or exchanged for common stock (e.g., as a result of a restructuring), the Fund may, consistent with its investment objective, hold such common stock in its portfolio.

Lending of Portfolio Securities

     Each Fund may lend portfolio securities. Under present regulatory policies, such loans may be made to institutions, such as brokers or dealers (including Goldman Sachs), and are required to be secured continuously by collateral in cash, cash equivalents, letters of credit or U.S. Government Securities maintained on a current basis at an amount, marked to market daily, at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned. Cash received as collateral for securities lending transactions may be invested in short-term investments. Investing the collateral subjects it to market depreciation or appreciation, and a Fund is responsible for any loss that may result from its investment of the borrowed collateral. A Fund will have the right to terminate a loan at any time and recall the loaned securities within the normal and customary settlement time for securities transactions. For the duration of the loan, a Fund will continue to receive the equivalent of the interest or dividends paid by the issuer on the securities loaned and will also receive compensation from investment of the collateral. A Fund will not have the right to vote any securities having voting rights during the existence of the loan, but a Fund may call the loan in anticipation of an important vote to be taken by the holders of the securities or the giving or withholding of their consent on a material matter affecting the investment. As with other extensions of credit there are risks of delay in recovering, or even loss of rights in, the collateral and loaned securities should the borrower of the securities fail financially. However, the loans will be made only to firms deemed to be of good standing, and when the consideration which can be earned currently from securities loans of this type is deemed to justify the attendant risk. In determining whether to lend securities to a particular borrower and during the period of the loan, the creditworthiness of the borrower will be considered and monitored. It is intended that the value of securities loaned by a Fund will not exceed one-third of the value of the Fund’s total assets (including the loan collateral).

     The Funds’ Board of Trustees has approved each Fund’s participation in a securities lending program and adopted policies and procedures relating thereto. Under the securities lending program, the Funds have retained an affiliate of the Investment Adviser to serve as the securities lending agent for the Funds. For these services the lending agent may receive a fee from the Funds, including a fee based on the returns earned on the Funds’ investment of cash received as collateral for the loaned securities. In addition, the Funds may make brokerage and other payments to Goldman Sachs and its affiliates in connection with the Funds’ portfolio investment transactions. The lending agent may, on behalf of the Funds, invest cash collateral received by the Funds for securities loans in, among other things, other registered or unregistered funds. These funds include private investing funds or money market funds that are managed by the Investment Adviser or its affiliates for the purpose of investing cash collateral generated from securities lending activities and which pay the Investment Adviser or its affiliates for these services. The Funds’ Board of Trustees will periodically review securities loan transactions for which the Goldman Sachs affiliate has acted as lending agent for compliance with the Fund’s securities lending procedures. Goldman Sachs also has been approved as a borrower under the Funds’ securities lending program, subject to certain conditions.

B-56


Table of Contents

Restricted and Illiquid Securities

     Each Fund may purchase securities that are not registered or that are offered in an exempt non-public offering (“Restricted Securities”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”), including securities eligible for resale to “qualified institutional buyers” pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. However, a Fund will not invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments, which include repurchase agreements with a notice or demand period of more than seven days, certain SMBS, certain municipal leases, certain over-the-counter options, securities that are not readily marketable and Restricted Securities, unless the Board of Trustees determines, based upon a continuing review of the trading markets for the specific Restricted Securities, that such Restricted Securities are liquid. The Trustees have adopted guidelines and delegated to the Investment Advisers the daily function of determining and monitoring the liquidity of the Funds’ portfolio securities. This investment practice could have the effect of increasing the level of illiquidity in a Fund to the extent that qualified institutional buyers become for a time uninterested in purchasing these Restricted Securities.

     The purchase price and subsequent valuation of Restricted Securities may reflect a discount from the price at which such securities trade when they are not restricted, since the restriction make them less liquid. The amount of the discount from the prevailing market price is expected to vary depending upon the type of security, the character of the issuer, the party who will bear the expenses of registering the Restricted Securities and prevailing supply and demand conditions.

When-Issued and Forward Commitment Securities

     Each Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued basis or purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis beyond the customary settlement time. These transactions involve a commitment by a Fund to purchase or sell securities at a future date beyond the customary settlement time. The price of the underlying securities (usually expressed in terms of yield) and the date when the securities will be delivered and paid for (the settlement date) are fixed at the time the transaction is negotiated. When-issued purchases and forward commitment transactions are negotiated directly with the other party, and such commitments are not traded on exchanges. The Funds will generally purchase securities on a when-issued basis or purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis only with the intention of completing the transaction and actually purchasing or selling the securities. If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, however, the Funds may dispose of or negotiate a commitment after entering into it. A Fund may also sell securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to the Fund on the settlement date. The Funds may realize capital gains or losses in connection with these transactions. For purposes of determining each Fund’s duration, the maturity of when-issued or forward commitment securities for fixed-rate obligations will be calculated from the commitment date. Each Fund is generally required to segregate, until three days prior to settlement date, cash and liquid assets in an amount sufficient to meet the purchase price unless the Fund’s obligations are otherwise covered. Alternatively, each Fund may enter into offsetting contracts for the forward sale of other securities that it owns. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date or if the value of the security to be sold increases prior to the settlement date.

Other Investment Companies

     Each Fund reserves the right to invest up to 10% of its total assets, calculated at the time of purchase, in the securities of other investment companies, but may neither invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one investment company nor acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment company. Pursuant to an exemptive order obtained from the SEC, the Funds may invest in money market funds for which the Investment Adviser or any of its affiliates serves as investment adviser, administrator and/or distributor. A Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees

B-57


Table of Contents

and other expenses paid by investment companies in which it invests in addition to the management fees and other expenses paid by the Fund. However, to the extent that a Fund invests in a money market fund for which the Investment Adviser or any of its affiliates acts as investment adviser, the management fees payable by the Fund to the Investment Adviser will, to the extent required by the SEC, be reduced by an amount equal to the Fund’s proportionate share of the management fees paid by such money market fund to the Investment Adviser or its affiliates. Although the Funds do not expect to do so in the foreseeable future, each Fund is authorized to invest substantially all of its assets in a single open-end investment company or series thereof that has substantially the same investment objective, policies and fundamental restrictions as the Fund.

     Core Fixed Income Fund, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income Fund, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may also purchase shares of investment companies investing primarily in foreign securities, including “country funds.” Country funds have portfolios consisting primarily of securities of issuers located in specified foreign countries or regions. U.S. Mortgages, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, Investment Grade Credit, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may invest in iSharessm and similar securities. iSharessm are shares of an investment company that invests substantially all of its assets in securities included in various securities indices including, except with respect to U.S. Mortgages Fund, foreign securities indices. iSharessm are listed on the AMEX and were initially offered to the public in 1996. The market prices of iSharessm are expected to fluctuate in accordance with both changes in the NAVs of their underlying indices and supply and demand of iSharessm on the AMEX. To date, iSharessm have traded at relatively modest discounts and premiums to the NAVs. However, iSharessm have a limited operating history and information is lacking regarding the actual performance and trading liquidity of iSharessm for extended periods or over complete market cycles. In addition, there is no assurance that the requirements of the AMEX necessary to maintain the listing of iSharessm will continue to be met or will remain unchanged. In the event substantial market or other disruptions affecting iSharessm should occur in the future, the liquidity and value of a Fund’s shares could also be substantially and adversely affected. If such disruptions were to occur, a Fund could be required to reconsider the use of iSharessm as part of its investment strategy.

Repurchase Agreements

     Each Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with banks, brokers, and dealers which furnish collateral at least equal in value or market price to the amount of their repurchase obligation. With respect to Enhanced Income Fund, Core Fixed Income Fund, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income Fund, High Yield and Emerging Markets Debt Funds, these repurchase agreements may involve foreign government securities. A repurchase agreement is an arrangement under which a Fund purchases securities and the seller agrees to repurchase the securities within a particular time and at a specified price. Custody of the securities is maintained by each Fund’s custodian (or sub-custodian). The repurchase price may be higher than the purchase price, the difference being income to a Fund, or the purchase and repurchase prices may be the same, with interest at a stated rate due to a Fund together with the repurchase price on repurchase. In either case, the income to a Fund is unrelated to the interest rate on the security subject to the repurchase agreement.

     For purposes of the Act, and generally for tax purposes, a repurchase agreement is deemed to be a loan from a Fund to the seller of the security. For other purposes, it is not always clear whether a court would consider the security purchased by a Fund subject to a repurchase agreement as being owned by a Fund or as being collateral for a loan by a Fund to the seller. In the event of commencement of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings with respect to the seller of the security before repurchase of the security under a repurchase agreement, a Fund may encounter delay and incur costs before being able to sell the security. Such a delay may involve loss of interest or a decline in value of the security. If the court characterizes the transaction as a loan and a Fund has not perfected a security interest in the security, the Fund may be required to return the security to the seller’s estate and be treated as an unsecured creditor of the seller. As an

B-58


Table of Contents

unsecured creditor, a Fund would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and interest involved in the transaction.

     Apart from the risk of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, there is also the risk that the seller may fail to repurchase the security. However, if the market value of the security subject to the repurchase agreement becomes less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest), each Fund will direct the seller of the security to deliver additional securities so that the market value of all securities subject to the repurchase agreement equals or exceeds the repurchase price. Certain repurchase agreements which provide for settlement in more than seven days can be liquidated before the nominal fixed term on seven days or less notice. Such repurchase agreements will be regarded as liquid instruments.

     The Funds, together with other registered investment companies having management agreements with the Investment Advisers or their affiliates, may transfer uninvested cash balances into a single joint account, the daily aggregate balance of which will be invested in one or more repurchase agreements.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

     Each Fund (other than the Enhanced Income Fund) may borrow money by entering into transactions called reverse repurchase agreements. Under these arrangements, a Fund will sell portfolio securities to dealers in U.S. Government Securities or members of the Federal Reserve System, with an agreement to repurchase the security on an agreed date, price and interest payment. In the case of the Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds, these reverse repurchase agreements may involve foreign government securities. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the possible risk that the value of portfolio securities a Fund relinquishes may decline below the price a Fund must pay when the transaction closes. Borrowings may magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested resulting in an increase in the speculative character of a Fund’s outstanding shares.

     When a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it places in a separate custodial account either liquid assets or other high grade debt securities that have a value equal to or greater than the repurchase price. The account is then continuously monitored by the Investment Adviser to make sure that an appropriate value is maintained. Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings under the Act.

Non-Diversified Status

     Since Global Income Fund and High Yield Municipal Fund are each “non-diversified” under the Act, they are subject only to certain federal tax diversification requirements. Under federal tax laws, Global Income Fund and High Yield Municipal Fund may each, with respect to 50% of its total assets, invest up to 25% of its total assets in the securities of any issuer. With respect to the remaining 50% of each Fund’s total assets, (i) the Fund may not invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one issuer, and (ii) the Fund may not acquire more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer. These tests apply at the end of each quarter of the taxable year and are subject to certain conditions and limitations under the Code. These tests do not apply to investments in United States Government Securities and regulated investment companies.

Portfolio Turnover

     Each Fund may engage in active short-term trading to benefit from yield disparities among different issues of securities or among the markets for fixed-income securities, or for other reasons. It is anticipated that the portfolio turnover rate of each Fund will vary from year to year, and may be affected

B-59


Table of Contents

by changes in the holdings of specific issuers, changes in country and currency weightings, cash requirements for redemption of shares and by requirements which enable the Funds to receive favorable tax treatment. The Funds are not restricted by policy with regard to portfolio turnover and will make changes in their investment portfolio from time to time as business and economic conditions as well as market prices may dictate. During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2003, the Government Income Fund’s portfolio turnover increased significantly from the rate from the prior fiscal year because the Fund participated more actively in the mortgage TBA market than it had in the prior fiscal year. When a Fund purchases a TBA mortgage, it can either receive the underlying pools of the TBA mortgage or roll it forward a month. The portfolio turnover rate increases when a Fund rolls the TBA forward.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

     The investment restrictions set forth below have been adopted by the Trust as fundamental policies that cannot be changed without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Act) of the affected Fund. In addition, the policies of Short Duration Tax-Free Fund, Municipal Income Fund and High Yield Municipal Fund to invest, under normal market conditions, 80% of their respective net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes (measured at the time of purchase) in Municipal Securities the interest on which is exempt from regular federal income tax (i.e., excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes) and, in the case of Short Duration Tax-Free Fund only, is not a tax preference item under the federal alternative minimum tax, are fundamental policies. The investment objective of each Fund and all other investment policies or practices of the Funds are considered by the Trust not to be fundamental and accordingly may be changed without shareholder approval. As defined in the Act, “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of a Fund means the vote of (i) 67% or more of the shares of a Fund present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of a Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the shares of a Fund.

     For the purposes of the limitations (except for the asset coverage requirement with respect to borrowings), any limitation which involves a maximum percentage shall not be considered violated unless an excess over the percentage occurs immediately after, and is caused by, an acquisition or encumbrance of securities or assets of, or borrowings by, a Fund. With respect to the Tax Exempt Funds, the identification of the issuer of a Municipal Security that is not a general obligation is made by the Investment Adviser based on the characteristics of the Municipal Security, the most important of which is the source of funds for the payment of principal and interest on such security.

As a matter of fundamental policy, a Fund may not:

(1)   Make any investment inconsistent with the Fund’s classification as a diversified company under the Act. This restriction does not, however, apply to any Fund classified as a non-diversified company under the Act;
 
(2)   Invest more than 25% of its total assets in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry (excluding the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities); provided that during normal market conditions, the U.S. Mortgages Fund intends to invest at least 25% of the value of its total assets in mortgage-related securities. (For the purposes of this restriction, state and municipal governments and their agencies, authorities and instrumentalities are not deemed to be industries; telephone companies are considered to be a separate industry from water, gas or electric utilities; personal credit finance companies and business credit finance companies are deemed to be separate industries; and wholly-owned finance

B-60


Table of Contents

    companies are considered to be in the industry of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of their parents.) This restriction does not apply to investments in Municipal Securities which have been pre-refunded by the use of obligations of the U.S. Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities. Each of the Municipal Income, Short Duration Tax-Free and High Yield Municipal Funds may invest 25% or more of the value of its total assets in Municipal Securities which are related in such a way that an economic, business or political development or change affecting one Municipal Security would also affect the other Municipal Securities. These Municipal Securities include (a) Municipal Securities, the interest on which is paid solely from revenues of similar projects such as hospitals, electric utility systems, multi-family housing, nursing homes, commercial facilities (including hotels), steel companies or life care facilities; (b) Municipal Securities whose issuers are in the same state; and (c) industrial development obligations;
 
(3)   Borrow money, except (a) each Fund (other than the U.S. Mortgages Fund, Investment Grade Credit Fund and Emerging Markets Debt Fund), may borrow from banks (as defined in the Act) or through reverse repurchase agreements in amounts up to 33 1/3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed); (b) the U.S. Mortgages Fund, Investment Grade Credit Fund and Emerging Markets Debt Fund, to the extent permitted by applicable law, may borrow from banks (as defined in the Act), other affiliated investment companies and other persons or through reverse repurchase agreements in amounts up to 33 1/3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed); (c) the Fund may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes; (d) the Fund may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities; (e) the Fund may purchase securities on margin to the extent permitted by applicable law; and (f) the Fund may engage in transactions in mortgage dollar rolls which are accounted for as financings;
 
(4)   Make loans, except through (a) the purchase of debt obligations in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies; (b) repurchase agreements with banks, brokers, dealers and other financial institutions; (c) loans of securities as permitted by applicable law; and (d) (U.S. Mortgages, Investment Grade Credit and Emerging Markets Debts Funds only) loans to affiliates of the Fund to the extent permitted by law;
 
(5)   Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting;
 
(6)(a)   For each Fund other than Core Fixed Income Fund, purchase, hold or deal in real estate, although a Fund may purchase and sell securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein, securities of real estate investment trusts and mortgage-related securities and may hold and sell real estate acquired by a Fund as a result of the ownership of securities;
 
(6)(b)   In the case of Core Fixed Income Fund, purchase, hold or deal in real estate (including real estate limited partnerships) or oil, gas or mineral leases, although the Fund may purchase and sell securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein, may purchase mortgage-related securities and may hold and sell real estate acquired by the Fund as a result of the ownership of securities;

B-61


Table of Contents

(7)   Invest in commodities or commodity contracts, except that the Fund may invest in currency and financial instruments and contracts that are commodities or commodity contracts; and
 
(8)   Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate applicable law.

     Notwithstanding any other fundamental investment restriction or policy, each Fund may invest some or all of its assets in a single open-end investment company or series thereof with substantially the same fundamental investment objective, restrictions and policies as the Fund.

     In addition to the fundamental policies mentioned above, the Trustees have adopted the following non-fundamental policies which can be changed or amended by action of the Trustees without approval of shareholders.

A Fund may not:

(1)   Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control or management;
 
(2)   Invest more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets in illiquid investments, including illiquid repurchase agreements with a notice or demand period of more than seven days, securities which are not readily marketable and restricted securities not eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act;
 
(3)   Purchase additional securities if the Fund’s borrowings (excluding covered mortgage dollar rolls) exceed 5% of its net assets; or
 
(4)   Make short sales of securities, except short sales against-the-box.

B-62


Table of Contents

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

     The business and affairs of the Funds are managed under the direction of the Board of Trustees subject to the laws of the State of Delaware and the Trust’s Declaration of Trust. The Trustees are responsible for deciding matters of general policy and reviewing the actions of the Trust’s service providers. The officers of the Trust conduct and supervise each Fund’s daily business operations.

     Trustees of the Trust

     Information pertaining to the Trustees of the Trust is set forth below. Trustees who are not deemed to be “interested persons” of the Trust as defined in the Act are referred to as “Independent Trustees.” Trustees who are deemed to be “interested persons” of the Trust are referred to as “Interested Trustees.”

                         
Independent Trustees
                Number of    
        Term of       Portfolios in    
        Office and       Fund    
    Position(s)   Length of       Complex    
Name,   Held with   Time   Principal Occupation(s)   Overseen by   Other Directorships
Address and Age1
  the Trust2
  Served3
  During Past 5 Years
  Trustee4
  Held by Trustee5
Ashok N. Bakhru
Age: 62
  Chairman & Trustee   Since 1991   President, ABN Associates (July 1994–March 1996 and November 1998–Present); Executive Vice President – Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer, Coty Inc. (manufacturer of fragrances and cosmetics) (April 1996-November 1998); Director of Arkwright Mutual Insurance Company (1984–1999); Trustee of International House of Philadelphia (program center and residential community for students and professional trainees from the United States and foreign countries) (1989–Present); Member of Cornell University Council (1992–Present); Trustee of the Walnut Street Theater (1992–Present); Trustee, Scholarship America (1998-Present); Director, Private Equity Investors-III and IV (November 1998-Present), and Equity-Limited Investors II (April 2002–Present); and Chairman, Lenders Service Inc. (provider of mortgage lending services) (2000-2003).

Chairman of the Board and Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).
    63     None

B-63


Table of Contents

                         
Independent Trustees
                Number of    
        Term of       Portfolios in    
        Office and       Fund    
    Position(s)   Length of       Complex    
Name,   Held with   Time   Principal Occupation(s)   Overseen by   Other Directorships
Address and Age1
  the Trust2
  Served3
  During Past 5 Years
  Trustee4
  Held by Trustee5
John P. Coblentz, Jr.
Age: 63
  Trustee   Since 2003   Partner, Deloitte & Touche LLP (June 1975 – May 2003).

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).
    63     None
 
                       
Patrick T. Harker
Age: 45
  Trustee   Since 2000   Dean and Reliance Professor of Operations and Information Management, The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania (February 2000–Present); Interim and Deputy Dean, The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania (July 1999-Present); and Professor and Chairman of Department of Operations and Information Management, The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania (July 1997–August 2000).

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).
    63     None
 
                       
Mary P. McPherson
Age: 69
  Trustee   Since 1997   Vice President, The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation (provider of grants for conservation, environmental and educational purposes) (October 1997–Present); Director, Smith College (1998–Present); Director, Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation (health educational programs) (1977–Present); Director, Philadelphia Contributionship (insurance) (1985–Present); Director Emeritus, Amherst College (1986–1998); Director, The Spencer Foundation (educational research) (1993–February 2003); member of PNC Advisory Board (banking) (1993–1998); and Director, American School of Classical Studies in Athens (1997–Present).

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).
    63     None
 
                       
Wilma J. Smelcer
Age: 55
  Trustee   Since 2001   Chairman, Bank of America, Illinois (banking) (1998–January 2001); and Governor, Board of Governors, Chicago Stock Exchange (national securities exchange) (April 2001-April 2004).

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).
    63     Lawson Products Inc. (distributor of industrial products).

B-64


Table of Contents

                         
Independent Trustees
                Number of    
        Term of       Portfolios in    
        Office and       Fund    
    Position(s)   Length of       Complex    
Name,   Held with   Time   Principal Occupation(s)   Overseen by   Other Directorships
Address and Age1
  the Trust2
  Served3
  During Past 5 Years
  Trustee4
  Held by Trustee5
Richard P. Strubel
Age: 64
  Trustee   Since 1987   Vice Chairman and Director, Unext, Inc. (provider of educational services via the internet) (2003–Present); President, COO and Director, Unext, Inc. (1999–2003); Director, Cantilever Technologies, Inc. (a private software company) (1999–Present); Trustee, The University of Chicago (1987–Present); and Managing Director, Tandem Partners, Inc. (management services firm) (1990-1999).

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).
    63     Gildan Activewear Inc. (an activewear clothing marketing and manufacturing company); Unext, Inc. (provider of educational services via the internet); Northern Mutual Fund Complex (53 Portfolios).
 
                       
*Alan A. Shuch
Age: 54
  Trustee   Since 1990   Advisory Director – GSAM (May 1999–Present); Consultant to GSAM (December 1994 – May 1999); and Limited Partner, Goldman Sachs (December 1994 – May 1999).

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).
    63     None
 
                       
*Kaysie P. Uniacke
Age: 43
  Trustee
&
President
  Since 2001


Since 2002
  Managing Director, GSAM (1997-Present).

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

President – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (2002-Present) (registered investment companies).

Assistant Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (1997 – 2002) ( registered investment companies).
    63     None


* These persons are considered to be “Interested Trustees” because they hold positions with Goldman Sachs and own securities issued by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Each Interested Trustee holds comparable positions with certain other companies of which Goldman Sachs, GSAM or an affiliate thereof is the investment adviser, administrator and/or distributor.

1 Each Trustee may be contacted by writing to the Trustee, c/o Goldman Sachs, One New York Plaza, 37th Floor, New York, New York, 10004, Attn: Howard B. Surloff.

2 The Trust is a successor to a Massachusetts business trust that was combined with the Trust on April 30, 1997.

3 Each Trustee holds office for an indefinite term until the earliest of: (a) the election of his or her successor; (b) the date the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Board of Trustees or shareholders, in accordance with the Trust’s Declaration of Trust; (c) the date the Trustee attains the age of 72 years (in accordance with the current resolutions of the Board of Trustees, which may be changed by the Trustees without shareholder vote); or (d) the termination of the Trust.

B-65


Table of Contents

4 The Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex consists of the Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust. As of May 31, 2004, the Trust consisted of 57 portfolios, including the Funds described in this Additional Statement, and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust consisted of 6 portfolios.

5 This column includes only directorships of companies required to report to the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (i.e., “public companies”) or other investment companies registered under the Act.

Officers of the Trust

     Information pertaining to the officers of the Trust is set forth below.

             
Officers of the Trust
    Position(s)        
    Held   Term of Office    
Name, Age   With the   and Length of   Principal Occupation(s)
And Address
  Trust
  Time Served1
  During Past 5 Years
Kaysie P. Uniacke
32 Old Slip
New York, NY 10005
Age: 43
  President
&
Trustee
  Since 2002

Since 2001
  Managing Director, GSAM (1997-Present).

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

President – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Assistant Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (1997–2002) (registered investment companies).
 
           
John M. Perlowski
32 Old Slip
New York, NY 10005
Age: 39
  Treasurer   Since 1997   Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (November 2003 - Present) and Vice President, Goldman Sachs (July 1995–November 2003).

Treasurer – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).
 
           
Philip V. Giuca, Jr.
32 Old Slip
New York, NY 10005
Age: 42
  Assistant Treasurer   Since 1997   Vice President, Goldman Sachs (May 1992–Present).

Assistant Treasurer – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

B-66


Table of Contents

             
Officers of the Trust
    Position(s)        
    Held   Term of Office    
Name, Age   With the   and Length of   Principal Occupation(s)
And Address
  Trust
  Time Served1
  During Past 5 Years
Peter Fortner
32 Old Slip
New York, NY 10005
Age: 46
  Assistant Treasurer   Since 2000   Vice President, Goldman Sachs (July 2000–Present); Associate, Prudential Insurance Company of America (November 1985–June 2000); and Assistant Treasurer, certain closed-end funds administered by Prudential (1999 and 2000).

Assistant Treasurer – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).
 
           
Kenneth G. Curran
32 Old Slip
New York, NY 10005
Age: 40
  Assistant
Treasurer
  Since 2001   Vice President, Goldman Sachs (November 1998-Present); and Senior Tax Manager, KPMG Peat Marwick (accountants) (August 1995–October 1998).

Assistant Treasurer – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).
 
           
James A. Fitzpatrick
4900 Sears Tower
Chicago, IL 60606
Age: 44
  Vice President   Since 1997   Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (October 1999– Present); and Vice President of GSAM (April 1997-December 1999).

Vice President – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).
 
           
Jesse Cole
4900 Sears Tower
Chicago, IL 60606
Age: 41
  Vice President   Since 1998   Vice President, GSAM (June 1998–Present); and Vice President, AIM Management Group, Inc. (investment adviser) (April 1996–June 1998).

Vice President – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).
 
           
Kerry K. Daniels
4900 Sears Tower
Chicago, IL 60606
Age: 41
  Vice President   Since 2000   Manager, Financial Control – Shareholder Services, Goldman Sachs (1986-Present).

Vice President – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

B-67


Table of Contents

             
Officers of the Trust
    Position(s)        
    Held   Term of Office    
Name, Age   With the   and Length of   Principal Occupation(s)
And Address
  Trust
  Time Served1
  During Past 5 Years
Christopher Keller
4900 Sears Tower
Chicago, IL 60606
Age: 38
  Vice President   Since 2000   Vice President, Goldman Sachs (April 1997–Present).

Vice President–Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).
 
           
James McNamara
32 Old Slip
New York, NY 10005
Age: 41
  Vice President   Since 2001   Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (December 1998–Present); Director of Institutional Fund Sales, GSAM (April 1998–December 2000); and Senior Vice President and Manager, Dreyfus Institutional Service Corporation (January 1993 – April 1998).

Vice President–Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (December 2002–May 2004).
 
           
Howard B. Surloff
One New York Plaza
37th Floor
New York, NY 10004
Age: 38
  Secretary   Since 2001   Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (November 2002–Present); Associate General Counsel, Goldman Sachs and General Counsel to the U.S. Funds Group (December 1997–Present).

Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (2001–Present) and Assistant Secretary prior thereto.
 
           
Dave Fishman
32 Old Slip
New York, NY 10005
Age: 39
  Assistant Secretary   Since 2001   Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (December 2001-Present); and Vice President, Goldman Sachs (1997-December 2001).

Assistant Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).
 
           
Danny Burke
32 Old Slip
New York, NY 10005
Age: 41
  Assistant Secretary   Since 2001   Vice President, Goldman Sachs (1987–Present).

Assistant Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

B-68


Table of Contents

             
Officers of the Trust
    Position(s)        
    Held   Term of Office    
Name, Age   With the   and Length of   Principal Occupation(s)
And Address
  Trust
  Time Served1
  During Past 5 Years
Elizabeth D. Anderson
32 Old Slip
New York, NY 10005
Age: 34
  Assistant Secretary   Since 1997   Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (December 2002 – Present); Vice President, Goldman Sachs (1997–December 2002) and Fund Manager, GSAM (April 1996–Present).

Assistant Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).
 
           
Amy E. Curran
One New York Plaza
37th Floor
New York, NY 10004
Age: 34
  Assistant Secretary   Since 1999   Vice President, Goldman Sachs (June 1999-Present); Assistant General Counsel, Goldman Sachs (2000–Present); Counsel, Goldman Sachs (1998-2000); and Associate, Dechert Price & Rhoads (law firm) (September 1996-1998).

Assistant Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).


1 Officers hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Trustees or until their successors are duly elected and qualified. Each officer holds comparable positions with certain other companies of which Goldman Sachs, GSAM or an affiliate thereof is the investment adviser, administrator and/or distributor.

Standing Board Committees

     The Board of Trustees has established six standing committees in connection with their governance of the Funds – Audit, Governance and Nominating, Compliance, Valuation, Dividend and Schedule E.

     The Audit Committee oversees the audit process and provides assistance to the full Board of Trustees with respect to fund accounting, tax compliance and financial statement matters. In performing its responsibilities, the Audit Committee selects and recommends annually to the entire Board of Trustees a firm of independent certified public accountants to audit the books and records of the Trust for the ensuing year, and reviews with the firm the scope and results of each audit. All of the Independent Trustees serve on the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee held three meetings during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2003.

     The Governance and Nominating Committee has been established to: (1) assist the Board of Trustees in matters involving mutual fund governance and industry practices; (2) select and nominate candidates for appointment or election to serve as Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust or its investment adviser or distributor (as defined by the Act); and (3) advise the Board of Trustees on ways to improve its effectiveness. All of the Independent Trustees serve on the Governance and Nominating Committee. The Governance and Nominating Committee held three meetings during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2003. As stated above, each Trustee holds office for an indefinite term until the occurrence of certain events. In filling Board vacancies, the Governance and Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders. Nominee recommendations should be submitted

B-69


Table of Contents

to the Trust at its mailing address stated in the Funds’ Prospectuses and should be directed to the attention of Goldman Sachs Trust Governance and Nominating Committee.

     The Compliance Committee consists of each of the Independent Trustees. The Compliance Committee’s functions, among other things, are: (i) to review and recommend for adoption certain policies and procedures for the Funds and their service providers; (ii) to review and recommend to the Board the designation of a chief compliance officer of the Funds; and (iii) to review material compliance matters that are reported to it and to take such action as it deems necessary or appropriate. The Compliance Committee was formed on May 6, 2004 and, therefore did not meet during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2003.

     The Valuation Committee is authorized to act for the Board of Trustees in connection with the valuation of portfolio securities held by the Funds in accordance with the Trust’s Valuation Procedures. Mr. Shuch and Ms. Uniacke serve on the Valuation Committee. During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2003, the Valuation Committee held twenty-one meetings.

     The Dividend Committee is authorized, subject to the ratification of Trustees who are not members of the committee, to declare dividends and capital gain distributions consistent with each Fund’s Prospectus. Currently, the sole member of the Trust’s Dividend Committee is Ms. Uniacke. During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2003, the Dividend Committee held twenty-two meetings with respect to the Funds included in this Additional Statement and twenty-eight meetings with respect to all of the Funds of the Trust (including the Funds included in this Additional Statement).

     The Schedule E Committee is authorized to address potential conflicts of interest regulated by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”). Currently, the Independent Trustees are alternate members of this committee. The Schedule E Committee did not meet during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2003.

Trustee Ownership of Fund Shares

     The following table shows the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by each Trustee in the Funds and other portfolios of the Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust.

         
        Aggregate Dollar Range of
        Equity Securities in All
    Dollar Range of   Portfolios in Fund Complex
Name of Trustee
  Equity Securities in the Funds1
  Overseen By Trustee2
Ashok N. Bakhru
  Global Income: over $100,000
All other Funds: None
  Over $100,000
 
       
Gary D. Black 3
  Short Duration Government Fund: $1
–$10,000
High Yield Fund: $1 -$10,000
All other Funds: None
  $50,001 – $100,000
 
       
John P. Coblentz, Jr. 4
  None   None
 
       
Patrick T. Harker
  None   Over $100,000

B-70


Table of Contents

         
        Aggregate Dollar Range of
        Equity Securities in All
    Dollar Range of   Portfolios in Fund Complex
Name of Trustee
  Equity Securities in the Funds1
  Overseen By Trustee2
James McNamara 3
  None   $10,001 – $50,000
 
       
Mary P. McPherson
  Utra-Short Duration Government Fund:
$1 –$10,000
Government Income Fund:
  Over $100,000
  $50,001–$100,000
All other Funds: None
   
 
       
Alan A. Shuch
  High Yield Fund: Over $100,000
All other Funds: None
  Over $100,000
 
       
Wilma J. Smelcer
  None   $50,001 – $100,000
 
       
Richard P. Strubel
  None   Over $100,000
 
       
Kaysie P. Uniacke
  Short Duration Government Fund:
$50,001–$100,000
Enhanced Income Fund: $50,001–$100,000
All other Funds: None
  Over $100,000


1   Includes the value of shares beneficially owned by each Trustee in each Fund described in this Additional Statement as of December 31, 2003.
 
2   Includes the Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust. As of December 31, 2003, the Trust consisted of 58 portfolios, including the Funds described in this Additional Statement, and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust consisted of 6 portfolios.
 
3   Messrs. Black and McNamara resigned from the Board of the Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust in April 2004 and May 2004, respectively.
 
4   Mr. Coblentz was appointed to the Board of Trustees of the Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust on October 30, 2003.

     As of February 1, 2004, the Trustees and officers of the Trust as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of beneficial interest of each Fund.

Board Compensation

     The Trust pays each Independent Trustee an annual fee for his or her services as a Trustee of the Trust, plus an additional fee for each regular and special telephonic Board meeting, Governance and Nominating Committee meeting and Audit Committee meeting attended by such Trustee. The Independent Trustees are also reimbursed for travel expenses incurred in connection with attending such meetings. The Trust may also pay the incidental costs of a Trustee to attend training or other types of conferences relating to the investment company industry.

B-71


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the compensation of each Trustee of the Trust for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2003:

                         
            Pension or Retirement    
    Aggregate   Benefits Accrued as   Total Compensation
    Compensation   Part of the Trust’s   From Fund Complex
Name of Trustee
  from the Funds
  Expenses
  (including the Funds)2
Ashok N. Bakhru1
  $ 27,898     $     $ 171,000  
Gary D. Black3
                 
John P. Coblentz4
                 
Patrick T. Harker
    20,490             126,000  
James McNamara3
                 
Mary P. McPherson
    20,490             126,000  
Alan A. Shuch
                 
Richard P. Strubel
    20,490             126,000  
Wilma J. Smelcer
    20,490             126,000  
Kaysie P. Uniacke
                 


1   Includes compensation as Board Chairman.
 
2   The Fund Complex consists of the Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust. The Trust consisted of 56 portfolios and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust consisted of 6 portfolios as of October 31, 2003.
 
3   Messrs. Black and McNamara resigned from the Boards of the Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust in April 2004 and May 2004, respectively.
 
4   Mr. Coblentz was elected to the Boards of Trustees of the Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust on October 30, 2003.

Miscellaneous

     Class A Shares of the Funds may be sold at net asset value without payment of any sales charge to Goldman Sachs, its affiliates and their respective officers, partners, directors or employees (including retired employees and former partners), any partnership of which Goldman Sachs is a general partner, any Trustee or officer of the Trust and designated family members of any of the above individuals. These and the Funds’ other sales load waivers are due to the nature of the investors and/or the reduced sales effort and expense that are needed to obtain such investments.

     The Trust, its Investment Advisers and principal underwriter have adopted codes of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the Act that permit personnel subject to their particular codes of ethics to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds.

Investment Advisers

     As stated in the Funds’ Prospectuses, GSAM (formerly Goldman Sachs Funds Management, L.P.), 32 Old Slip, New York, New York 10005, serves as the Investment Adviser to Enhanced Income Fund, Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund, Short Duration Government Fund, Short Duration Tax-Free Fund, Government Income Fund, Municipal Income Fund, U.S. Mortgages Fund, Core Fixed Income Fund, Investment Grade Credit Fund, High Yield Municipal Fund, High Yield Fund, and Emerging Markets Debt

B-72


Table of Contents

Fund, pursuant to a Management Agreement. GSAM is a subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and an affiliate of Goldman Sachs. Prior to the end of April, 2003, Goldman Sachs Asset Management, a business unit of the Investment Management Division of Goldman Sachs served as the investment adviser to the Enhanced Income Fund, Short Duration Tax-Free Fund, Government Income Fund, Municipal Income Fund, Core Fixed Income Fund, High Yield Municipal Fund and High Yield Fund. On or about April 26, 2003, GSAM assumed investment advisory responsibilities for those Funds. GSAMI, Procession House, Christchurch Court, 10-15 Newgate Street, London, England EC1A 7HD, an affiliate of Goldman Sachs, serves as Investment Adviser to Global Income Fund pursuant to a Management Agreement. As a company with unlimited liability under the laws of England, GSAMI is regulated by the Investment Management Regulatory Organization Limited, a United Kingdom self-regulatory organization, in the conduct of its investment advisory business. GSAMI is also an affiliate of Goldman Sachs. See “Service Providers” in the Funds’ Prospectuses for a description of the applicable Investment Adviser’s duties to the Funds.

     Founded in 1869, Goldman Sachs is among the oldest and largest investment banking firms in the United States. Goldman Sachs is a leader in developing portfolio strategies and in many fields of investing and financing, participating in financial markets worldwide and serving individuals, institutions, corporations and governments. Goldman Sachs also is among the principal market sources for current and thorough information on companies, industrial sectors, markets, economies and currencies, and trades and makes markets in a wide range of equity and debt securities 24 hours a day. The firm is headquartered in New York and has offices throughout the United States and in Bangkok, Beijing, Buenos Aires, Calgary, Dublin, Geneva, Frankfurt, George Town, Hong Kong, Johannesburg, London, Madrid, Mexico City, Milan, Montreal, Moscow, Paris, Sao Paulo, Seoul, Shanghai, Singapore, Stockholm, Sydney, Taipei, Tokyo, Toronto, Vancouver and Zurich. It has trading professionals throughout the United States, as well as in London, Tokyo, Hong Kong and Singapore. The active participation of Goldman Sachs in the world’s financial markets enhances its ability to identify attractive investments. Goldman Sachs has agreed to permit the Funds to use the name “Goldman Sachs” or a derivative thereof as part of each Fund’s name for as long as a Fund’s Management Agreement is in effect.

     The Investment Advisers are able to draw on the substantial research and market expertise of Goldman Sachs, whose investment research effort is one of the largest in the industry. The Goldman Sachs Global Investment Research Department covers approximately 2,400 companies, over 50 economies and over 25 markets. The in-depth information and analyses generated by Goldman Sachs’ research analysts are available to the Investment Advisers.

     For more than a decade, Goldman Sachs has been among the top-ranked firms in Institutional Investor’s annual “All-America Research Team” survey. In addition, many of Goldman Sachs’ economists, securities analysts, portfolio strategists and credit analysts have consistently been highly ranked in respected industry surveys conducted in the United States and abroad. Goldman Sachs is also among the leading investment firms using quantitative analytics (now used by a growing number of investors) to structure and evaluate portfolios. For example, Goldman Sachs’ options evaluation model analyzes a security’s term, coupon and call option, providing an overall analysis of the security’s value relative to its interest risk.

     In planning the Tax Exempt Funds’ strategies, the portfolio managers also evaluate and monitor individual issues by using analytical techniques that have traditionally been applied to corporate bonds and Mortgage-Backed Securities. In particular, the Investment Adviser’s embedded option valuation model provides a picture of an individual security’s relative value and the portfolio’s overall interest rate risk. By constantly reviewing the positions of securities within the portfolio, the Investment Adviser looks for opportunities to enhance the Tax Exempt Funds’ yields by fine-tuning the portfolio, using quantitative tools designed for municipal portfolio management. The Investment Adviser, which managed approximately $11.1 billion in tax-free securities as of December 31, 2003, has assembled an experienced team of professionals for selection of the Tax-Exempt Funds’ portfolio securities.

B-73


Table of Contents

     In structuring Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund’s and Short Duration Government Fund’s respective securities portfolio, the Investment Adviser will review the existing overall economic and mortgage market trends. The Investment Adviser will then study yield spreads, the implied volatility and the shape of the yield curve. The Investment Adviser will then apply this analysis to a list of eligible securities that meet the respective Fund’s investment guidelines. With respect to Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund, this analysis is used to plan a two-part portfolio, which will consist of a core portfolio of ARMs and a “relative value” portfolio of other mortgage assets that can enhance portfolio returns and lower risk (such as investments in CMO floating-rate tranches and interest-only SMBS).

     With respect to Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund, Short Duration Government Fund, Government Income Fund, U.S. Mortgages Fund, Core Fixed Income Fund, Investment Grade Credit Fund, and High Yield Fund, the applicable Investment Adviser expects to utilize Goldman Sachs’ sophisticated option-adjusted analytics to help make strategic asset allocations within the markets for U.S. Government Securities, Mortgage-Backed Securities and other securities and to employ this technology periodically to re-evaluate the Funds’ investments as market conditions change. Goldman Sachs has also developed a prepayment model designed to estimate mortgage prepayments and cash flows under different interest rate scenarios. Because a Mortgage-Backed Security incorporates the borrower’s right to prepay the mortgage, the Investment Adviser uses a sophisticated option-adjusted spread (OAS) model to measure expected returns. A security’s OAS is a function of the level and shape of the yield curve, volatility and the applicable Investment Adviser’s expectation of how a change in interest rates will affect prepayment levels. Since the OAS model assumes a relationship between prepayments and interest rates, the Investment Adviser considers it a better way to measure a security’s expected return and absolute and relative values than yield to maturity. In using OAS technology, the Investment Adviser will first evaluate the absolute level of a security’s OAS and consider its liquidity and its interest rate, volatility and prepayment sensitivity. The Investment Adviser will then analyze its value relative to alternative investments and to its own investments. The Investment Adviser will also measure a security’s interest rate risk by computing an option adjusted duration (OAD). The Investment Adviser believes a security’s OAD is a better measurement of its price sensitivity than cash flow duration, which systematically misstates portfolio duration. The Investment Adviser also evaluates returns for different mortgage market sectors and evaluates the credit risk of individual securities. This sophisticated technical analysis allows the Investment Adviser to develop portfolio and trading strategies using Mortgage-Backed Securities that are believed to be superior investments on a risk-adjusted basis and which provide the flexibility to meet the respective Fund’s duration targets and cash flow pattern requirements.

     Because the OAS is adjusted for the differing characteristics of the underlying securities, the OAS of different Mortgage-Backed Securities can be compared directly as an indication of their relative value in the market. The Investment Adviser also expects to use OAS-based pricing methods to calculate projected security returns under different, discrete interest rate scenarios, and Goldman Sachs’ proprietary prepayment model to generate yield estimates under these scenarios. The OAS, scenario returns, expected returns, and yields of securities in the mortgage market can be combined and analyzed in an optimal risk-return matching framework.

     The Investment Adviser will use OAS analytics to choose what they believe is an appropriate portfolio of investments for Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund, Short Duration Government Fund, Government Income Fund, U.S. Mortgages Fund, Core Fixed Income Fund, Investment Grade Credit Fund, and High Yield Fund from a universe of eligible investments. In connection with initial portfolio selections, in addition to using OAS analytics as an aid to meeting each Fund’s particular composition and performance targets, the Investment Adviser will also take into account important market criteria like the available supply and relative liquidity of various mortgage securities in structuring the portfolio.

B-74


Table of Contents

     The Investment Adviser also expects to use OAS analytics to evaluate the mortgage market on an ongoing basis. Changes in the relative value of various Mortgage-Backed Securities could suggest tactical trading opportunities for the Funds. The Investment Adviser will have access to both current market analysis as well as historical information on the relative value relationships among different Mortgage-Backed Securities. Current market analysis and historical information is available in the Goldman Sachs database for most actively traded Mortgage-Backed Securities.

     Goldman Sachs has agreed to provide the Investment Adviser, on a non-exclusive basis, use of its mortgage prepayment model, OAS model and any other proprietary services which it now has or may develop, to the extent such services are made available to other similar customers. Use of these services by the Investment Adviser with respect to a Fund does not preclude Goldman Sachs from providing these services to third parties or using such services as a basis for trading for its own account or the account of others.

     With respect to the Enhanced Income Fund, the Investment Adviser will review the existing overall economic trends in structuring the Fund’s securities portfolio. The Investment Adviser will then study yield spreads, the implied volatility and the shape of the yield curve. The Investment Adviser will then apply this analysis to a list of eligible securities that meet the Fund’s investment guidelines. The Investment Adviser expects to utilize Goldman Sachs’ sophisticated option-adjusted analytics to help make strategic asset allocations within the markets for U.S. Government and other securities and to employ this technology periodically to re-evaluate the Fund’s investments as market conditions change.

     The fixed-income research capabilities of Goldman Sachs available to the Investment Advisers include the Goldman Sachs Fixed Income Research Department and the Credit Department. The Fixed Income Research Department monitors developments in U.S. and foreign fixed-income markets, assesses the outlooks for various sectors of the markets and provides relative value comparisons, as well as analyzes trading opportunities within and across market sectors. The Fixed Income Research Department is at the forefront in developing and using computer-based tools for analyzing fixed-income securities and markets, developing new fixed-income products and structuring portfolio strategies for investment policy and tactical asset allocation decisions. The Credit Department tracks specific governments, regions and industries and from time to time may review the credit quality of a Fund’s investments.

     In addition to fixed-income research and credit research, the Investment Adviser, in managing Global Income Fund and Emerging Markets Debt Fund, is supported by Goldman Sachs’ economics research. The Economics Research Department, based in London, conducts economic, financial and currency markets research which analyzes economic trends and interest and exchange rate movements worldwide. The Economics Research Department tracks factors such as inflation and money supply figures, balance of trade figures, economic growth, commodity prices, monetary and fiscal policies, and political events that can influence interest rates and currency trends. The success of Goldman Sachs’ international research team has brought wide recognition to its members. The team has earned top rankings in various external surveys such as Extel, Institutional Investor and Reuters. These rankings acknowledge the achievements of the firm’s economists, strategists and equity analysts.

     In allocating assets in the Investment Grade Credit Fund’s, Global Income Fund’s and Emerging Markets Debt Fund’s portfolios among currencies, the Investment Adviser will have access to the Global Asset Allocation Model. The model is based on the observation that the prices of all financial assets, including foreign currencies, will adjust until investors globally are comfortable holding the pool of outstanding assets. Using the model, the Investment Adviser will estimate the total returns from each currency sector which are consistent with the average investor holding a portfolio equal to the market capitalization of the financial assets among those currency sectors. These estimated equilibrium returns are then combined with the expectations of Goldman Sachs’ research professionals to produce an optimal

B-75


Table of Contents

currency and asset allocation for the level of risk suitable for a Fund given its investment objectives and criteria.

     The Management Agreements provide that GSAM and GSAMI, in their capacity as Investment Advisers, may each render similar services to others so long as the services under the Management Agreements are not impaired thereby. The Management Agreements were most recently approved by the Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to such agreements or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in the Act) of any party thereto (the “non-interested Trustees”), on May 5, 2004. At that meeting the Board of Trustees reviewed the written and oral presentations provided by the Investment Advisers in connection with the Trustees’ consideration of the Management Agreements. The Trustees also reviewed, with the advice of legal counsel, their responsibilities under applicable law. The Trustees considered, in particular, restructuring of the Investment Adviser and the assumption of investment advisory responsibilities by Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P., including the assurances that the same personnel and resources would be committed to the management of the Funds. The Trustees also considered, in particular, the regulatory settlement that had been reached by Goldman Sachs regarding investment bank and research department conflicts of interest. In addition, the Trustees considered the Funds’ respective management fee rates; the Funds’ respective operating expense ratios; the Investment Advisers’ current and prospective fee waivers and expense reimbursements for the respective Funds; and the investment performance of the Funds for the prior year and longer time periods. The information on these matters was also compared to similar information for other mutual funds. In addition, the Trustees considered the Funds’ management fee structures in comparison to the structures used by other mutual funds; the revenues received by the Investment Advisers and their affiliates from the Funds for their investment management services and for other, non-investment management services, and their expenses in providing such services; the brokerage and research services received in connection with the placement of brokerage transactions for the Funds; and the Funds’ asset levels and possible economies of scale. The Trustees also considered the personnel and resources of the Investment Advisers, the overall nature and quality of the Investment Advisers’ services and the specific provisions of the Management Agreements. After consideration of the Investment Advisers’ presentations, the Non-Interested Trustees discussed at greater length in executive session the fairness and reasonableness of the Management Agreements to the Funds and their shareholders, including the trends in expense levels and investment performance and concluded that the Management Agreements should be reapproved and continued in the interests of the Funds and their shareholders. The applicable Fund’s Management Agreement was approved by the shareholders of Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund on October 30, 1991, the shareholders of Short Duration Government Fund on March 27, 1989, the sole initial shareholder of Short Duration Tax-Free Fund on September 25, 1992, the sole initial shareholder of Core Fixed Income Fund on October 29, 1993, the sole initial shareholder of High Yield Municipal Fund on March 1, 2000, the sole initial shareholder of Enhanced Income Fund on July 28, 2000, the sole initial shareholder of Emerging Markets Debt Fund on August 28, 2003, the sole initial shareholders of U.S. Mortgages and Investment Grade Credit Fund on October 30, 2003, and the shareholders of each other Fund on April 21, 1997. Each Management Agreement will remain in effect until June 30, 2005 and will continue in effect with respect to the applicable Fund from year to year thereafter provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund or a majority of the Trustees of the Trust, and (ii) the vote of a majority of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

     Each Management Agreement will terminate automatically if assigned (as defined in the Act). Each Management Agreement is also terminable at any time without penalty by the Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund on 60 days’ written notice to the applicable Investment Adviser or by the Investment Adviser on 60 days’ written notice to the Trust.

B-76


Table of Contents

     Pursuant to the Management Agreements, the Investment Advisers are entitled to receive the fees set forth below, payable monthly based on such Fund’s average daily net assets. In addition, as of the date of this Additional Statement the Investment Advisers are voluntarily limiting their management fees for certain Funds to the annual rates also listed below:

                 
    Management Fee   Management Fee without
Fund
  with Limitations
  Limitations
GSAM
               
Enhanced Income
    0.20 %     0.25 %
Ultra-Short Duration Government
    0.40 %     0.40 %
Short Duration Government
    0.50 %     0.50 %
Short Duration Tax-Free
    0.35 %     0.40 %
Government Income
    0.54 %     0.65 %
Municipal Income
    0.50 %     0.55 %
U.S. Mortgages
    0.33 %     0.40 %
Core Fixed Income
    0.40 %     0.40 %
Investment Grade Credit
    0.33 %     0.40 %
High Yield Municipal
    0.55 %     0.55 %
High Yield
    0.70 %     0.70 %
Emerging Markets Debt
    0.80 %     0.80 %
GSAMI
               
Global Income
    0.65 %     0.90 %

     GSAM and GSAMI may discontinue or modify the above limitations in the future at their discretion.

     For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the amounts of the fees (net of expense limitations) incurred by each Fund then in existence under the Management Agreements were as follows:

                         
    Fiscal Year ended   Fiscal Year ended   Fiscal Year ended
    October 31,   October 31,   October 31,
Fund
  2003
  2002
  2001
Enhanced Income(1)
  $ 4,303,909     $ 4,305,380     $ 845,046  
Ultra-Short Duration Government
    15,143,195       8,056,465       928,306  
Short Duration Government
    4,434,803       2,389,845       1,089,175  
Short Duration Tax-Free(2)
    1,845,484       573,515       216,855  
Government Income(3)
    2,924,585       1,466,030       870,489  
Municipal Income(4)
    1,143,407       1,109,433       826,833  
U.S. Mortgages(5)
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Core Fixed Income
    4,826,035       3,714,047       2,095,811  
Investment Grade Credit(5)
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Global Income(6)
    2,724,238       3,080,564       3,623,306  
High Yield Municipal
    7,970,469       4,875,959       2,348,183  
High Yield
    18,002,553       9,620,247       7,485,632  
Emerging Markets Debt(7)
    15,543       N/A       N/A  


(1)   Had expense limitations not been in effect, Enhanced Income Fund would have paid advisory fees of $5,379,887, $5,381,725, and $1,056,308, respectively, for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2003, October 31, 2002 and October 31, 2001.

B-77


Table of Contents

(2)   Had expense limitations not been in effect, Short Duration Tax-Free Fund would have paid advisory fees of $2,109,148, $655,444, and $247,834, respectively, for the years ended October 31, 2003, October 31, 2002, and October 31, 2001.
 
(3)   Had expense limitations not been in effect, Government Income Fund would have paid advisory fees of $3,520,334, $1,764,665, and $1,047,811, respectively, for the years ended October 31, 2003, October 31, 2002, and October 31, 2001.
 
(4)   Had expense limitations not been in effect, Municipal Income Fund would have paid advisory fees of $1,257,749, $1,220,376, and $909,517, respectively, for the years ended October 31, 2003, October 31, 2002, and October 31, 2001.
 
(5)   U.S. Mortgages and Investment Grade Credit Funds commenced operations on November 3, 2003.
 
(6)   Had expense limitations not been in effect, Global Income Fund would have paid advisory fees of $3,772,021, $4,265,398, and $5,016,885, respectively, for the years ended October 31, 2003, October 31, 2002, and October 31, 2001.
 
(7)   Emerging Markets Debt Fund commenced operations on August 29, 2003.

     Each Investment Adviser performs administrative services for the applicable Funds under the Management Agreement. Such administrative services include, subject to the general supervision of the Trustees of the Trust, (i) providing supervision of all aspects of the Funds’ non-investment operations (other than certain operations performed by others pursuant to agreements with the Funds); (ii) providing the Funds, to the extent not provided pursuant to the agreement with the Trust’s custodian, transfer and dividend disbursing agent or agreements with other institutions, with personnel to perform such executive, administrative and clerical services as are reasonably necessary to provide effective administration of the Funds; (iii) arranging, to the extent not provided pursuant to such agreements, for the preparation, at the Funds’ expense, of each Fund’s tax returns, reports to shareholders, periodic updating of the Funds’ prospectuses and statements of additional information, and reports filed with the SEC and other regulatory authorities; (iv) providing the Funds, to the extent not provided pursuant to such agreements, with adequate office space and certain related office equipment and services; and (v) maintaining all of the Funds’ records other than those maintained pursuant to such agreements.

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

     Goldman Sachs is a worldwide, full-service investment banking, broker-dealer, asset management and financial services organization. As a result, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., the asset management division of Goldman Sachs, the Investment Advisers, and their affiliates, directors, partners, trustees, managers, members, officers and employees (collectively, for purposes of this “Potential Conflicts of Interest” section, “Goldman Sachs”), including those who may be involved in the management, sales, investment activities and business operations of the Funds, are engaged in businesses and have interests other than that of managing the Funds. These activities and interests include potential multiple advisory, transactional and financial and other interests in accounts, securities, instruments and companies that may be directly or indirectly purchased or sold by the Funds and their service providers. These are considerations of which investors in the Funds should be aware, and which may cause conflicts that could disadvantage the Funds.

     Present and future activities of Goldman Sachs in addition to those described in this “Potential Conflicts of Interest” section may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

B-78


Table of Contents

Certain Activities and Interests of Goldman Sachs and Clients

     Goldman Sachs is a major participant in global financial markets. As such, it acts as an investor, investment banker, investment manager, financer, advisor, market maker, trader, prime broker, lender, agent and principal in the global fixed income, currency, commodity, equity and other markets in which the Funds directly and indirectly invest. Thus, it is likely that the Funds will have multiple business relationships with and will invest in, engage in transactions with, make voting decisions with respect to, or obtain services from Goldman Sachs and from entities for which Goldman Sachs performs or seeks to perform investment banking or other services. In addition, it is likely that the Funds will undertake transactions in securities in which Goldman Sachs makes a market or otherwise has direct or indirect interests. The Investment Advisers make decisions for a Fund in accordance with their obligations as Investment Advisers. However, Goldman Sachs’ other activities may have a negative effect on the Funds.

     Goldman Sachs may give advice, and take action, with respect to current or future accounts or funds that it manages or advises, including accounts or funds that may provide greater fees or other compensation, including performance-based fees, to Goldman Sachs or the Investment Advisers or in which Goldman Sachs personnel, including personnel of the Investment Adviser, have an interest (collectively, the “Client/GS Accounts”) or proprietary accounts, that may compete or conflict with the advice given to the Funds, or may involve a different timing or nature of action taken than with respect to the Funds. For example, the Funds may be competing for investment opportunities with Goldman Sachs, or with other current or future Client/GS Accounts. Goldman Sachs and its Client/GS Accounts may buy or sell the securities of issuers while a Fund is undertaking the same or a different, including potentially opposite, strategy, which could increase the cost of that strategy to the Fund or otherwise disadvantage the Fund. For example, the Fund may buy a security and Goldman Sachs or its Client/GS Accounts (including other advisory accounts of the Investment Adviser) may establish a short position in the same security. That subsequent short sale may result in impairment of the price of the security which the Fund holds. Conversely, the Fund may establish a short position in a security and Goldman Sachs or its Client/GS Accounts (including other advisory accounts of the Investment Adviser) may buy that same security. That subsequent purchase may result in impairment of the price of the short sale position which the Fund holds. In addition, transactions in investments by one or more Client/GS Accounts and Goldman Sachs may have the effect of diluting or otherwise disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of other accounts, particularly, but not limited to, in small capitalization, emerging market or less liquid strategies.

     In addition, conflicts may arise because portfolio decisions regarding a Fund may benefit other Client/GS Accounts. For example, the sale of a long position or establishment of a short position by a Fund may impair the price of the same security sold short by (and therefore accrue to the benefit of) another Client/GS Account, and the purchase of a security or covering of a short position in a security by a Fund may increase the price of the same security held by (and therefore accrue to the benefit of) another Client/GS Account.

     The directors, partners, trustees, managers, members, officers and employees of Goldman Sachs may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts (including through funds managed by Goldman Sachs). As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, partners, trustees, managers, members, officers and employees that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Funds. To lessen the possibility that a Fund will be materially adversely affected by the personal trading described above, each of the Funds and Goldman Sachs, as the Funds’ Investment Adviser and distributor, has adopted a code of ethics (collectively, the “Codes of Ethics”) in compliance with Section 170) of the Act that restricts

B-79


Table of Contents

securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Funds’ portfolio transactions. The Codes of Ethics can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-942-8090. The Codes of Ethics are also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies may also be obtained after paying a duplicating fee by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, DC 20549-0102, or by electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov.

     Goldman Sachs and its clients may pursue or enforce rights with respect to an issuer in which a Fund has invested, and those activities may have an adverse effect on the Funds. Prices, availability, liquidity and terms of Fund investments may be negatively impacted by Goldman Sachs and its clients’ activities, and transactions for the Funds may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case. The results of the investment activities of the Funds may differ significantly from the results achieved by Goldman Sachs for its proprietary accounts or accounts managed by it and from the results achieved by the Investment Advisers for other advised accounts. In addition, other client transactions may also adversely impact the Funds. Subject to applicable law, clients of the Investment Advisers may also have, as a result of receiving client reports or otherwise, access to information regarding the Investment Advisers’ transactions or views which may affect their transactions outside of accounts controlled by the asset management division of Goldman Sachs and in connection therewith negatively impact the performance of the Funds. Further, the Funds may be adversely affected by cash flows and market movements arising from purchases and redemptions of Fund shares, as well as increases of capital in and withdrawals of capital from other accounts advised by Goldman Sachs or an affiliate.

     The Investment Advisers’ management of the Funds may benefit Goldman Sachs. For example, the Funds may, subject to applicable law, invest, directly or indirectly, in the securities of companies affiliated with Goldman Sachs or in which Goldman Sachs has an equity, debt or other interest. Subject to applicable law, the Funds may engage in investment transactions which may result in Goldman Sachs or a Client/GS Account being relieved of obligations or otherwise divesting of an investment. The purchase, holding and sale of investments by the Funds may enhance the profitability of Goldman Sachs’ or its Client/GS Accounts’ own investments in and its activities with respect to such companies.

     When Goldman Sachs acts as broker, dealer, agent, lender, advisor or in other commercial capacities for the Funds, it is anticipated that the commissions, mark-ups, markdowns, financial advisory fees, underwriting and placement fees, sales fees, financing and commitment fees, brokerage fees, other fees, compensation or profits, rates, terms and conditions charged by Goldman Sachs will be commercially reasonable, although Goldman Sachs will have an interest in obtaining fees and other amounts, which are favorable to Goldman Sachs. In such circumstances, Goldman Sachs will be entitled to retain all such fees and other amounts and no fees or other compensation payable by the Funds will be reduced thereby. When Goldman Sachs acts as broker, dealer, agent, lender, advisor or in other commercial capacities for the Funds, it may take commercial steps in its own interests, which may have an adverse effect on the Funds. In addition, when Goldman Sachs acts in such capacities, its representatives may be in possession of information not available to all Goldman Sachs personnel, including the Investment Advisers, and such representatives may act on the basis of such information in ways that have adverse effects on the Funds. When acting in such capacity, Goldman Sachs is under no obligation to disseminate such information to the Investment Advisers or to others. Subject to applicable law, Goldman Sachs may from time to time in-source or outsource certain processes or functions in connection with a variety of services to the Funds in investment management and administrative capacities.

B-80


Table of Contents

     Goldman Sachs, and its sales personnel and other dealers, have interests in promoting sales of the Funds. For example, Goldman Sachs and its sales personnel and other dealers may directly or indirectly receive a portion of the fees and commissions charged to the investors in the Funds. Such fees and commissions may vary by product or service, and the remuneration and profitability to Goldman Sachs and such personnel resulting from transactions on behalf of the Funds may be greater than the remuneration and profitability resulting from other products. Further, Goldman Sachs may have business relationships with, and purchase, or distribute or sell services or products from or to, dealers, consultants and others who recommend, sell, or have interests or relationships associated with sales or recommendations of Fund shares or portfolio transactions for the Funds. For example, Goldman Sachs regularly participates in industry and consultant sponsored conferences and may purchase educational, data related or other services from consultants or other third parties that it deems to be of value to its employees and its businesses. In addition, Goldman Sachs employees, including employees of the Investment Advisers, may have board, advisory or other relationships with issuers, dealers, consultants and charitable organizations which may own or which may recommend or sell shares of the Funds or portfolio transactions for the Funds. As a result, those persons and institutions may have conflicts associated with the promotion of Fund shares and portfolio investment-related matters that would create incentives for them to promote such sales or raise other conflicts.

Certain Regulatory Matters

     From time to time, the activities of a Fund may be restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to Goldman Sachs and/or its internal policies designed to comply with, limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such requirements. An investment fund not affiliated with Goldman Sachs would not be subject to some of those considerations in relation to transactions with Goldman Sachs. There may be periods when the Investment Advisers may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit its advice in certain securities or instruments issued by or related to companies for which Goldman Sachs is performing investment banking, market making or other services or has proprietary positions. For example, when Goldman Sachs is engaged in an underwriting or other distribution of securities of, or advisory services for, a company, the Funds may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company. Similar situations could arise if Goldman Sachs personnel serve as directors of companies the securities of which the Funds wish to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law, the Funds may purchase investments that are issued, or the subject of an underwriting, distribution, or advisory assignment by Goldman Sachs, or in cases in which Goldman Sachs-related personnel are directors or officers of the issuer.

     The investment activities of Goldman Sachs, for its proprietary accounts and for other clients may also limit investment strategies and rights of Client/GS Accounts. For example, in certain regulated industries, in emerging markets, in corporate and regulatory ownership definitions, and in certain futures and derivative transactions, there are limits on the aggregate amount of investment by affiliated investors that may not be exceeded without the grant of a license or other regulatory or corporate consent or, if exceeded, may cause Goldman Sachs, its Client/GS Accounts and other clients to suffer disadvantages or business restrictions. If certain aggregate ownership thresholds are reached or certain transactions undertaken, the ability of Goldman Sachs or a Client/GS Account to purchase or dispose of investments, or exercise rights or undertake business transactions, may be restricted by regulation or otherwise impaired. As a result, Goldman Sachs may limit purchases in Client/GS Accounts, sell existing investments for Client/GS Accounts, or otherwise restrict or limit the exercise of rights (including voting rights) for Client/GS Accounts, when Goldman Sachs, in its sole discretion, deems it appropriate in light of potential regulatory restrictions on ownership or other impairments resulting to the Client/GS Account, Goldman Sachs, or other clients arising from reaching investment thresholds.

B-81


Table of Contents

     To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Investment Advisers may enter into transactions and invest in futures, securities, currencies, swaps, options, forward contracts or other instruments on behalf of the Funds in which Goldman Sachs, acting as principal or on a proprietary basis for its customers, serves as the counterparty. The Funds may also enter into cross transactions in which Goldman Sachs acts on behalf of the Funds and for the other party to the transaction. Goldman Sachs may have a potentially conflicting division of responsibilities to both parties to a cross transaction. The Funds will only consider engaging in a principal or cross transaction with Goldman Sachs or its affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law. The Investment Advisers will, to the extent required by law, obtain necessary consents prior to entering into such transactions.

     From time to time, Goldman Sachs may come into possession of material, nonpublic information or other information that could limit the ability of the Funds to buy and sell investments. The Funds’ investment flexibility may be constrained as a consequence. In making investment decisions for a Fund, the Investment Advisers are not permitted to obtain or use material non-public information acquired by any division, department or affiliate of Goldman Sachs in the course of their activities.

Other Investment Management-Related Activities

     In determining the allocation of investment opportunities among the Funds and other Client/GS Accounts, a number of factors may be considered by the Investment Advisers, which may include the relative size of the applicable accounts or funds and their expected futures sizes, the investments available for allocation at any given time and the investment objectives of the Funds and such Client/GS Accounts. The Investment Advisers will allocate investment opportunities and make purchase and sale decisions among the Funds and Client/GS Accounts in a manner that it considers, in its sole discretion, to be reasonable and equitable. Although allocating orders among the Funds and other Client/GS Accounts may create potential conflicts of interest because of the interest of Goldman Sachs or its personnel in such other Client/GS Accounts or because Goldman Sachs may receive greater fees or compensation from such Client/GS Accounts, the Investment Advisers will not make allocation decisions based on such interests or such greater fees and compensation. The Investment Advisers may determine that an investment opportunity or particular purchases or sales are appropriate for one or more Client/GS Accounts or for itself or an affiliate, but not for the Funds, or is appropriate for, or available to, the Funds but in different sizes, terms or timing than is appropriate for others. Therefore, the amount, timing, structuring or terms of an investment by the Funds may differ from, and performance may be lower than, investments and performance of other Client/GS Accounts.

     Purchases and sales of securities for the account of the Funds may be bunched or aggregated with orders for other accounts of Goldman Sachs, including other Client/GS Accounts. Because of the prevailing trading activity, it is frequently not possible to receive the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities sold. When this occurs, the various prices may be averaged which may be disadvantageous to the Funds.

     The Funds and the Investment Advisers or their affiliates or personnel may from time to time receive research products and services in connection with the brokerage services that brokers (including, without limitation, affiliates of the Investment Advisers) may provide to the Funds or one or more Client/GS Accounts. Such products and services may disproportionately benefit other Client/GS Accounts relative to the Funds based on the amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Funds and such other Client/GS Accounts. In addition, Client/GS Accounts may receive the benefits, including disproportionate benefits, of economies of scale or price discounts in connection with products and services that may be provided to the Funds and to Client/GS Accounts.

B-82


Table of Contents

     To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Funds may invest all or some of their short term cash investments in any money market fund advised or managed by Goldman Sachs, and may invest in other investment funds advised or managed by Goldman Sachs. In addition, subject to applicable law, Goldman Sachs (and its personnel and other dealers) will be entitled to retain any fees accruing to it in connection with any such investments, and the fees or allocations from the Funds will not be reduced thereby (i.e., there could be “double fees” involved in making any such investment, which would not arise in connection with a Shareholder’s direct purchase of underlying investments).

     Goldman Sachs may create, write, sell or issue, or act as placement agent or distributor of, derivative instruments with respect to the Funds or with respect to which the underlying securities, currencies or instruments may be those in which the Funds invest, or which may be otherwise based on the performance of the Funds. Goldman Sachs (including its personnel or Client/GS Accounts) may, from time to time, invest in the Funds, hedge its derivative positions by buying or selling Fund shares and reserves the right to redeem some or all of its Fund and other positions at any time. These investments and redemptions will be made without notice to the shareholders. These derivative related activities, as well as such investment and redemption activities may have an adverse effect on the Funds’ investment management, flexibility, diversification strategies and on the amount of fees, expenses and other costs incurred directly or indirectly through a Fund by the shareholders.

     The Funds will be required to establish business relationships with their counterparties based on the Funds’ own credit standing. Neither Goldman Sachs nor the Investment Advisers or any of their affiliates will have any obligation to allow their credit to be used in connection with the Funds’ establishment of their business relationships, nor is it expected that the Funds’ counterparties will rely on the credit of such entities in evaluating the Funds’ creditworthiness. In addition, the Funds, when the Investment Advisers deem it appropriate, may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, borrow funds from Goldman Sachs or its affiliates, at rates and on other terms arranged with Goldman Sachs.

     Subject to applicable law, in connection with its management of the Fund, the Investment Advisers may utilize investment policy advisors or a committee which may include personnel of Goldman Sachs or of unaffiliated firms. Those individuals may, as a result, obtain information regarding the Funds’ proposed investment activities which is not generally available to the public. Goldman Sachs and the Investment Advisers may also have access to certain fundamental analysis and proprietary technical models developed by Goldman Sachs and other affiliates. Goldman Sachs, including the Investment Advisers, will not be under any obligation, however, to effect transactions on behalf of the Funds in accordance with such analysis and models. In addition, Goldman Sachs, including the Investment Advisers, has no obligation to seek information or to make available to or share with the Funds any information, investment strategies, opportunities or ideas known to Goldman Sachs personnel or developed or used in connection with other clients or activities.

     The Investment Advisers have adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions they make on behalf of advisory clients, including the Funds, and to ensure that such decisions are made in accordance with the Investment Advisers’ fiduciary obligations to their clients. Nevertheless, notwithstanding the Investment Advisers’ proxy voting policies and procedures, the Investment Advisers’ actual proxy voting decisions may have the effect of favoring the interests of clients or businesses of other divisions or units of Goldman Sachs and/or its affiliates, provided that the Investment Advisers believe such voting decision to be in accordance with its fiduciary obligations. For a more detailed discussion of these policies and procedures, see the section of this Additional Statement entitled “Proxy Voting.”

B-83


Table of Contents

Distributor and Transfer Agent

     Goldman Sachs, 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004 serves as the exclusive distributor of shares of the Funds pursuant to a “best efforts” arrangement as provided by a distribution agreement with the Trust on behalf of each Fund. Shares of the Funds are offered and sold on a continuous basis by Goldman Sachs, acting as agent. Pursuant to the distribution agreement, after the Funds’ Prospectuses and periodic reports have been prepared, set in type and mailed to shareholders, Goldman Sachs will pay for the printing and distribution of copies thereof used in connection with the offering to prospective investors. Goldman Sachs will also pay for other supplementary sales literature and advertising costs. Goldman Sachs may enter into sales agreements with certain investment dealers and other financial service firms (the “Authorized Dealers”) to solicit subscriptions for Class A, Class B and Class C Shares of each of the Funds that offer such classes of shares. Goldman Sachs receives a portion of the sales load imposed on the sale, in the case of Class A Shares, or redemption in the case of Class A, Class B and Class C Shares, of such Fund shares. Goldman Sachs retained approximately the following combined commissions on sales of Class A, B and C Shares during the following periods:

                         
    Fiscal year ended   Fiscal year ended   Fiscal year ended
    October 31,   October 31,   October 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
Enhanced Income(1)
  $ 4,200     $ 10,000     $ 5,000  
Ultra-Short Duration Government(1)
    128,100       98,000       8,000  
Short Duration Government
    193,900       188,000       97,000  
Short Duration Tax-Free
    441,400       218,000       53,000  
Government Income
    156,800       109,000       79,000  
Municipal Income
    251,800       196,000       91,000  
U.S. Mortgages Fund (2)
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Core Fixed Income
    816,000       494,000       270,000  
Investments Grade Credit(2)
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Global Income
    58,800       55,000       47,000  
High Yield Municipal
    1,819,000       1,365,000       767,000  
High Yield
    4,146,000       2,036,000       1,306,000  
Emerging Markets Debt(3)
    0       N/A       N/A  


(1)   Enhanced Income and Ultra-Short Duration Government Funds do not offer Class B and C Shares.
 
(2)   U.S. Mortgages and Investment Grade Credit Funds commenced operations on November 3, 2003 and do not offer Class B and C Shares.
 
(3)   Emerging Markets Debt Fund commenced operations on August 29, 2003 and does not offer Class B and C Shares.

     Goldman Sachs, 4900 Sears Tower, Chicago, IL 60606 serves as the Trust’s transfer and dividend disbursing agent. Under its transfer agency agreement with the Trust, Goldman Sachs has undertaken with the Trust with respect to each Fund to: (i) record the issuance, transfer and redemption of shares; (ii) provide purchase and redemption confirmations and quarterly statements, as well as certain other statements; (iii) provide certain information to the Trust’s custodian and the relevant subcustodian in connection with redemptions; (iv) provide dividend crediting and certain disbursing agent services; (v) maintain shareholder accounts; (vi) provide certain state Blue Sky and other information; (vii) provide shareholders and certain regulatory authorities with tax-related information; (viii) respond to shareholder inquiries; and (ix) render certain other miscellaneous services. For its transfer agency services, Goldman Sachs is entitled to receive a transfer agency fee equal, on an annualized basis, to 0.04% of average daily net assets with respect to each Fund’s Institutional, Administration, Service and Separate Account Institutional Shares and 0.19% of average

B-84


Table of Contents

daily net assets with respect to each Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C Shares (less transfer agency expenses borne by a share class).

     As compensation for the services rendered to the Trust by Goldman Sachs as transfer and dividend disbursing agent and the assumption by Goldman Sachs of the expenses related thereto, Goldman Sachs received fees for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, from each Fund then in existence as follows under the fee schedules then in effect:

                                 
    Fiscal year ended October 31, 2003
    Class A, B   Institutional   Service   Administration
    and C Shares
  Shares
  Shares
  Shares
Enhanced Income Fund
  $ 1,190,231     $ 602,424     $     $ 7,783  
Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund
    2,058,958       1,053,416       27,439        
Short Duration Government Fund
    909,255       159,341       4,021        
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
    405,608       125,448       73        
Government Income Fund
    740,008       55,940       4,905        
Municipal Income Fund
    311,479       25,809       89        
U.S. Mortgages Fund(1)
    N/A       N/A       N/A        
Core Fixed Income Fund
    862,445       291,225       9,811        
Investment Grade Credit Fund(1)
    N/A       N/A       N/A        
Global Income Fund
    578,994       45,387       365        
High Yield Municipal Fund
    1,594,565       243,973              
High Yield Fund
    2,959,608       405,368       274        
Emerging Markets Debt Fund(2)
    61       764       N/A        

(1)   U.S. Mortgages and Investment Grade Credit Funds commenced operations on November 3, 2003. No Separate Account Institutional Shares of these Funds were issued prior to the commencement of operations of these Funds.
 
(2)   Emerging Markets Debt Fund commenced operations on August 29, 2003.

                                 
    Fiscal year ended October 31, 2002
    Class A, B   Institutional   Service   Administration
    and C Shares
  Shares
  Shares
  Shares
Enhanced Income Fund
  $ 1,037,614     $ 639,254     $     $ 3,377  
Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund
    975,811       585,639       14,574        
Short Duration Government Fund
    419,093       99,614       3,344        
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
    171,902       29,329       26        
Government Income Fund
    422,143       16,077       3,646        
Municipal Income Fund
    225,477       41,177       109        
U.S. Mortgages Fund(1)
                       
Core Fixed Income Fund
    506,213       254,178       10,655        
Investment Grade Credit Fund(1)
                       
Global Income Fund
    603,435       61,961       573        
High Yield Municipal Fund
    951,827       154,231              
High Yield Fund
    1,438,439       246,705       194        
Emerging Markets Debt Fund(2)
                       

B-85


Table of Contents

(1)   U.S. Mortgages and Investment Grade Credit Funds commenced operations on November 3, 2003. No Separate Account Institutional Shares of these Funds were issued prior to the commencement of operation of these Funds.

(2)   Emerging Markets Debt Fund commenced operations on August 29, 2003.

                                 
    Fiscal year ended October 31, 2001
    Class A, B   Institutional   Service   Administration
    and C Shares
  Shares
  Shares
  Shares
Enhanced Income Fund
  $ 61,022     $ 155,336     $     $ 826  
Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund
    82,632       72,491       2,943        
Short Duration Government Fund
    106,870       61,717       2,918        
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
    52,712       13,669       18        
Government Income Fund
    269,417       6,154       1,607        
Municipal Income Fund
    172,163       29,898       3        
U.S. Mortgages Fund(1)
                       
Core Fixed Income Fund
    273,139       143,787       8,291        
Investment Grade Credit Fund(1)
                       
Global Income Fund
    613,072       93,223       682        
High Yield Municipal Fund
    467,339       72,390              
High Yield Fund
    1,033,531       209,998       166        
Emerging Markets Debt Fund(2)
                       

(1)   U.S. Mortgages and Investment Grade Credit Funds commenced operations on November 3, 2003. No Separate Account Institutional Shares of these Funds were issued prior to the commencement of operation of these Funds.

(2)   Emerging Markets Debt Fund commenced operations on August 29, 2003.

     The foregoing distribution and transfer agency agreements each provide that Goldman Sachs may render similar services to others so long as the services each provides thereunder to the Funds are not impaired thereby. Each such agreement also provides that the Trust will indemnify Goldman Sachs against certain liabilities.

Expenses

     The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, is responsible for the payment of each Fund’s respective expenses. The expenses include, without limitation, the fees payable to the Investment Advisers, service fees, account service fees, shareholder administration fees and administration fees paid to Service Organizations, the fees and expenses of the Trust’s custodian and subcustodians, transfer agent fees and expenses, brokerage fees and commissions, filing fees for the registration or qualification of the Trust’s shares under federal or state securities laws, expenses of the organization of the Trust, fees and expenses incurred by the Trust in connection with membership in investment company organizations, including, but not limited to, the Investment Company Institute, taxes, interest, costs of liability insurance, fidelity bonds or indemnification, any costs, expenses or losses arising out of any liability of, or claim for damages or other relief asserted against, the Trust for violation of any law, legal, tax and auditing fees and expenses (including the cost of legal and certain accounting services rendered by employees of Goldman Sachs, or its affiliates, with respect to the Trust), expenses of preparing and setting in type Prospectuses, Additional Statements, proxy material, reports and notices and the printing and distributing of the same to the Trust’s shareholders and regulatory authorities, shareholder expenses, any expenses assumed by a Fund pursuant to its distribution and service plans, the compensation and expenses of its “non-interested”

B-86


Table of Contents

Trustees, the fees and expenses of pricing services and extraordinary expenses, if any, incurred by the Trust. Except for fees and expenses under any service plan, account service plan, administration plan, shareholder administration plan or distribution and service plan applicable to a particular class and transfer agency fees and expenses, all Fund expenses are borne on a non-class specific basis.

     The imposition of the Investment Advisers’ fees, as well as other operating expenses, will have the effect of reducing the total return to investors. From time to time, the Investment Advisers may waive receipt of fees and/or voluntarily assume certain expenses of a Fund, which would have the effect of lowering that Fund’s overall expense ratio and increasing total return to investors at the time such amounts are waived or assumed, as the case may be.

     As of the date of this Additional Statement, the Investment Advisers have agreed to reduce or limit certain “Other Expenses” (excluding management fees, service share fees, account service fees, shareholder administration fees, administration fees, distribution and service fees, transfer agency fees and expenses, taxes, interest, brokerage fees and litigation, indemnification, shareholder meeting and other extraordinary expenses) to the extent such expenses exceed to the following percentage (rounded) of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

         
    Other
Fund
  Expenses
Enhanced Income
    0.01 %
Ultra-Short Duration Government
    0.05 %
Short Duration Government
    0.00 %
Short Duration Tax-Free
    0.00 %
Government Income
    0.00 %
Municipal Income
    0.00 %
U.S. Mortgages Fund
    0.00 %
Core Fixed Income
    0.10 %
Investment Grade Credit Fund
    0.00 %
Global Income
    0.00 %
High Yield Municipal
    0.00 %
High Yield
    0.02 %
Emerging Markets Debt Fund
    0.04 %

     Such reductions or limits are calculated monthly on a cumulative basis during the Funds’ fiscal year. The Investment Advisers may modify or discontinue such expense limitations or the limitations on the management fees, described above under “Management — Investment Advisers,” in the future at their discretion. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2003, October 31, 2002 and 2001, “Other Expenses” of each Fund were reduced by the Investment Advisers in the following amounts under expense limitations that were then in effect:

Reimbursements

                         
    Fiscal year ended   Fiscal year ended   Fiscal year ended
    October 31,   October 31,   October 31,
Fund
  2003
  2002
  2001
Enhanced Income
  $ 231,198     $ 395,779     $ 384,314  
Ultra-Short Duration Government
                179,497  
Short Duration Government
    492,335       452,932       363,560  
Short Duration Tax-Free
    336,512       281,910       248,253  

B-87


Table of Contents

                         
    Fiscal year ended   Fiscal year ended   Fiscal year ended
    October 31,   October 31,   October 31,
Fund
  2003
  2002
  2001
Government Income
    420,219       399,865       348,790  
Municipal Income
    306,432       273,493       311,341  
U.S. Mortgages Fund(1)
                 
Core Fixed Income
                 
Investment Grade Credit Fund(1)
                 
Global Income
    575,339       592,240       605,803  
High Yield Municipal
    422,192       388,787       355,236  
High Yield Fund
    429,120       395,015       561,737  
Emerging Markets Debt Fund(2)
    77,210              


(1)   U.S. Mortgages and Investment Grade Credit Funds commenced operations on November 3, 2003.
 
(2)   Emerging Markets Debt Fund commenced operations on August 29, 2003.

     Fees and expenses of legal counsel, registering shares of each Fund, holding meetings and communicating with shareholders may include an allocable portion of the cost of maintaining an internal legal and compliance department. Each Fund may also bear an allocable portion of the costs incurred by the Investment Advisers in performing certain accounting services not being provided by the Trust’s custodian.

Custodian and Sub-Custodians

     State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, is the custodian of the Trust’s portfolio securities and cash. State Street also maintains the Trust’s accounting records. State Street may appoint domestic and foreign sub-custodians and use depositories from time to time to hold certain securities and other instruments purchased by the Trust in foreign countries and to hold cash and currencies for the Trust.

Independent Auditors

     Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, 5 Times Square, New York, New York 10036, have been selected as independent auditors of the Funds of the Trust for the fiscal year ending October 31, 2004. In addition to audit services, Ernst & Young LLP will prepare the Funds’ federal and state tax returns, and will provide consultation and assistance on accounting, internal control and related matters. The data set forth under “Financial Highlights” in the Prospectuses for the fiscal years or periods ended on or before October 31, 1999 were audited by the Funds’ former auditors who have ceased operations.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

     The portfolio transactions for the Funds are generally effected at a net price without a broker’s commission (i.e., a dealer is dealing with a Fund as principal and receives compensation equal to the spread between the dealer’s cost for a given security and the resale price of such security). In certain foreign countries, debt securities are traded on exchanges at fixed commission rates. In connection with portfolio transactions, the Management Agreements provide that the Investment Advisers shall attempt to obtain the most favorable execution and net price available. The Management Agreements provide that, on occasions when an Investment Adviser deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of a Fund as well as its other customers (including any other fund or other investment company or advisory account for

B-88


Table of Contents

which an Investment Adviser or an affiliate acts as Investment Adviser), a Fund, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may aggregate the securities to be sold or purchased for the Fund with those to be sold or purchased for such other customers in order to obtain the best net price and most favorable execution. In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the applicable Investment Adviser in the manner it considers to be most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the applicable Fund and such other customers. In some instances, this procedure may adversely affect the size and price of the position obtainable for a Fund. The Management Agreements permit each Investment Adviser, in its discretion, to purchase and sell portfolio securities to and from dealers who provide the Trust with brokerage or research services in which dealers may execute brokerage transactions at a higher cost to the Fund. Brokerage and research services furnished by firms through which the Funds effect their securities transactions may be used by the Investment Adviser in servicing other accounts and not all of these services may be used by the Investment Advisers in connection with the specific Fund generating the brokerage credits. Such research or other services may include research reports on companies, industries and securities; economic and financial data; financial publications; computer data bases; quotation equipment and services; and research-oriented computer hardware, software and other services. The fees received under the Management Agreements are not reduced by reason of an Investment Adviser receiving such brokerage and research services.

     Such services are used by an Investment Adviser in connection with all of its investment activities, and some of such services obtained in connection with the execution of transactions of a Fund may be used in managing other investment accounts. Conversely, brokers furnishing such services may be selected for the execution of transactions of such other accounts, whose aggregate assets may be larger than those of a Fund, and the services furnished by such brokers may be used by an Investment Adviser in providing management services for the Trust. On occasion, a broker-dealer might furnish an Investment Adviser with a service which has a mixed use (i.e., the service is used both for investment and brokerage activities and for other activities). Where this occurs, an Investment Adviser will reasonably allocate the cost of the service, so that the portion or specific component which assists in investment and brokerage activities is obtained using portfolio commissions from the Funds or other managed accounts, and the portion or specific component which provides other assistance (for example, administrative or non-research assistance) is paid for by an Investment Adviser from its own funds.

     In circumstances where two or more broker-dealers offer comparable prices and execution capability, preference may be given to a broker-dealer which has sold shares of a Fund as well as shares of other investment companies or accounts managed by the Investment Advisers. This policy does not imply a commitment to execute all portfolio transactions through all broker-dealers that sell shares of the Fund.

     Subject to the above considerations, the Investment Advisers may use Goldman Sachs as a broker for a Fund. In order for Goldman Sachs to effect any portfolio transactions for a Fund, the commissions, fees or other remuneration received by Goldman Sachs must be reasonable. This standard would allow Goldman Sachs to receive no more than the remuneration which would be expected to be received by an unaffiliated broker in a commensurate arm’s-length transaction. Furthermore, the Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested” Trustees, have adopted procedures which are reasonably designed to provide that commissions, fees, or other remuneration paid to Goldman Sachs are consistent with the foregoing standard. Brokerage transactions with Goldman Sachs are also subject to such fiduciary standards as may be imposed upon Goldman Sachs by applicable law.

B-89


Table of Contents

     For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2003, the Funds paid approximate brokerage commissions as follows:

                         
                    Amount of    
                    Transactions   Brokerage
                    Effected   Commissions
                    through   Paid to
    Total Brokerage   Total Brokerage   Total Amount of   Brokers   Brokers
    Commissions   Commissions Paid   Transactions on which   Providing   Providing
Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2003
  Paid1
  to Goldman Sachs
  Commissions Paid3
  Research
  Research
Enhanced Income Fund
  $ 262,380     $262,380(100%)2   $4,190,298,822(100%)4   N/A   N/A
Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund
    532,924     532,924(100%)2   7,778,245,292(100%)4   N/A   N/A
Short Duration Government Fund
    176,256     176,256(100%)2   2,832,764,427(100%)4   N/A   N/A
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
    -     - (0%)2   - (0%)4   N/A   N/A
Government Income Fund
    89,030     89,030(100%)2   1,085,308,757(100%)4   N/A   N/A
Municipal Income Fund
    -     - (0%)2   - (0%)4   N/A   N/A
U.S. Mortgages Fund5
    N/A     N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
Core Fixed Income Fund
    174,676     174,676(100%)2   2,086,540,900(100%)4   N/A   N/A
Investment Grade Credit Fund5
    N/A     N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
Global Income Fund
    -     - (0%)2   - (0%)4   N/A   N/A
High Yield Municipal Fund
    -     - (0%)2   - (0%)4   N/A   N/A
High Yield Fund
    -     - (0%)2   - (0%)4   N/A   N/A
Emerging Markets Debt Fund6
    -     - (0%)2   - (0%)4   N/A   N/A


1   The figures in the table report broker commissions from futures transactions.
 
2   Percentage of total commissions paid to Goldman Sachs.
 
3   Refers to Market Value of Futures Contracts.
 
4   Percentage of total amount of transactions involving the payment of commissions effected through Goldman Sachs.
 
5   U.S. Mortgages and Investment Grade Credit Fund commenced operations on November 3, 2003.
 
6   Emerging Markets Debt Fund commenced operations on August 29, 2003.

B-90


Table of Contents

     For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2002, the Funds paid approximate brokerage commissions as follows:

                         
    Total   Total Brokerage    
    Brokerage   Commissions   Total Amount of
    Commissions   Paid to Goldman   Transactions on which
Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2002
  Paid1
  Sachs
  Commissions Paid2
Enhanced Income Fund
  $ 293,745     $ 293,745     $ 5,126,751,715  
Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund
    205,770       205,770       3,069,195,229  
Short Duration Government Fund
    82,410       82,410       399,055,621  
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
                 
Government Income Fund
    35,070       35,070       86,493,341  
Municipal Income Fund
                 
Core Fixed Income Fund
    139,933       139,933       425,396,383  
Global Income Fund
                 
High Yield Municipal Fund
                 
High Yield Fund
                 


1   The figures in the table report broker commissions from futures transactions.
 
2   Refers to Market Value of Futures Contracts.

     For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2001, the Funds paid approximate brokerage commissions as follows:

                         
    Total   Total Brokerage    
    Brokerage   Commissions   Total Amount of
    Commissions   Paid to Goldman   Transactions on which
Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2001
  Paid1
  Sachs
  Commissions Paid2
Enhanced Income Fund
  $ 50,080     $ 50,080     $ 787,878,980  
Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund
    12,740       12,740       446,665,968  
Short Duration Government Fund
    24,485       24,485       760,760,011  
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
                 
Government Income Fund
    23,275       23,275       329,058,439  
Municipal Income Fund
                 
Core Fixed Income Fund
    41,778       41,778       1,125,845,721  
Global Income Fund
                 
High Yield Municipal Fund
                 
High Yield Fund
                 


1   The figures in the table report broker commissions from futures transactions.
 
2   Refers to Market Value of Futures Contracts.

     During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2003, the Funds’ regular broker-dealers, as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the Act, were: UBS Warburg LLC, Lehman Brothers, Inc., JP Morgan Chase & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., Bank of America, Morgan Stanley, C.S. First Boston Corp., Barclays Bank, Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co.

B-91


Table of Contents

     As of October 31, 2003, Short Duration Government Fund, Short Duration Tax-Free Fund, Municipal Income Fund, High Yield Fund, Global Income Fund, Emerging Markets Debt Fund, Investment Grade Credit Fund, U.S. Mortgages Fund and High Yield Municipal Fund held no securities of their regular broker-dealers. As of the same date, Enhanced Income Fund, Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund, Government Income Fund and Core Fixed Income Fund held the following amounts of securities of their regular broker-dealers, as defined in rule 10b-1 under the Act, or their parents ($ in thousands):

             
Fund
  Broker/Dealer
  Amount (000s)
Enhanced Income Fund
  Bank of America
  $ 22,594  
 
  Credit Suisse FB USA, Inc.
    6,486  
 
  Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.
    2,353  
 
  Morgan Stanley
    8,140  
 
  The Bear Stearns Cos., Inc.     10,862  
Ultra-Short Duration
  Bank of America   $ 5,929  
Government Fund
  Credit Suisse FB USA, Inc.     19,985  
 
  The Bear Stearns Cos., Inc.     7,032  
Government Income Fund
  Credit Suisse FB USA, Inc.   $ 4,169  
 
  Lehman Brothers Inc.     4,085  
 
  Bank of America     9,464  
 
  The Bear Stearns Cos., Inc.     405  
Core Fixed Income Fund
  Bank of America   $ 3,321  
 
  The Bear Stearns Cos., Inc.     1,881  
 
  C.S. First Boston     27,164  
 
  Lehman Brothers     11,991  
 
  Merrill Lynch     9,118  

SHARES OF THE TRUST

     Each Fund is a series of Goldman Sachs Trust, a Delaware statutory trust established by an Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated January 28, 1997. The Funds (except Enhanced Income Fund, High Yield Municipal Fund, U.S. Mortgages Fund, Investment Grade Credit Fund, and Emerging Markets Debt Fund) were previously series of Goldman Sachs Trust, a Massachusetts business trust, and were reorganized into the Trust as of April 30, 1997.

     The Trustees have authority under the Trust’s Declaration of Trust to create and classify shares of beneficial interest in separate series, without further action by shareholders. The Trustees also have authority to classify and reclassify any series of shares into one or more classes of shares. The Act requires that where more than one class or series of shares exists, each class or series must be preferred over all other classes or series in respect of assets specifically allocated to such class or series. As of the date of this Additional Statement, the Trustees have authorized: (i) the issuance of five classes of shares of Short Duration Government Fund, Short Duration Tax-Free Fund, Government Income Fund, Municipal Income Fund, Core Fixed Income Fund, Global Income Fund, High Yield Municipal Fund and High Yield Fund: Institutional Shares, Service Shares, Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares; (ii) the issuance of three classes of shares of Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund: Institutional Shares, Service Shares and Class A Shares;

B-92


Table of Contents

(iii) the issuance of three classes of shares of Enhanced Income Fund: Institutional, Administration and Class A Shares; (iv) the issuance of two classes of shares of Emerging Markets Debt Fund: Class A Shares and Institutional Shares; and (v) the issuance of three classes of shares of U.S. Mortgages Fund and Investment Grade Credit Fund: Class A Shares, Institutional Shares and Separate Account Institutional Shares. Additional series may be added in the future. As of October 31, 2003, no Class B or C Shares of the Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund or Enhanced Income Fund, U.S. Mortgages Fund, Investment Grade Credit Fund or Emerging Markets Debt Fund, no Administration Shares of Emerging Markets Debt Fund, U.S. Mortgages Fund or Investment Grade Credit Fund, no Service Shares of Enhanced Income Fund, Emerging Markets Debt Fund, U.S. Mortgages Fund or Investment Grade Credit Fund were offered. As of October 31, 2003, only U.S. Mortgages Fund and Investment Grade Credit Fund offered Separate Account Institutional Shares.

     Each Institutional Share, Service Share, Administration Share, Separate Account Institutional Shares, Class A Share, Class B Share and Class C Share of a Fund represents a proportionate interest in the assets belonging to the applicable class of the Fund. All expenses of a Fund are borne at the same rate by each class of shares, except that fees under the Service and Shareholder Administration Plans are borne exclusively by Service Shares, fees under the Administration Plan are borne exclusively by Administration Shares, fees under Distribution and Service Plans are borne exclusively by Class A, Class B or Class C Shares, fees under Account Service Plans borne exclusively by Class A and Institutional Shares (U.S. Mortgages and Investment Grade Credit Funds only) and transfer agency fees are borne at different rates by Class A, Class B or Class C Shares than Institutional, Administration, Separate Account Institutional and Service Shares. The Trustees may determine in the future that it is appropriate to allocate other expenses differently among classes of shares and may do so to the extent consistent with the rules of the SEC and positions of the IRS. Each class of shares may have different minimum investment requirements and be entitled to different shareholder services. With limited exceptions, shares of a class may only be exchanged for shares of the same or an equivalent class of another series. See “Shareholder Guide” in the Prospectus and “Other Information Regarding Purchases, Redemptions, Exchanges and Dividends” below. In addition, the fees and expenses set forth below for each class may be subject to voluntary fee waivers or reimbursements, as discussed in the Funds’ Prospectuses.

     Except for the U.S. Mortgages and Investment Grade Credit Funds, Institutional Shares may be purchased at net asset value without a sales charge for accounts in the name of an investor or institution that is not compensated by a Fund for services provided to the institution’s customers. Institutional Shares of the U.S. Mortgages Fund and Investment Grade Credit Fund may be purchased at net asset value without a sales charge for accounts in the name of an institution that, directly or indirectly, provides certain account services to its customers including maintenance of account records, processing orders to purchase, redeem and exchange Institutional Shares. Institutional Shares of U.S. Mortgages Fund and Investment Grade Credit Fund bear the cost of account service fees at the annual rate of up to 0.05% of the average daily net assets of a Fund attributable to Institutional Shares.

     Administration Shares may be purchased at net asset value without a sales charge for accounts held in the name of an institution that provides certain account administration to its customers, including maintenance of account records and processing orders to purchase, redeem and exchange Administration Shares. Administration Shares bear the cost of account administration fees at the annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of such Administration Shares.

     Service Shares may be purchased at net asset value without a sales charge for accounts held in the name of an institution that, directly or indirectly, provides certain shareholder administration services and shareholder liaison services to its customers, including maintenance of account records and processing orders to purchase, redeem and exchange Service Shares. Service Shares bear the cost of service fees and

B-93


Table of Contents

shareholder administration fees at the annual rate of up to 0.25% and 0.25%, respectively, of the average daily net assets of the Fund attributed to Service Shares.

     Separate Account Institutional Shares may be purchased at net asset value without a sales charge for accounts in the name of an investor or institution that is not compensated by a Fund for services provided to the institution’s customers.

     Class A Shares are sold, with an initial sales charge, through brokers and dealers who are members of the NASD and certain other financial service firms that have sales agreements with Goldman Sachs. Class A Shares of the Funds bear the cost of distribution (Rule 12b-1) fees at the aggregate rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of such Class A Shares. With respect to Class A Shares, the Distributor at its discretion may use compensation for distribution services paid under the Distribution and Services Plan for personal and account maintenance services and expenses so long as such total compensation under the Plan does not exceed the maximum cap on “service fees” imposed by the NASD. Class A Shares of U.S. Mortgages Fund and Investment Grade Credit Fund also bear the cost of account service fees at the annual rate of up to 0.05% of the average daily net assets of a Fund attributable to Class A Shares.

     Class B and Class C Shares of the Funds are sold subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) through brokers and dealers who are members of the NASD and certain other financial services firms that have sales arrangements with Goldman Sachs. Class A (Emerging Markets Debt Fund only), Class B and Class C Shares bear the cost of distribution (Rule 12b-1) fees at the aggregate rate of up to 0.25%, 0.75% and 0.75%, respectively of the average daily net assets attributed to Class A, Class B and Class C Shares. Class A (Emerging Markets Debt Fund and Global Income Fund only), Class B and Class C Shares also bear the cost of service fees at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets attributed to such Shares.

     It is possible that an institution or its affiliate may offer different classes of shares (i.e., Institutional, Administration, Service, Separate Account Institutional, Class A, Class B and Class C Shares) to its customers and thus receive different compensation with respect to different classes of shares of each Fund. Dividends paid by each Fund, if any, with respect to each class of shares will be calculated in the same manner, at the same time on the same day and will be in the same amount, except for differences caused by the fact that the respective transfer agency and Plan fees relating to a particular class will be borne exclusively by that class. Similarly, the net asset value per share may differ depending upon the class of shares purchased.

     Certain aspects of the shares may be altered, after advance notice to shareholders, if it is deemed necessary in order to satisfy certain tax regulatory requirements.

     When issued, for the consideration described in the Funds’ Prospectuses shares are fully paid and non-assessable. The Trustees may, however, cause shareholders, or shareholders of a particular series or class, to pay certain custodian, transfer, servicing or similar agent charges by setting of the same against declared but unpaid dividends or by reducing share ownership (or by both means). In the event of liquidation of a Fund, shareholders of that Fund are entitled to share pro rata in the net assets of the applicable class of the relevant Fund available for distribution to such shareholders. All shares are freely transferable and have no preemptive, subscription or conversion rights. The Trustees may require Shareholders to redeem Shares for any reason under terms set by the Trustees.

     In the interest of economy and convenience, the Trust does not issue certificates representing the Funds’ shares. Instead, the Transfer Agent maintains a record of each shareholder’s ownership. Each shareholder receives confirmation of purchase and redemption orders from the Transfer Agent. Fund shares and any dividends and distributions paid by the Funds are reflected in account statements from the Transfer Agent.

B-94


Table of Contents

     As of February 1, 2004, the following entities owned of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Enhanced Income Fund: Institutional Shares: Goldman Sachs & Co., c/o Mutual Fund Ops, 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004-2434 (7%).

     As of February 1, 2004, the following entities owned of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund: Institutional Shares: Goldman Sachs & Co., c/o Mutual Fund Ops, 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004-2434 (7%).

     As of February 1, 2004, the following entities owned of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Short Duration Government Fund; Institutional Shares; Goldman Sachs Trust — W4B, 1 Enterprise Drive, North Quincy, MA 02171-2126 (6%).

     As of February 1, 2004, the following entities owned of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Government Income Fund: Institutional Shares: Goldman Sachs & Co., c/o Mutual Fund Ops, 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004-2434 (11%); Norton Simon Art Foundation, PO Box 92956, Chicago, IL 60675-2956 (6%).

     As of February 1, 2004, the following entities owned of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Municipal Income Fund: Class A: Edward Jones & Co., Attn: Mutual Fund Shareholder Accounting, 201 Progress Parkway, Maryland Heights, MO 63043-3009 (17%); Institutional Shares: A.G. Edwards Trust Company FSB, Attn: Operations, PO Box 66734, St. Louis, MO 63166-6734 (9%).

     As of February 1, 2004, no entities owned of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Core Fixed Income Fund.

     As of February 1, 2004, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Global Income Fund: Class A: Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Special Custody Account for Benefit of Customers, Attn: Mutual Funds, 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, CA 94104-4122 (28%); Institutional Shares: Sentara Health Care, c/o GSAM, Attn: Concetta Sanko, 32 Old Slip, Fl 20, New York, NY 10005-3504 (9%).

     As of February 1, 2004, the following entities owned of record of beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of Emerging Markets Debt Fund: Class A: IMS & Co., for the benefit of various customers, PO Box 3865, Englewood, CO 80155-3865 (11%); Institutional Shares: State Street Bank & Trust Company, GS Trust — Growth & Income Strategy, PO Box 1713, Boston, MA 02105-1713 (35%); State Street Bank & Trust Company, GS Trust — Growth Strategy, PO Box 1713, Boston, MA 02105-1713 (27%); Goldman, Sachs & Co., c/o Mutual Fund Ops, 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004-2434 (5%).

     As of February 1, 2004, the following entities owned of record of beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of U.S. Mortgages Fund: Institutional: Goldman, Sachs & Co., c/o Mutual Fund Ops, 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004-2434 (53%); Goldman, Sachs & Co., c/o Mutual Fund Ops, 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004-2434 (13%); Goldman, Sachs & Co., c/o Mutual Fund Ops, 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004-2434 (5%); Separate Account Institutional: Bakery Workers Fund, c/o GSAM, Attn: Bhadresh Bodawala, 32 Old Slip, Floor 20, New York, NY 10005-3504 (12%).

     As of February 1, 2004, the following entities owned of record of beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of Investment Grade Credit Fund: Institutional: Goldman, Sachs & Co., c/o Mutual Fund Ops, 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004-2434 (35%); Separate Account Institutional Shares: Goldman, Sachs & Co., c/o Mutual Fund Ops, 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004-2434 (15%); Goldman, Sachs &

B-95


Table of Contents

Co., c/o Mutual Fund Ops, 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004-2434 (14%); The Goldman Sachs Group LP, Seed Acct., Attn: IMD Controllers, 701 Mount Lucas Road, Princeton, NJ 08540-1911 (13%); Goldman, Sachs & Co., c/o Mutual Fund Ops, 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004-2434 (9%).

     The Act requires that where more than one class or series of shares exists, each class or series must be preferred over all other classes or series in respect of assets specifically allocated to such class or series. Rule 18f-2 under the Act provides that any matter required to be submitted by the provisions of the Act or applicable state law, or otherwise, to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company such as the Trust shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each class or series affected by such matter. Rule 18f-2 further provides that a class or series shall be deemed to be affected by a matter unless the interests of each class or series in the matter are substantially identical or the matter does not affect any interest of such class or series. However, Rule 18f-2 exempts the selection of independent public accountants, the approval of principal distribution contracts and the election of trustees from the separate voting requirements of Rule 18f-2.

     The Trust is not required to hold annual meetings of shareholders and does not intend to hold such meetings. In the event that a meeting of shareholders is held, each share of the Trust will be entitled, as determined by the Trustees without the vote or consent of the shareholders, either to one vote for each share or to one vote for each dollar of net asset value represented by such share on all matters presented to shareholders including the election of Trustees (this method of voting being referred to as “dollar based voting”). However, to the extent required by the Act or otherwise determined by the Trustees, series and classes of the Trust will vote separately from each other. Shareholders of the Trust do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of Trustees. Meetings of shareholders of the Trust, or any series or class thereof, may be called by the Trustees, certain officers or upon the written request of holders of 10% or more of the shares entitled to vote at such meetings. The Trustees will call a special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees, if, at any time, less than a majority of Trustees holding office at the time were elected by shareholders. The shareholders of the Trust will have voting rights only with respect to the limited number of matters specified in the Declaration of Trust and such other matters as the Trustees may determine or may be required by law.

     The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification of Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust unless the recipient is adjudicated (i) to be liable by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office; or (ii) not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such person’s actions were in the best interest of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust provides that, if any shareholder or former shareholder of any series is held personally liable solely by reason of being or having been a shareholder and not because of the shareholder’s acts or omissions or for some other reason, the shareholder or former shareholder (or the shareholder’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives or general successors) shall be held harmless from and indemnified against all loss and expense arising from such liability. The Trust, acting on behalf of any affected series, must, upon request by such shareholder, assume the defense of any claim made against such shareholder for any act or obligation of the series and satisfy any judgment thereon from the assets of the series.

     The Declaration of Trust permits the termination of the Trust or of any series or class of the Trust (i) by a majority of the affected shareholders at a meeting of shareholders of the Trust, series or class; or (ii) by a majority of the Trustees without shareholder approval if the Trustees determine, in their sole discretion, that such action is in the best interest of the Trust, such series, such class or their shareholders. The Trustees may consider such factors as they, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate in making such determination, including (i) the inability of the Trust or any series or class to maintain its assets at an appropriate size; (ii) changes in laws or regulations governing the Trust or series affecting assets of the type in which it invests; or

B-96


Table of Contents

(iii) economic developments or trends having a significant adverse impact on their business or operations of the Trust or series.

     The Declaration of Trust authorizes the Trustees, without shareholder approval, to cause the Trust, or any series thereof, to merge or consolidate with any corporation, association, trust or other organization or sell or exchange all or substantially all of the property belonging to the Trust or any series thereof. In addition, the Trustees, without shareholder approval, may adopt a master-feeder structure by investing all or a portion of the assets of a series of the Trust in the securities of another open-end investment company with substantially the same investment objective, restrictions and policies.

     The Declaration of Trust permits the Trustees to amend the Declaration of Trust without a shareholder vote. However, shareholders of the Trust have the right to vote on any amendment (i) that would adversely affect the voting rights of shareholders; (ii) that is required by law to be approved by shareholders; (iii) that would amend the provisions of the Declaration of Trust regarding amendments; or (iv) that the Trustees determine to submit to shareholders.

     The Trustees may appoint separate Trustees with respect to one or more series or classes of the Trust’s shares (the “Series Trustees”). Series Trustees may, but are not required to, serve as Trustees of the Trust or any other series or class of the Trust. To the extent provided by the Trustees in the appointment of Series Trustees, the Series Trustees may have, to the exclusion of any other Trustees of the Trust, all the powers and authorities of Trustees under the Declaration of Trust with respect to such series or class, but may have no power or authority with respect to any other series or class.

Shareholder and Trustee Liability

     Under Delaware law, the shareholders of the Funds are not generally subject to liability for the debts or obligations of the Trust. Similarly, Delaware law provides that a series of the Trust will not be liable for the debts or obligations of any other series of the Trust. However, no similar statutory or other authority limiting statutory trust shareholder liability exists in other states. As a result, to the extent that a Delaware statutory trust or a shareholder is subject to the jurisdiction of courts of such other states, the courts may not apply Delaware law and may thereby subject the Delaware statutory trust shareholders to liability. To guard against this risk, the Declaration of Trust contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts or obligations of a series. Notice of such disclaimer will normally be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by a series or the Trust. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification by the relevant series for all loss suffered by a shareholder as a result of an obligation of the series. The Declaration of Trust also provides that a series shall, upon request, assume the defense of any claim made against any shareholder for any act or obligation of the series and satisfy any judgment thereon. In view of the above, the risk of personal liability of shareholders of a Delaware statutory trust is remote.

     In addition to the requirements under Delaware law, the Declaration of Trust provides that shareholders of a series may bring a derivative action on behalf of the series only if the following conditions are met: (i) shareholders eligible to bring such derivative action under Delaware law who hold at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the series, or 10% of the outstanding shares of the class to which such action relates, shall join in the request for the Trustees to commence such action; and (ii) the Trustees must be afforded a reasonable amount of time to consider such shareholder request and to investigate the basis of such claim. The Trustees will be entitled to retain counsel or other advisers in considering the merits of the request and may require an undertaking by the shareholders making such request to reimburse the Fund for the expense of any such advisers in the event that the Trustees determine not to bring such action.

     The Declaration of Trust further provides that the Trustees will not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law, but nothing in the Declaration of Trust protects a Trustee against liability to which he

B-97


Table of Contents

or she would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

NET ASSET VALUE

     In accordance with procedures adopted by the Trustees of the Trust, the net asset value per share of each class of each Fund is calculated by determining the value of the net assets attributable to each class of that Fund and dividing by the number of outstanding shares of that class. All securities are valued on each Business Day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (normally, but not always, 4:00 p.m. New York time) or such later time as the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ market may officially close. The term “Business Day” means any day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading, which is Monday through Friday except for holidays. The New York Stock Exchange is closed on the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day (observed), Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

     The time at which transactions and shares are priced and the time by which orders must be received may be changed in case of an emergency or if regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange is stopped at a time other than 4:00 p.m. New York Time. The Trust reserves the right to reprocess purchase, redemption and exchange transactions that were initially processed at a net asset value other than the Fund’s official closing net asset value (as the same may be subsequently adjusted), and to recover amounts from (or distribute amounts to) shareholders based on the official closing net asset value. The Trust reserves the right to advance the time by which purchase and redemption orders must be received for same business day credit as otherwise permitted by the SEC. In addition, each Fund may compute its net asset value as of any time permitted pursuant to any exemption, order or statement of the SEC or its staff.

     For the purpose of calculating the net asset value of the Funds, investments are valued under valuation procedures established by the Trustees. Portfolio securities, for which accurate market quotations are readily available, other than money market instruments, are valued via electronic feeds to the custodian bank containing dealer-supplied bid quotations or bid quotations from a recognized pricing service. Securities for which a pricing service either does not supply a quotation or supplies a quotation that is believed by the Investment Adviser to be inaccurate, will be valued based on bid-side broker quotations. Securities for which the custodian bank is unable to obtain an external price as provided above or with respect to which the Investment Adviser believes an external price does not reflect accurate market values, will be valued by the Investment Adviser in good faith based on valuation models that take into account spread and daily yield changes on government securities (i.e., matrix pricing). Other securities are valued as follows: (i) overnight repurchase agreements will be valued at cost; (ii) term repurchase agreements (i.e., those whose maturity exceeds seven days) and swaps, caps, collars and floors will be valued at the average of the bid quotations obtained daily from at least one dealer; (iii) debt securities with a remaining maturity of 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, which the Trustees have determined to approximate fair value; (iv) spot and forward foreign currency exchange contracts will be valued using a pricing service such as Reuters (if quotations are unavailable from a pricing service or, if the quotations by the Investment Adviser are believed to be inaccurate, the contracts will be valued by calculating the mean between the last bid and asked quotations supplied by at least one independent dealers in such contracts); (v) exchange-traded options and futures contracts will be valued by the custodian bank at the last sale price on the exchange where such contracts and options are principally traded if accurate quotations are readily available; and (vi) over-the-counter options will be valued by a broker identified by the portfolio manager/trader.

     Other securities, including those for which a pricing service supplies no exchange quotation or a quotation that is believed by the portfolio manager/trader to be inaccurate, will be valued at fair value as stated in the valuation procedures which were approved by the Board of Trustees.

B-98


Table of Contents

     The value of all assets and liabilities expressed in foreign currencies will be converted into U.S. dollar values at current exchange rates of such currencies against U.S. dollars last quoted by any major bank. If such quotations are not available, the rate of exchange will be determined in good faith by or under procedures established by the Board of Trustees.

     Generally, trading in securities on European, Asian and Far Eastern securities exchanges and on over-the-counter markets in these regions is substantially completed at various times prior to the close of business on each Business Day in New York (i.e., a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading). In addition, European, Asian or Far Eastern securities trading generally or in a particular country or countries may not take place on all Business Days in New York. Furthermore, trading takes place in various foreign markets on days which are not Business Days in New York and days on which the Funds’ net asset values are not calculated. Such calculation does not take place contemporaneously with the determination of the prices of the majority of the portfolio securities used in such calculation. If an event that affects the value of a security occurs after the publication of market quotations used by a Fund to price its securities but before the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the Trust, in its discretion and consistent with applicable regulatory guidance, may determine whether to make an adjustment in light of the nature and significance of the event.

     The proceeds received by each Fund and each other series of the Trust from the issue or sale of its shares, and all net investment income, realized and unrealized gain and proceeds thereof, subject only to the rights of creditors, will be specifically allocated to such Fund or particular series and constitute the underlying assets of that Fund or series. The underlying assets of each Fund will be segregated on the books of account, and will be charged with the liabilities in respect of such Fund and with a share of the general liabilities of the Trust. Expenses of the Trust with respect to the Funds and the other series of the Trust are generally allocated in proportion to the net asset values of the respective Funds or series except where allocations of direct expenses can otherwise be fairly made.

TAXATION

     The following is a summary of the principal U.S. federal income, and certain state and local, tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares in the Funds. This summary does not address special tax rules applicable to certain classes of investors, such as tax-exempt entities, insurance companies and financial institutions. Each prospective shareholder is urged to consult his or her own tax adviser with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in the Funds. This summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this Additional Statement, which are subject to change.

General

     Each Fund is treated as a separate entity for tax purposes, has elected to be treated as a regulated investment company and intends to qualify for such treatment for each taxable year under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1 of the Code. To qualify as such, a Fund must satisfy certain requirements relating to the sources of its income, diversification of its assets and distribution of its income to shareholders. As a regulated investment company, a Fund will not be subject to federal income or excise tax on any net investment income and net realized capital gains that are distributed to its shareholders in accordance with certain timing requirements of the Code.

     There are certain tax requirements that all Funds must follow in order to avoid federal taxation. In their efforts to adhere to these requirements, the Funds may have to limit their investment activities in some types of instruments. Qualification as a regulated investment company under the Code requires, among other

B-99


Table of Contents

things, that (i) a Fund derive at least 90% of its gross income (including tax-exempt interest) for its taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stocks or securities, or foreign currencies or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies (the “90% gross income test”); and (ii) a Fund diversify its holdings so that, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the market value of its total (gross) assets is comprised of cash, cash items, U.S. Government Securities, securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of its total (gross) assets is invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government Securities and securities of other regulated investment companies) or two or more issuers controlled by a Fund and engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses.

     Future Treasury regulations could provide that qualifying income under the 90% gross income test will not include gains from foreign currency transactions that are not directly related to the principal business of Core Fixed Income Fund, Global Income Fund, High Yield Fund and Emerging Markets Debt Fund in investing in stock or securities or options and futures with respect to stock or securities. Using foreign currency positions or entering into foreign currency options, futures and forward contracts for purposes other than hedging currency risk with respect to securities in Core Fixed Income Fund, Global Income Fund, High Yield Fund and Emerging Markets Debt Fund or anticipated to be acquired may not qualify as “directly related” under these tests.

     As a regulated investment company, a Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders in any taxable year for which it distributes, in compliance with the Code’s timing and other requirements, at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (which includes dividends, taxable interest, taxable original issue discount income, market discount income, income from securities lending, net short-term capital gain in excess of net long-term capital loss, certain net realized foreign exchange gains, and any other taxable income other than “net capital gain” as defined below and is reduced by deductible expenses) and at least 90% of the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest income, if any, over certain disallowed deductions (“net tax-exempt interest”). A Fund may retain for investment its “net capital gain” (which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss). However, if a Fund retains any investment company taxable income or net capital gain, it will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained. If a Fund retains any net capital gain, that Fund may designate the retained amount as undistributed net capital gain in a notice to its shareholders who, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount; and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by that Fund against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will be increased by the amount of undistributed net capital gain included in the shareholder’s gross income and decreased by the federal income tax paid by the Fund on that amount of net capital gain. Each Fund intends to distribute for each taxable year to its shareholders all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (if any), net capital gain and any net tax-exempt interest. Exchange control or other foreign laws, regulations or practices may restrict repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of securities sales by foreign investors such as the Enhanced Income, Core Fixed Income Fund, Global Income Fund, High Yield Fund, and Emerging Markets Debt Fund and may therefore make it more difficult for these Funds to satisfy the distribution requirements described above, as well as the excise tax distribution requirements described below. However, these Funds generally expect to be able to obtain sufficient cash to satisfy such requirements from new investors, the sale of securities or other sources. If for any taxable year a Fund does not qualify as a regulated investment company, it will be taxed on all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain at corporate rates, its net tax-exempt interest (if any) may be subject to the

B-100


Table of Contents

alternative minimum tax, and its distributions to shareholders will be taxable as ordinary dividends to the extent of its current and accumulated earnings and profits.

     For federal income tax purposes, each Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss in any year to offset its own capital gains, if any, during the eight years following the year of the loss. On October 31, 2003 the Funds had the following amounts of capital loss carry forwards:

                 
            Years of
    Amount
  Expiration
Enhanced Income Fund
  $ 73,628,498       2009-2010  
Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund
    116,530,177       2004-2011  
Short Duration Government Fund
    9,409,373       2004-2011  
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
    2,041,070       2007-2008  
Government Income Fund
          N/A  
Municipal Income Fund
    5,786,169       2007-2011  
U.S. Mortgages Fund(1)
    N/A       N/A  
Core Fixed Income Fund
          N/A  
Investment Grade Credit Fund(1)
    N/A       N/A  
Global Income Fund
    59,488,201       2010-2011  
High Yield Municipal Fund
    13,066,247       2010-2011  
High Yield Fund
    183,235,006       2007-2011  
Emerging Markets Debt Fund(2)
          N/A  


(1)   U.S. Mortgages and Investment Grade Credit Funds commenced operations on November 3, 2003.
 
(2)   Emerging Markets Debt Fund commenced operations on August 29, 2003.

     These amounts are available to be carried forward to offset future capital gains to the extent permitted by the Code and applicable tax regulations.

     In order to avoid a 4% federal excise tax, each Fund must distribute or be deemed to have distributed by December 31 of each calendar year at least 98% of its taxable ordinary income for such year, at least 98% of the excess of its capital gains over its capital losses (generally computed on the basis of the one-year period ending on October 31 of such year) and 100% of any taxable ordinary income and the excess of capital gains over capital losses for the prior year that were not distributed during such year and on which the Fund did not pay federal income tax. The Funds anticipate that they will generally make timely distributions of income and capital gains in compliance with these requirements so that they will generally not be required to pay the excise tax.

     For federal income tax purposes, dividends declared by a Fund in October, November or December as of a record date in such a month that are actually paid in January of the following year will be treated as if they were received by shareholders on December 31 of the year declared.

     The Tax Exempt Funds may purchase Municipal Securities together with the right to resell the securities to the seller at an agreed-upon price or yield within a specified period prior to the maturity date of the securities. Such a right to resell is commonly known as a “put” and is also referred to as a “standby commitment.” The Tax Exempt Funds may pay for a standby commitment either separately, in cash, or in

B-101


Table of Contents

the form of a higher price for the securities that are acquired subject to the standby commitment, thus increasing the cost of securities and reducing the yield otherwise available. Additionally, the Tax Exempt Funds may purchase beneficial interests in Municipal Securities held by trusts, custodial arrangements or partnerships and/or combined with third-party puts and other types of features such as interest rate swaps; those investments may require the Fund to pay “tender fees” or other fees for the various features provided.

     The IRS has issued a revenue ruling to the effect that, under specified circumstances, a registered investment company will be the owner of tax-exempt municipal obligations acquired subject to a put option. The IRS has also issued private letter rulings to certain taxpayers (which do not serve as precedent for other taxpayers) to the effect that tax-exempt interest received by a regulated investment company with respect to such obligations will be tax-exempt in the hands of the company and may be distributed to its shareholders as exempt-interest dividends. The IRS has subsequently announced that it will not ordinarily issue advance ruling letters as to the identity of the true owner of property in cases involving the sale of securities or participation interests therein if the purchaser has the right to cause the security, or the participation interest therein, to be purchased by either the seller or a third party. Each of the Tax Exempt Funds intends to take the position that it is the owner of any municipal obligations acquired subject to a standby commitment or other third party put and that tax-exempt interest earned with respect to such municipal obligations will be tax-exempt in its hands. There is no assurance that the IRS will agree with such position in any particular case. Additionally, the federal income tax treatment of certain other aspects of these investments, including the treatment of tender fees paid by these Funds, in relation to various regulated investment company tax provisions is unclear.

     Gains and losses on the sale, lapse, or other termination of options and futures contracts, options thereon and certain forward contracts (except certain foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts) will generally be treated as capital gains and losses. Certain of the futures contracts, forward contracts and options held by a Fund will be required to be “marked-to-market” for federal income tax purposes, that is, treated as having been sold at their fair market value on the last day of the Fund’s taxable year. These provisions may require a Fund to recognize income or gains without a concurrent receipt of cash. Any gain or loss recognized on actual or deemed sales of these futures contracts, forward contracts or options will (except for certain foreign currency options, forward contracts, and futures contracts) be treated as 60% long-term capital gain or loss and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. As a result of certain hedging transactions entered into by a Fund, that Fund may be required to defer the recognition of losses on futures or forward contracts and options or underlying securities or foreign currencies to the extent of any unrecognized gains on related positions held by the Fund and the characterization of gains or losses as long-term or short-term may be changed. The tax provisions described above applicable to options, futures and forward contracts may affect the amount, timing, and character of a Fund’s distributions to shareholders. Certain tax elections may be available to the Funds to mitigate some of the unfavorable consequences described in this paragraph.

     Section 988 of the Code contains special tax rules applicable to certain foreign currency transactions and instruments that may affect the amount, timing and character of income, gain or loss recognized by Core Fixed Income Fund, Investment Grade Credit Fund, Global Income Fund, High Yield Fund, and Emerging Markets Debt Fund. Under these rules, foreign exchange gain or loss realized by these Funds with respect to foreign currencies and certain futures and options thereon, foreign currency-denominated debt instruments, foreign currency forward contracts, and foreign currency-denominated payables and receivables will generally be treated as ordinary income or loss, although in some cases elections may be available that would alter this treatment. If a net foreign exchange loss treated as ordinary loss under Section 988 of the Code were to exceed a Fund’s investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss) for a taxable year, the resulting loss would not be deductible by the Fund or its shareholders in future years. Net loss, if any, from certain foreign currency transactions or instruments could exceed net investment income otherwise calculated for accounting purposes with the result being either no dividends being paid or a portion

B-102


Table of Contents

of Core Fixed Income Fund’s, Investment Grade Credit Fund’s, Global Income Fund’s, High Yield Fund’s or Emerging Markets Debt Fund’s dividends being treated as a return of capital for tax purposes, nontaxable to the extent of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her shares and, once such basis is exhausted, generally giving rise to capital gains.

     Enhanced Income, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield, and Emerging Markets Debt Funds may be subject to foreign taxes on income (possibly including, in some cases, capital gains) from foreign securities. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. If more than 50% of Investment Grade Credit Fund’s, Global Income Fund’s or Emerging Markets Debt Fund’s total assets at the close of any taxable year consist of stock or securities of foreign corporations and it meets the distribution requirements described above, such Fund will generally qualify to file an election with the IRS pursuant to which shareholders of the Fund would be required to (i) include in ordinary gross income (in addition to taxable dividends actually received) their pro rata shares of foreign income taxes paid by the Fund that are treated as income taxes under U.S. tax regulations (which excludes, for example, stamp taxes, securities transaction taxes, and similar taxes) even though not actually received by such shareholders; and (ii) treat such respective pro rata portions as foreign income taxes paid by them. These Funds may or may not make this election for any particular taxable year. Enhanced Income, Core Fixed Income and High Yield Funds will not satisfy the 50% requirement described above and, therefore, will not make this election. Enhanced Income, Core Fixed Income and High Yield Funds and, if they do not make the election, Global Income, Emerging Markets Debt and Investment Grade Credit Fund will, however, be entitled to deduct such taxes in computing the amounts they are required to distribute.

     If Global Income Fund, Emerging Markets Debt Fund or Investment Grade Credit Fund make this election, their shareholders may then deduct such pro rata portions of qualified foreign taxes in computing their taxable incomes, or, alternatively, use them as foreign tax credits, subject to applicable limitations, against their U.S. federal income taxes. Shareholders who do not itemize deductions for federal income tax purposes will not, however, be able to deduct their pro rata portion of qualified foreign taxes paid by the Fund, although such shareholders will be required to include their shares of such taxes in gross income if these Funds makes the election referred to above.

     If a shareholder chooses to take a credit for the foreign taxes deemed paid by such shareholder as a result of any such election by Global Income, Emerging Markets Debt or Investment Grade Credit Fund, the amount of the credit that may be claimed in any year may not exceed the same proportion of the U.S. tax against which such credit is taken which the shareholder’s taxable income from foreign sources (but not in excess of the shareholder’s entire taxable income) bears to his or her entire taxable income. For this purpose, distributions from long-term and short-term capital gains or foreign currency gains by these will generally not be treated as income from foreign sources. This foreign tax credit limitation may also be applied separately to certain specific categories of foreign-source income and the related foreign taxes. As a result of these rules, which have different effects depending upon each shareholder’s particular tax situation, certain shareholders of Global Income, Emerging Markets or Investment Grade Credit Fund may not be able to claim a credit for the full amount of their proportionate shares of the foreign taxes paid by the Fund.

     Shareholders who are not liable for U.S. federal income taxes, including tax-exempt shareholders, will ordinarily not benefit from this election. Each year, if any, that Investment Grade Credit, Global Income or Emerging Markets Debt Fund files the election described above, its shareholders will be notified of the amount of (i) each shareholder’s pro rata share of qualified foreign income taxes paid by the Fund; and (ii) the portion of Fund dividends which represents income from each foreign country.

     If Enhanced Income, Core Fixed Income, Investment Grade Credit, Global Income, High Yield or Emerging Markets Debt Funds acquire stock (including, under proposed regulations, an option to acquire

B-103


Table of Contents

stock such as is inherent in a convertible bond) in certain foreign corporations (“passive foreign investment companies”) that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, rents, royalties or capital gain) or hold at least 50% of their assets in investments producing such passive income, the Fund could be subject to federal income tax and additional interest charges on “excess distributions” received from such companies or gain from the sale of such stock in such companies, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. The Fund would not be able to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for such a tax. Certain elections may, if available, ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but any such election would require the Fund to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash. Enhanced Income, Core Fixed Income, Global Income and High Yield Funds may limit and/or manage their holdings in passive foreign investment companies to minimize their tax liability or maximize their return from these investments.

     A Fund’s investment in zero coupon securities, deferred interest securities, capital appreciation bonds or other securities bearing original issue discount or, if a Fund elects to include market discount in income currently, market discount, as well as any “mark-to-market” gain from certain options, futures or forward contracts, as described above, will generally cause it to realize income or gain prior to the receipt of cash payments with respect to these securities or contracts. In order to obtain cash to enable it to distribute this income or gain, maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid federal income or excise taxes, a Fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold.

     Investment in lower-rated securities may present special tax issues for a Fund to the extent actual or anticipated defaults may be more likely with respect to such securities. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when a Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount, or market discount; when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities; how payment received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income; and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by a Fund, if it invests in such securities, in order to seek to eliminate or minimize any adverse tax consequences.

     The federal income tax rules applicable to mortgage dollar rolls and interest rate, currency and total return swaps, options on swaps, floors, caps and collars are unclear in certain respects, and a Fund may also be required to account for these instruments under tax rules in a manner that, under certain circumstances, may limit its transactions in these instruments.

     Taxable U.S. Shareholders – Distributions

     Tax Exempt Funds. Each Tax Exempt Fund expects to qualify to pay “exempt-interest dividends,” as defined in the Code. To qualify to pay exempt-interest dividends, the applicable Fund must, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, have at least 50% of the value of its total assets invested in Municipal Securities whose interest is excluded from gross income under Section 103(a) of the Code. In purchasing Municipal Securities, each Tax Exempt Fund intends to rely on opinions of bond counsel or counsel to the issuers for each issue as to the excludability of interest on such obligations from gross income for federal income tax purposes. A Tax Exempt Fund will not undertake independent investigations concerning the tax-exempt status of such obligations, nor does it guarantee or represent that bond counsels’ opinions are correct. Bond counsels’ opinions will generally be based in part upon covenants by the issuers and related parties regarding continuing compliance with federal tax requirements. Tax laws not only limit the purposes for which tax-exempt bonds may be issued and the supply of such bonds, but also contain numerous and complex requirements that must be satisfied on a continuing basis in order for bonds to be and remain tax-exempt. If the issuer of a bond or a user of a bond-financed facility fails to comply with such requirements at any time, interest on the bond could become taxable, retroactive to the date the obligation was issued. In that event, a portion of a Tax Exempt Fund’s distributions attributable to interest the Fund received on such bond

B-104


Table of Contents

for the current year and for prior years could be characterized or recharacterized as taxable income. The availability of tax-exempt obligations and the value of a Tax Exempt Fund’s portfolio may be affected by restrictive federal income tax legislation enacted in recent years or by similar, future legislation. If a Tax Exempt Fund satisfies the applicable requirements, dividends paid by the Fund which are attributable to tax exempt interest on Municipal Securities and designated by the Fund as exempt-interest dividends in a written notice mailed to its shareholders within 60 days after the close of its taxable year may be treated by shareholders as items of interest excludable from their gross income under Section 103(a) of the Code. Exempt-interest dividends a Tax Exempt Fund receives from other regulated investment companies, including exempt-interest dividends on auction rate preferred securities of such companies held by a Fund, are treated as interest on Municipal Securities and may be distributed by a Tax Exempt Fund as exempt-interest dividends. The recipient of tax-exempt income is required to report such income on his or her federal income tax return. The Code provides that interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry shares of a Tax Exempt Fund is not deductible to the extent attributable to exempt-interest dividends.

     Although all or a substantial portion of the dividends paid by a Tax Exempt Fund may be excluded by shareholders of such Fund from their gross income for federal income tax purposes, each Tax Exempt Fund may purchase private activity bonds, the interest from which (including a Fund’s distributions attributable to such interest) may be a preference item for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax (both individual and corporate). All exempt-interest dividends from a Tax Exempt Fund, whether or not attributable to private activity bond interest, may increase a corporate shareholder’s liability, if any, for corporate alternative minimum tax, and will be taken into account in determining the extent to which a shareholder’s Social Security or certain railroad retirement benefits are taxable.

     The Tax Exempt Funds are not intended to constitute a balanced investment program and are not designed for investors seeking capital appreciation or maximum tax-exempt income irrespective of fluctuations in principal. Shares of the Tax Exempt Funds would not be suitable for tax-exempt institutions and may not be suitable for retirement plans qualified under Section 401 of the Code, H.R. 10 plans and individual retirement accounts since such plans and accounts are generally tax-exempt and, therefore, would not gain any additional benefit from the Funds’ dividends being tax-exempt. In addition, the Tax Exempt Funds may not be an appropriate investment for persons or entities that are “substantial users” of facilities financed by private activity bonds or “related persons” thereof. “Substantial user” is defined under U.S. Treasury Regulations to include a non-exempt person which regularly uses a part of such facilities in its trade or business and whose gross revenues derived with respect to the facilities financed by the issuance of bonds are more than 5% of the total revenues derived by all users of such facilities, which occupies more than 5% of the usable area of such facilities or for which such facilities or a part thereof were specifically constructed, reconstructed or acquired. “Related persons” include certain related natural persons, affiliated corporations, partnerships and its partners and an S corporation and its shareholders. A shareholder is advised to consult his or her tax adviser with respect to whether exempt-interest dividends retain the exclusion under Section 103(a) if such shareholder would be treated as a “substantial user” under Section 147(a)(1) with respect to some or all of the tax-exempt obligations held by a Tax Exempt Fund.

     All Funds. Distributions from investment company taxable income, whether reinvested in additional shares or paid in cash, as defined above, are generally taxable to shareholders who are subject to tax as ordinary income whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. However, distributions to noncorporate shareholders attributable to dividends received by the Funds from U.S. and certain foreign corporations after December 31, 2002 will generally be taxed at the long-term capital gain rate (described below), as long as certain other requirements are met. For these lower rates to apply, the noncorporate shareholders must have owned their Fund shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Fund’s ex-dividend date. Taxable distributions include distributions from any Fund, including the Tax Exempt Funds, that are attributable to (i) taxable income, including but not limited to dividends, taxable bond interest, recognized market discount income, original issue discount income accrued

B-105


Table of Contents

with respect to taxable bonds, income from repurchase agreements, income from securities lending, income from dollar rolls, income from interest rate, currency, total return swaps, options on swaps, caps, floors and collars, and a portion of the discount from certain stripped tax-exempt obligations or their coupons; or (ii) capital gains from the sale of securities or other investments (including from the disposition of rights to when-issued securities prior to issuance) or from options, futures or certain forward contracts. Any portion of such taxable distributions that is attributable to a Fund’s net capital gain, as defined above, may be designated by the Fund as a “capital gain dividend,” taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain whether received in cash or additional shares and regardless of the length of time their shares of a Fund have been held.

     It is expected that distributions made by the Funds will ordinarily not qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporations because qualifying distributions may be made only from a Fund’s dividend income that it receives from stock in U.S. domestic corporations. The Funds do not intend to purchase stock of domestic corporations other than in limited instances, distributions from which may in rare cases qualify as dividends for this purpose. The dividends-received deduction, if available, is reduced to the extent the shares with respect to which the dividends are received are treated as debt-financed under the federal income tax law and is eliminated if the shares are deemed to have been held for less than a minimum period, generally 46 days. Receipt of certain distributions qualifying for the deduction may result in reduction of the tax basis of the corporate shareholder’s shares and may give rise to or increase its liability for federal corporate alternative minimum tax.

     Distributions in excess of a Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, as computed for federal income tax purposes, will first reduce a shareholder’s basis in his or her shares and, after the shareholder’s basis is reduced to zero, will generally constitute capital gains to a shareholder who holds his or her shares as capital assets.

     Shareholders receiving a distribution in the form of newly issued shares will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of cash that they would have received had they elected to receive cash and will have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount.

     After the close of each calendar year, each Fund will inform shareholders of the federal income tax status of its dividends and distributions for such year, including the portion of such dividends, if any, that qualifies as tax-exempt or as capital gain, the portion, if any, that should be treated as a tax preference item for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax and the foreign tax credits, if any, associated with such dividends. Shareholders who have not held shares of a Tax Exempt Fund for such Fund’s full taxable year may have designated as tax-exempt or as a tax preference item a percentage of distributions which is not equal to the actual amount of tax-exempt income or tax preference item income earned by the Fund during the period of their investment in the Fund.

     All distributions, whether received in shares or in cash, as well as redemptions and exchanges, must be reported by each shareholder who is required to file a U.S. federal income tax return.

     Different tax treatment, including penalties on certain excess contributions and deferrals, certain pre-retirement and post-retirement distributions, and certain prohibited transactions is accorded to accounts maintained as qualified retirement plans. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers for more information.

Taxable U.S. Shareholders — Sale of Shares

     When a shareholder’s shares are sold, redeemed or otherwise disposed of in a transaction that is treated as a sale for tax purposes, the shareholder will generally recognize gain or loss equal to the difference

B-106


Table of Contents

between the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares and the cash, or fair market value of any property, received. (To aid in computing its tax basis, a shareholder should generally retain its account statements for the period that it held shares.) If the shareholder holds the shares as a capital asset at the time of sale, the character of the gain or loss should be capital, and treated as long-term if the shareholder’s holding period is more than one year, and short-term otherwise, subject to the rules described below. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers with reference to their particular circumstances to determine whether a redemption (including an exchange) or other disposition of Fund shares is properly treated as a sale for tax purposes, as is assumed in this discussion. All or a portion of a sales charge paid in purchasing Class A shares of a Fund cannot be taken into account for purposes of determining gain or loss on the redemption or exchange of such shares within 90 days after their purchase to the extent shares of that Fund or another fund are subsequently acquired without payment of a sales charge pursuant to the reinvestment or exchange privilege. Any disregarded portion of such charge will result in an increase in the shareholder’s tax basis in the shares subsequently acquired. If a shareholder received a capital gain dividend with respect to shares and such shares have a tax holding period of six months or less at the time of the sale or redemption, then any loss the shareholder realizes on the sale or redemption will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of such capital gain dividend. Also, any losses realized by shareholders who dispose of shares of the Tax-Exempt Funds with a tax holding period of six months or less are disallowed to the extent of any exempt-interest dividends received with respect to such shares. Additionally, any loss realized on a sale or redemption of shares of a Fund may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of the same Fund within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of the Fund. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an adjustment to the basis of the shares acquired.

Backup Withholding

     Each Fund will be required to report to the IRS all taxable distributions, as well as gross proceeds from the redemption or exchange of Fund shares, except in the case of certain exempt recipients, i.e., corporations and certain other investors distributions to which are exempt from the information reporting provisions of the Code. Under the backup withholding provisions of Code Section 3406 and applicable Treasury regulations, all such reportable distributions and proceeds may be subject to backup withholding of federal income tax at the specified rate of 28% in the case of non-exempt shareholders who fail to furnish the Funds with their correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) and with certain required certifications or if the IRS or a broker notifies the Funds that the number furnished by the shareholder is incorrect or that the shareholder is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report interest or dividend income. However, any taxable distributions from a Tax-Exempt Fund will not be subject to backup withholding if the applicable Fund reasonably estimates that at least 95% of its distributions will be exempt-interest dividends. A Fund may refuse to accept an application that does not contain any required taxpayer identification number or certification that the number provided is correct. If the backup withholding provisions are applicable, any such distributions and proceeds, whether taken in cash or reinvested in shares, will be reduced by the amounts required to be withheld. Any amounts withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. If a shareholder does not have a TIN, it should apply for one immediately by contacting the local office of the Social Security Administration or the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). Backup withholding could apply to payments relating to a shareholder’s account while it is waiting receipt of a TIN. Special rules apply for certain entities. For example, for an account established under a Uniform Gifts or Transfers to Minors Act, the TIN of the minor should be furnished. Investors should consult their tax advisers about the applicability of the backup withholding provisions.

Non-U.S. Shareholders

     The foregoing discussion relates solely to U.S. federal income tax law as it applies to “U.S. persons” (i.e., U.S. citizens and residents and U.S. domestic corporations, partnerships, trusts and estates) subject to tax

B-107


Table of Contents

under such law. Dividends from investment company taxable income distributed by a Fund to a shareholder who is not a U.S. person will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or a lower rate provided by an applicable tax treaty) unless the dividends are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the shareholder, in which case the dividends will be subject to tax on a net income basis at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. individuals or domestic corporations. Distributions of net capital gain, including amounts retained by a Fund which are designated as undistributed capital gains, to a shareholder who is not a U.S. person will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless the distributions are effectively connected with the shareholder’s trade or business in the United States or, in the case of a shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual, the shareholder is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met. Non-U.S. shareholders may also be subject to U.S. withholding tax on deemed income resulting from any election by Investment Grade Credit Fund, Global Income Fund or Emerging Markets Debt Fund to treat qualified foreign taxes it pays as passed through to shareholders (as described above), but they may not be able to claim a U.S. tax credit or deduction with respect to such taxes.

     Any capital gain realized by a shareholder who is not a U.S. person upon a sale or redemption of shares of a Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless the gain is effectively connected with the shareholder’s trade or business in the United States, or in the case of a shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual, the shareholder is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met.

     Non-U.S. persons who fail to furnish a Fund with the proper IRS Form W-8 (i.e., W-8 BEN, W-8 ECI, W-8 IMY or W-8 EXP) or an acceptable substitute may be subject to backup withholding at the specified rate of 28% on dividends (including on capital gain dividends) and the proceeds of redemptions and exchanges. Also, non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to estate tax. Each shareholder who is not a U.S. person should consult his or her tax adviser regarding the U.S. and non-U.S. tax consequences of ownership of shares of and receipt of distributions from a Fund.

State and Local Taxes

     A Fund may be subject to state or local taxes in certain jurisdictions in which the Fund may be deemed to be doing business. A state income (and possibly local income and/or intangible property) tax exemption is generally available to the extent (if any) a Fund’s distributions are derived from interest on (or, in the case of intangible property taxes, the value of its assets is attributable to) certain U.S. Government obligations and/or tax-exempt municipal obligations issued by or on behalf of the particular state or a political subdivision thereof, provided in some states that certain thresholds for holdings of such obligations and/or reporting requirements are satisfied. In addition, in those states or localities which have income tax laws, the treatment of a Fund and its shareholders under such laws may differ from their treatment under federal income tax laws, and investment in a Fund may have tax consequences for shareholders different from those of a direct investment in such Fund’s portfolio securities. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers concerning these matters.

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

     Each Fund may from time to time quote or otherwise use yield and total return information in advertisements, shareholder reports or sales literature. Thirty-day yield and average annual total return values are computed pursuant to formulas specified by the SEC. Each Fund may also from time to time quote distribution rates in reports to shareholders and in sales literature.

     Thirty-day yield is derived by dividing net investment income earned during the period by the product of the average daily number of shares outstanding and entitled to receive dividends during the period

B-108


Table of Contents

and the maximum public offering price per share on the last day of such period. Yield is then annualized by assuming that yield is realized each month for 12 months and is reinvested every six months. Net investment income per share is equal to the dividends and interest earned during the period, reduced by accrued expenses for the period. The calculation of net investment income for these purposes may differ from the net investment income determined for accounting purposes.

     Tax equivalent yield represents the yield an investor would have to earn to equal, after taxes, a Tax Exempt Fund’s tax-free yield. Tax equivalent yield is calculated by dividing a Tax Exempt Fund’s tax-exempt yield by one minus a stated federal and/or state tax rate.

     Distribution rate for a specified period is calculated by annualizing distributions of net investment income for such period and dividing this amount by the net asset value per share or maximum public offering price on the last day of the period.

     Average annual total return (Before Taxes) for a specified period is derived by calculating the actual dollar amount of the investment return on a $1,000 investment made at the maximum public offering price applicable to the relevant class at the beginning of the period, and then calculating the annual compounded rate of return which would produce that amount, assuming a redemption at the end of the period. This calculation assumes a complete redemption of the investment. It also assumes that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value on the reinvestment dates during the period.

     Average annual total return (After Taxes on Distributions) for a specified period is derived by calculating the actual dollar amount of the investment return on a $1,000 investment made at the maximum public offering price applicable to the relevant class at the beginning of the period, and then calculating the annual compounded rate of return (after federal income taxes on distributions but not redemptions) which would produce that amount, assuming a redemption at the end of the period. This calculation assumes a complete redemption of the investment but further assumes that the redemption has no federal income tax consequences. This calculation also assumes that all dividends and distributions, less the federal income taxes due on such distributions, are reinvested at net asset value on the reinvestment dates during the period. In calculating the impact of federal income taxes due on distributions, the federal income taxes rates used correspond to the tax character of each component of the distributions (e.g., ordinary income rate for ordinary income distributions, short-term capital gain rate for short-term capital gain distributions and long-term capital gain rate for long-term capital gain distributions). The highest individual marginal federal income tax rate in effect on the reinvestment date is applied to each component of the distributions on the reinvestment date. These tax rates may vary over the measurement period. The effect of applicable tax credits, such as the foreign tax credit, is also taken into account in accordance with federal tax law. The calculation disregards (i) the effect of phase-outs of certain exemptions, deductions and credits at various income levels, (ii) the impact of the federal alternative minimum tax, and (iii) the potential tax liabilities other than federal tax liabilities (e.g., state and local taxes).

     Average annual total return (After Taxes on Distributions and Redemptions) for a specified period is derived by calculating the actual dollar amount of the investment return on a $1,000 investment made at the maximum public offering price applicable to the relevant class at the beginning of the period, and then calculating the annual compounded rate of return (after federal income taxes on distributions and redemptions) which would produce that amount, assuming a redemption at the end of the period. This calculation assumes a complete redemption of the investment. This calculation also assumes that all dividends and distributions, less the federal income taxes due on such distributions, are reinvested at net asset value on the reinvestment dates during the period. In calculating the federal income taxes due on distributions, the federal income tax rates used correspond to the tax character of each component of the distributions (e.g., ordinary income rate for ordinary income distributions, short-term capital gain rate for short-term capital gain distributions and long-term capital gain rate for long-term capital gain distributions).

B-109


Table of Contents

The highest individual marginal federal income tax rate in effect on the reinvestment date is applied to each component of the distributions on the reinvestment date. These tax rates may vary over the measurement period. The effect of applicable tax credits, such as the foreign tax credit, is taken into account in accordance with federal tax law. The calculation disregards the (i) effect of phase-outs of certain exemptions, deductions and credits at various income levels, (ii) the impact of the federal alternative minimum tax, and (iii) the potential tax liabilities other than federal tax liabilities (e.g., state and local taxes). In calculating the federal income taxes due on redemptions, capital gains taxes resulting from a redemption are subtracted from the redemption proceeds and the tax benefits from capital losses resulting from the redemption are added to the redemption proceeds. The highest federal individual capital gains tax rate in effect on the redemption date is used in such calculation. The federal income tax rates used correspond to the tax character of any gains or losses (e.g., short-term or long-term). When the return after taxes on distributions and redemption of shares is higher than returns after taxes on distributions, it is because of realized losses. If realized losses occur upon the sale of shares, capital loss is recorded as a tax benefit which increases returns.

     Year-by-year total return and cumulative total return for a specified period are each derived by calculating the percentage rate required to make a $1,000 investment (made at the maximum public offering price per share with all distributions reinvested) at the beginning of such period equal to the actual total value of such investment at the end of such period.

     Total return calculations for Class A Shares reflect the effect of paying the maximum initial sales charge. Investment at a lower sales charge would result in higher performance figures. Total return calculations for Class B and Class C Shares reflect deduction of the applicable CDSC imposed upon redemption of Class B and Class C Shares held for the applicable period. Each Fund may also from time to time advertise total return on a cumulative, average, year-by-year or other basis for various specified periods by means of quotations, charts, graphs or schedules. In addition, each Fund may furnish total return calculations based on investments at various sales charge levels or at net asset value. Any performance information which is based on a Fund’s net asset value per share would be reduced if any applicable sales charge were taken into account. In addition to the above, each Fund may from time to time advertise its performance relative to certain averages, performance rankings, indices, other information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services and investments for which reliable performance information is available. A Fund’s performance quotations do not reflect any fees charged by an Authorized Dealer, Service Organization or other financial intermediary to its customer accounts in connection with investments in the Fund.

     The following table presents 30-day yield, tax equivalent yield (Short Duration Tax-Free, Municipal Income and High Yield Municipal Funds only), distribution rate and average annual total return (capital plus reinvestment of all distributions) (Before Taxes) for each class of shares outstanding for the periods indicated.

     Thirty-day yield, tax equivalent yield (Short Duration Tax-Free, Municipal Income and High Yield Municipal Funds only), distribution rate and average annual total return are calculated separately for each class of shares in existence of each Fund. Each class of shares of each Fund is subject to different fees and expenses and may have different returns for the same period. Any performance data for Class A, Class B or Class C Shares which is based upon a Fund’s net asset value per share would be reduced if a sales charge were taken into account.

     The average annual total return calculation reflects a maximum initial sales charge of 1.5% for Class A Shares of Enhanced Income Fund and Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund; 2.0% for Class A Shares of Short Duration Government and Short Duration Tax-Free Funds; and 4.5% for Class A Shares of Government Income, Municipal Income, Core Fixed Income, Global Income, High Yield Municipal, High Yield, Emerging Markets Debt, U.S. Mortgages and Investment Grade Credit Funds; the assumed deferred sales charge for Class B Shares (2% maximum declining to 0% after three years for the Short Duration

B-110


Table of Contents

Government and Short Duration Tax-Free Funds and 5% maximum declining to 0% after six years for the Government Income, Municipal Income, Core Fixed Income, Global Income, High Yield Municipal and High Yield Funds); and the assumed deferred sales charge for Class C Shares (1% if redeemed within 12 months of purchase).

     The Service Shares of Global Income Fund commenced operations on March 12, 1997; the Service Shares of Government Income and Municipal Income Funds commenced operations on August 15, 1997. The Service Shares of these Funds had no operating or performance history prior thereto. However, in accordance with interpretive positions expressed by the staff of the SEC, each of these Funds has adopted the performance records of its respective Class A Shares from that Class’s inception date (August 2, 1991, February 10, 1993 and July 20, 1993, respectively) to the inception dates of the Service Shares stated above. Quotations of performance data of these Funds relating to this period include the performance record of the applicable Class A Shares (excluding the impact of any applicable front-end sales charge). The performance records of the applicable Class A Shares reflect the expenses actually incurred by the Fund. These expenses include any asset-based sales charges (i.e., fees under distribution and service plans) imposed and other operating expenses. The difference in fees between Service Shares and Class A Shares may impact performance ratings and rankings for a class of shares. Total return quotations are calculated pursuant to SEC-approved methodology. The table set forth below indicates the total return (capital changes plus investment of all distributions) on a hypothetical investment of $1,000 in each of the Funds (other than the U.S. Mortgages and Investment Grade Credit Fund, which had not commenced operation as of October 31, 2003) for the periods indicated.

     The High Yield Municipal Fund, Enhanced Income Fund, Emerging Markets Debt Fund, U.S. Mortgages Fund and Investment Grade Credit Fund commenced operations on April 3, 2000, August 2, 2000, August 29, 2003, November 3, 2003 and November 3, 2003, respectively. No performance information is included below for the U.S. Mortgages Fund and Investment Grade Credit Fund which commenced operation after October 31, 2003.

B-111


Table of Contents

YIELD

                 
    Investment Period
    30-Days Ended 10/31/03
    SEC 30-Day   Pro-Forma
Fund
  Yield
  Yield(1)
Enhanced Income Fund
               
Class A Shares (assumes 1.5% sales charge)
    2.16 %     2.09 %
Institutional Shares
    2.59 %     2.52 %
Administration Shares
    2.34 %     2.25 %
Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund
               
Class A Shares (assumes 1.5% sales charge)
    1.78 %     1.78 %
Institutional Shares
    2.20 %     2.20 %
Service Shares
    1.70 %     1.70 %
Short Duration Government Fund
               
Class A Shares (assumes 2.0% sales charge)
    2.18 %     2.13 %
Class B Shares
    1.63 %     1.43 %
Class C Shares
    1.48 %     1.43 %
Institutional Shares
    2.63 %     2.57 %
Service Shares
    2.12 %     2.07 %
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
               
Class A Shares (assumes 2.0% sales charge)
    1.62 %     1.47 %
Class B Shares
    1.06 %     0.76 %
Class C Shares
    0.91 %     0.76 %
Institutional Shares
    2.05 %     1.90 %
Service Shares
    1.56 %     1.40 %
Government Income Fund
               
Class A Shares (assumes 4.5% sales charge)
    2.41 %     2.21 %
Class B Shares
    1.77 %     1.57 %
Class C Shares
    1.77 %     1.56 %
Institutional Shares
    2.91 %     2.71 %
Service Shares
    2.41 %     2.21 %

B-112


Table of Contents

YIELD

                 
    Investment Period
    30-Days Ended 10/31/03
    SEC 30-Day   Pro-Forma
Fund
  Yield
  Yield(1)
Municipal Income Fund
               
Class A Shares (assumes 4.5% sales charge)
    3.76 %     3.52 %
Class B Shares
    3.19 %     2.94 %
Class C Shares
    3.19 %     2.94 %
Institutional Shares
    4.34 %     4.09 %
Service Shares
    3.84 %     3.59 %
Core Fixed Income
               
Class A Shares (assumes 4.5% sales charge)
    2.65 %     2.65 %
Class B Shares
    2.02 %     2.02 %
Class C Shares
    2.03 %     2.03 %
Institutional Shares
    3.17 %     3.17 %
Service Shares
    2.67 %     2.67 %
Global Income Fund
               
Class A Shares (assumes 4.5% sales charge)
    2.02 %     1.71 %
Class B Shares
    1.61 %     1.29 %
Class C Shares
    1.61 %     1.29 %
Institutional Shares
    2.76 %     2.45 %
Service Shares
    2.26 %     1.94 %
High Yield Municipal Fund
               
Class A Shares (assumes 4.5% sales charge)
    4.91 %     4.88 %
Class B Shares
    4.39 %     4.36 %
Class C Shares
    4.39 %     4.36 %
Institutional Shares
    5.54 %     5.51 %
High Yield Fund
               
Class A Shares (assumes 4.5% sales charge)
    7.40 %     7.37 %
Class B Shares
    7.00 %     6.96 %
Class C Shares
    7.00 %     6.96 %
Institutional Shares
    8.16 %     8.12 %
Service Shares
    7.66 %     7.62 %
Emerging Markets Debt Fund
               
Class A Shares (assumes 4.5% sales charge)
    5.58 %     2.90 %
Institutional Shares
    6.19 %     3.76 %

B-113


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTION RATE

                 
    Investment Period
    30-Days Ended 10/31/03
            Pro-Forma
    30-Day   Distribution
Fund
  Distribution Rate
  Rate(1)
Enhanced Income Fund
               
Class A Shares (assumes no sales charge)
    2.68 %     2.60 %
Institutional Shares
    3.08 %     3.00 %
Administration Shares
    2.83 %     2.73 %
Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund
               
Class A Shares (assumes no sales charge)
    3.06 %     3.06 %
Institutional Shares
    3.45 %     3.45 %
Service Shares
    2.94 %     2.94 %
Short Duration Government Fund
               
Class A Shares (assumes no sales charge)
    3.04 %     2.99 %
Class B Shares
    2.45 %     2.25 %
Class C Shares
    2.31 %     2.26 %
Institutional Shares
    3.45 %     3.40 %
Service Shares
    2.95 %     2.90 %
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
               
Class A Shares (assumes no sales charge)
    1.22 %     1.06 %
Class B Shares
    0.62 %     0.31 %
Class C Shares
    0.47 %     0.31 %
Institutional Shares
    1.62 %     1.46 %
Service Shares
    1.12 %     0.96 %
Government Income Fund
               
Class A Shares (assumes no sales charge)
    3.04 %     2.84 %
Class B Shares
    2.29 %     2.08 %
Class C Shares
    2.29 %     2.09 %
Institutional Shares
    3.45 %     3.24 %
Service Shares
    2.95 %     2.74 %

B-114


Table of Contents

                 
    Investment Period
    30-Days Ended 10/31/03
            Pro-Forma
    30-Day   Distribution
Fund
  Distribution Rate
  Rate(1)
Municipal Income Fund
               
Class A Shares (assumes no sales charge)
    3.90 %     3.65 %
Class B Shares
    3.15 %     2.90 %
Class C Shares
    3.15 %     2.90 %
Institutional Shares
    4.30 %     4.05 %
Service Shares
    3.78 %     3.53 %
Core Fixed Income
               
Class A Shares (assumes no sales charge)
    4.54 %     4.54 %
Class B Shares
    3.77 %     3.77 %
Class C Shares
    3.77 %     3.77 %
Institutional Shares
    4.93 %     4.93 %
Service Shares
    4.43 %     4.43 %
Global Income Fund
               
Class A Shares (assumes no sales charge)
    5.32 %     5.01 %
Class B Shares
    4.84 %     4.53 %
Class C Shares
    4.84 %     4.53 %
Institutional Shares
    5.98 %     5.67 %
Service Shares
    5.49 %     5.18 %
High Yield Municipal Fund
               
Class A Shares (assumes no sales charge)
    4.79 %     4.76 %
Class B Shares
    4.05 %     4.02 %
Class C Shares
    4.05 %     4.02 %
Institutional Shares
    5.19 %     5.16 %
High Yield Fund
               
Class A Shares (assumes no sales charge)
    8.22 %     8.19 %
Class B Shares
    7.47 %     7.43 %
Class C Shares
    7.48 %     7.44 %
Institutional Shares
    8.60 %     8.56 %
Service Shares
    8.11 %     8.08 %
Emerging Markets Debt Fund
               
Class A Shares (assumes no sales charge)
    5.95 %     3.27 %
Institutional Shares
    6.34 %     3.91 %


(1)   U.S. Mortgages Fund and Investment Grade Credit Fund commenced operations on November 3, 2003.

B-115


Table of Contents

TAX-EQUIVALENT YIELD(2)

                 
    Investment Period
    30-Days Ended 10/31/03
            Pro-Forma
    Tax-Equivalent   Tax-Equivalent
Fund
  Yield
  Yield(1)
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund(2)
               
Class A Shares
(assumes no sales charge)
    2.55 %     2.31 %
Class B Shares
    1.63 %     1.16 %
Class C Shares
    1.40 %     1.17 %
Institutional Shares
    3.16 %     2.92 %
Service Shares
    2.40 %     2.16 %
Municipal Income Fund(2)
               
Class A Shares
(assumes no sales charge)
    6.05 %     5.67 %
Class B Shares
    4.90 %     4.53 %
Class C Shares
    4.90 %     4.52 %
Institutional Shares
    6.67 %     6.29 %
Service Shares
    5.90 %     5.52 %
High Yield Municipal Fund(2)
               
Class A Shares
(assumes no sales charge)
    7.91 %     7.86 %
Class B Shares
    6.76 %     6.71 %
Class C Shares
    6.75 %     6.71 %
Institutional Shares
    8.55 %     8.48 %


(1)   Yield, distribution rate and tax equivalent yield if the applicable Investment Adviser had not voluntarily agreed to limit its advisory fees and to maintain expenses at a specified level.
 
(2)   The tax-equivalent rate of Short Duration Tax-Free Fund, Municipal Income Fund and High Yield Municipal Fund is computed based on the 35.0% federal income tax rate.

                    The above tables should not be considered a representation of future performance.

B-116


Table of Contents

VALUE OF $1,000 INVESTMENT

(TOTAL RETURN) (Before Taxes)

                                         
                            Assuming No Voluntary
                            Waiver of Fees and No
                            Expense Reimbursements
            Assumes           Assumes    
            Maximum           Maximum    
            Applicable   Assumes   Applicable   Assumes
            Sales   No Sales   Sales   No Sales
Fund
  Class
  Time Period
  Charge*
  Charge
  Charge*
  Charge
Enhanced Income Fund
  A   8/2/00-10/31/03 - Since inception     3.81 %     4.29 %     3.64 %     4.11 %
Enhanced Income Fund
  A   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     0.29 %     1.77 %     0.22 %     1.71 %
Enhanced Income Fund
  Institutional   8/2/00-10/31/03 - Since inception     N/A       4.67 %     N/A       4.50 %
Enhanced Income Fund
  Institutional   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     N/A       2.18 %     N/A       2.12 %
Enhanced Income Fund
  Administration   8/2/00-10/31/03 - Since inception     N/A       4.43 %     N/A       4.26 %
Enhanced Income Fund
  Administration   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     N/A       1.93 %     N/A       1.86 %
Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund
  A   5/15/95-10/31/03 - Since inception     4.69 %     4.88 %     4.54 %     4.74 %
Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund
  A   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     4.04 %     4.36 %     4.00 %     4.32 %
Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund
  A   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     -0.15 %     1.40 %     -0.15 %     1.40 %
Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund
  Institutional   7/17/91-10/31/03 - Since inception     N/A       5.11 %     N/A       5.04 %
Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund
  Institutional   11/1/93-10/31/03 - Ten years     N/A       5.01 %     N/A       4.96 %
Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund
  Institutional   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     N/A       4.77 %     N/A       4.74 %
Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund
  Institutional   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     N/A       1.69 %     N/A       1.69 %
Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund
  Service   3/27/97-10/31/03 - Since inception     N/A       4.36 %     N/A       4.33 %
Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund
  Service   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     N/A       4.28 %     N/A       4.24 %
Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund
  Service   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     N/A       1.29 %     N/A       1.29 %

B-117


Table of Contents

                                         
                            Assuming No Voluntary
                            Waiver of Fees and No
                            Expense Reimbursements
            Assumes           Assumes    
            Maximum           Maximum    
            Applicable   Assumes   Applicable   Assumes
            Sales   No Sales   Sales   No Sales
Fund
  Class
  Time Period
  Charge*
  Charge
  Charge*
  Charge
Short Duration Government Fund
  A   5/1/97-10/31/03 - Since inception     5.40 %     5.72 %     5.15 %     5.48 %
Short Duration Government Fund
  A   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     4.91 %     5.33 %     4.78 %     5.20 %
Short Duration Government Fund
  A   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     0.04 %     2.11 %     -0.03 %     2.05 %
Short Duration Government Fund
  B   5/1/97-10/31/03 - Since inception     5.09 %     5.09 %     4.76 %     4.76 %
Short Duration Government Fund
  B   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     4.70 %     4.70 %     4.44 %     4.44 %
Short Duration Government Fund
  B   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     -0.62 %     1.41 %     -0.68 %     1.34 %
Short Duration Government Fund
  C   8/15/97-10/31/03 - Since inception     4.74 %     4.74 %     4.56 %     4.56 %
Short Duration Government Fund
  C   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     4.51 %     4.51 %     4.37 %     4.37 %
Short Duration Government Fund
  C   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     0.25 %     1.26 %     0.19 %     1.20 %
Short Duration Government Fund
  Institutional   8/15/88-10/31/03 - Since inception     N/A       6.70 %     N/A       6.39 %
Short Duration Government Fund
  Institutional   11/1/93-10/31/03 - Ten years     N/A       5.89 %     N/A       5.68 %
Short Duration Government Fund
  Institutional   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     N/A       5.72 %     N/A       5.58 %
Short Duration Government Fund
  Institutional   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     N/A       2.43 %     N/A       2.36 %
Short Duration Government Fund
  Service   4/10/96-10/31/03 - Since inception     N/A       5.70 %     N/A       5.50 %
Short Duration Government Fund
  Service   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     N/A       5.20 %     N/A       5.06 %
Short Duration Government Fund
  Service   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     N/A       1.92 %     N/A       1.85 %
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
  A   5/1/97-10/31/03 - Since inception     3.80 %     4.12 %     3.33 %     3.65 %
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
  A   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     3.26 %     3.68 %     2.96 %     3.38 %

B-118


Table of Contents

                                         
                            Assuming No Voluntary
                            Waiver of Fees and No
                            Expense Reimbursements
            Assumes           Assumes    
            Maximum           Maximum    
            Applicable   Assumes   Applicable   Assumes
            Sales   No Sales   Sales   No Sales
Fund
  Class
  Time Period
  Charge*
  Charge
  Charge*
  Charge
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
  A   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     0.58 %     2.62 %     0.46 %     2.50 %
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
  B   5/1/97-10/31/03 - Since inception     3.49 %     3.49 %     2.91 %     2.91 %
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
  B   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     3.07 %     3.07 %     2.61 %     2.61 %
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
  B   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     -0.01 %     2.01 %     -0.29 %     1.73 %
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
  C   8/15/97-10/31/03 - Since inception     3.19 %     3.19 %     2.79 %     2.79 %
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
  C   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     2.93 %     2.93 %     2.63 %     2.63 %
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
  C   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     0.85 %     1.86 %     0.72 %     1.73 %
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
  Institutional   10/1/92-10/31/03 - Since inception     N/A       4.36 %     N/A       3.89 %
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
  Institutional   10/1/93-10/31/03 - Ten years     N/A       4.17 %     N/A       3.75 %
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
  Institutional   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     N/A       4.10 %     N/A       3.79 %
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
  Institutional   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     N/A       2.93 %     N/A       2.81 %
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
  Service   9/20/94-10/31/03 - Since inception     N/A       4.02 %     N/A       3.57 %
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
  Service   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     N/A       3.59 %     N/A       3.28 %
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
  Service   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     N/A       2.62 %     N/A       2.50 %
Government Income Fund
  A   2/10/93-10/31/03 - Since inception     6.24 %     6.70 %     5.01 %     5.47 %
Government Income Fund
  A   11/1/93-10/31/03 – Ten years     5.89 %     6.38 %     4.88 %     5.36 %
Government Income Fund
  A   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     4.88 %     5.84 %     4.55 %     5.52 %
Government Income Fund
  A   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     -1.50 %     3.11 %     -1.70 %     2.92 %
Government Income Fund
  B   5/1/96-10/31/03 - Since inception     6.15 %     6.15 %     5.62 %     5.62 %
Government Income Fund
  B   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     4.62 %     5.04 %     4.30 %     4.72 %
Government Income Fund
  B   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     -2.78 %     2.34 %     -2.97 %     2.15 %
Government Income Fund
  C   8/15/97-10/31/03 - Since inception     5.81 %     5.81 %     5.42 %     5.42 %
Government Income Fund
  C   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     5.04 %     5.04 %     4.72 %     4.72 %
Government Income Fund
  C   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     1.32 %     2.34 %     1.13 %     2.15 %
Government Income Fund
  Institutional   8/15/97-10/31/03 - Since inception     N/A       7.00 %     N/A       6.61 %
Government Income Fund
  Institutional   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     N/A       6.25 %     N/A       5.93 %
Government Income Fund
  Institutional   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     N/A       3.60 %     N/A       3.40 %
Government Income Fund
  Service   2/10/93-10/31/03 - Since inception     N/A       6.61 %     N/A       5.41 %
Government Income Fund
  Service   11/1/93-10/31/03 – Ten years     N/A       6.28 %     N/A       5.30 %
Government Income Fund
  Service   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     N/A       5.75 %     N/A       5.43 %
Government Income Fund
  Service   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     N/A       3.01 %     N/A       2.82 %
Municipal Income Fund
  A   7/20/93-10/31/03 - Since inception     5.06 %     5.53 %     4.45 %     4.92 %
Municipal Income Fund
  A   11/1/93-10/31/03 – Ten years     4.82 %     5.30 %     4.27 %     4.75 %

B-119


Table of Contents

                                         
                            Assuming No Voluntary
                            Waiver of Fees and No
                            Expense Reimbursements
            Assumes           Assumes    
            Maximum           Maximum    
            Applicable   Assumes   Applicable   Assumes
            Sales   No Sales   Sales   No Sales
Fund
  Class
  Time Period
  Charge*
  Charge
  Charge*
  Charge
Municipal Income Fund
  A   11/1/98-10/31/03 – Five years     3.57 %     4.53 %     3.34 %     4.29 %
Municipal Income Fund
  A   11/1/02-10/31/03 – One year     0.37 %     5.10 %     0.18 %     4.91 %
Municipal Income Fund
  B   5/1/96-10/31/03 - Since inception     5.13 %     5.13 %     4.78 %     4.78 %
Municipal Income Fund
  B   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     3.33 %     3.75 %     3.10 %     3.52 %
Municipal Income Fund
  B   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     -0.86 %     4.32 %     -1.05 %     4.12 %
Municipal Income Fund
  C   8/15/97-10/31/03 - Since inception     4.42 %     4.42 %     4.12 %     4.12 %
Municipal Income Fund
  C   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     3.75 %     3.75 %     3.52 %     3.52 %
Municipal Income Fund
  C   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     3.21 %     4.25 %     3.02 %     4.05 %
Municipal Income Fund
  Institutional   8/15/97-10/31/03 - Since inception     N/A       5.60 %     N/A       5.30 %
Municipal Income Fund
  Institutional   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     N/A       4.93 %     N/A       4.70 %
Municipal Income Fund
  Institutional   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     N/A       5.45 %     N/A       5.26 %
Municipal Income Fund
  Service   7/20/93-10/31/03 - Since inception     N/A       5.50 %     N/A       4.92 %
Municipal Income Fund
  Service   11/1/93-10/31/03 – Ten years     N/A       5.28 %     N/A       4.75 %
Municipal Income Fund
  Service   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     N/A       4.51 %     N/A       4.27 %
Municipal Income Fund
  Service   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     N/A       4.97 %     N/A       4.77 %
Core Fixed Income
  A   5/1/97-10/31/03 - Since inception     6.28 %     7.04 %     6.14 %     6.90 %
Core Fixed Income
  A   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     5.04 %     6.00 %     5.02 %     5.99 %
Core Fixed Income
  A   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     2.25 %     7.03 %     2.25 %     7.03 %
Core Fixed Income
  B   5/1/97-10/31/03 - Since inception     6.27 %     6.27 %     6.18 %     6.18 %
Core Fixed Income
  B   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     4.81 %     5.23 %     4.80 %     5.22 %
Core Fixed Income
  B   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     1.14 %     6.31 %     1.14 %     6.31 %
Core Fixed Income
  C   8/15/97-10/31/03 - Since inception     5.93 %     5.93 %     5.85 %     5.85 %
Core Fixed Income
  C   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     5.22 %     5.22 %     5.21 %     5.21 %
Core Fixed Income
  C   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     5.17 %     6.21 %     5.17 %     6.21 %
Core Fixed Income
  Institutional   1/5/94-10/31/03 - Since inception     N/A       6.96 %     N/A       6.70 %
Core Fixed Income
  Institutional   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     N/A       6.43 %     N/A       6.42 %
Core Fixed Income
  Institutional   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     N/A       7.54 %     N/A       7.54 %
Core Fixed Income
  Service   3/13/96-10/31/03 - Since inception     N/A       6.74 %     N/A       6.62 %
Core Fixed Income
  Service   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     N/A       5.89 %     N/A       5.87 %
Core Fixed Income
  Service   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     N/A       6.90 %     N/A       6.90 %
Global Income Fund
  A   8/2/91-10/31/03 - Since inception     6.40 %     6.80 %     6.03 %     6.43 %
Global Income Fund
  A   11/1/92-10/31/03 - Ten years     5.70 %     6.19 %     5.31 %     5.80 %
Global Income Fund
  A   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     3.18 %     4.13 %     2.79 %     3.75 %

B-120


Table of Contents

                                         
                            Assuming No Voluntary
                            Waiver of Fees and No
                            Expense Reimbursements
            Assumes           Assumes    
            Maximum           Maximum    
            Applicable   Assumes   Applicable   Assumes
            Sales   No Sales   Sales   No Sales
Fund
  Class
  Time Period
  Charge*
  Charge
  Charge*
  Charge
Global Income Fund
  A   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     0.67 %     5.45 %     0.27 %     5.04 %
Global Income Fund
  B   5/1/96-10/31/03 - Since inception     5.83 %     5.83 %     5.43 %     5.43 %
Global Income Fund
  B   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     3.18 %     3.60 %     2.80 %     3.22 %
Global Income Fund
  B   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     -0.36 %     4.87 %     -0.76 %     4.47 %
Global Income Fund
  C   8/15/97-10/31/03 - Since inception     5.09 %     5.09 %     4.70 %     4.70 %
Global Income Fund
  C   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     3.61 %     3.61 %     3.23 %     3.23 %
Global Income Fund
  C   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     3.91 %     4.96 %     3.51 %     4.55 %
Global Income Fund
  Institutional   8/1/95-10/31/03 - Since inception     N/A       7.51 %     N/A       7.10 %
Global Income Fund
  Institutional   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     N/A       4.80 %     N/A       4.42 %
Global Income Fund
  Institutional   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     N/A       6.07 %     N/A       5.66 %
Global Income Fund
  Service   8/2/91-10/31/03 - Since inception     N/A       6.88 %     N/A       6.51 %
Global Income Fund
  Service   11/1/93-10/31/03 - Ten years     N/A       6.28 %     N/A       5.90 %
Global Income Fund
  Service   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     N/A       4.27 %     N/A       3.89 %
Global Income Fund
  Service   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     N/A       5.61 %     N/A       5.21 %
High Yield Municipal Fund
  A   4/3/00-10/31/03 - Since inception     6.26 %     7.63 %     6.17 %     7.54 %
High Yield Municipal Fund
  A   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     3.68 %     8.59 %     3.65 %     8.56 %
High Yield Municipal Fund
  B   4/3/00-10/31/03 - Since inception     5.98 %     6.83 %     5.89 %     6.74 %
High Yield Municipal Fund
  B   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     2.56 %     7.78 %     2.53 %     7.75 %
High Yield Municipal Fund
  C   4/3/00-10/31/03 - Since inception     6.83 %     6.83 %     6.74 %     6.74 %
High Yield Municipal Fund
  C   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     6.74 %     7.78 %     6.71 %     7.75 %
High Yield Municipal Fund
  Institutional   4/3/00-10/31/03 - Since inception     N/A       8.06 %     N/A       7.97 %
High Yield Municipal Fund
  Institutional   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     N/A       9.02 %     N/A       8.99 %
High Yield Fund
  A   8/1/97-10/31/03 - Since inception     4.67 %     5.44 %     4.56 %     5.33 %
High Yield Fund
  A   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     5.70 %     6.68 %     5.66 %     6.63 %
High Yield Fund
  A   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     27.35 %     33.34 %     27.33 %     33.32 %
High Yield Fund
  B   8/1/97-10/31/03 - Since inception     4.67 %     4.67 %     4.61 %     4.61 %
High Yield Fund
  B   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     5.48 %     5.91 %     5.44 %     5.86 %
High Yield Fund
  B   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     26.89 %     32.31 %     26.87 %     32.29 %
High Yield Fund
  C   8/15/97-10/31/03 - Since inception     4.71 %     4.71 %     4.66 %     4.66 %
High Yield Fund
  C   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     5.89 %     5.89 %     5.84 %     5.84 %
High Yield Fund
  C   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     31.27 %     32.36 %     31.25 %     32.34 %
High Yield Fund
  Institutional   8/1/97-10/31/03 - Since inception     N/A       5.87 %     N/A       5.80 %
High Yield Fund
  Institutional   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     N/A       7.12 %     N/A       7.08 %

B-121


Table of Contents

                                         
                            Assuming No Voluntary
                            Waiver of Fees and No
                            Expense Reimbursements
            Assumes           Assumes    
            Maximum           Maximum    
            Applicable   Assumes   Applicable   Assumes
            Sales   No Sales   Sales   No Sales
Fund
  Class
  Time Period
  Charge*
  Charge
  Charge*
  Charge
High Yield Fund
  Institutional   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     N/A       33.98 %     N/A       33.96 %
High Yield Fund
  Service   8/1/97-10/31/03 - Since inception     N/A       5.33 %     N/A       5.25 %
High Yield Fund
  Service   11/1/98-10/31/03 - Five years     N/A       6.56 %     N/A       6.52 %
High Yield Fund
  Service   11/1/02-10/31/03 - One year     N/A       33.16 %     N/A       33.14 %
Emerging Markets Debt
  A   8/29/03-10/31/03 – Since inception     -1.28 %     3.36 %     -5.53 %     -0.89 %
Emerging Markets Debt
  Institutional   8/29/03-10/31/03 – Since inception     N/A       3.52 %     N/A       -0.48 %

All returns are average annual total returns (except for Emerging Markets Debt Fund, which are cumulative since inception)

*     Total return reflects a maximum (i) initial sales charge of 1.5% for Class A Shares of the Enhanced Income Fund and Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund, 2.0% for Class A Shares of the Short Duration Government Fund and Short Duration Tax-Free Fund, and 4.5% for Class A Shares of the Government Income Fund, Municipal Income Fund, Core Fixed Income Fund, Global Income Fund, High Yield Municipal Fund, High Yield Fund and Emerging Markets Debt Fund; (ii) an assumed deferred sales charge of 2% (declining to 0% after 3 years) for Class B Shares of the Short Duration Government Fund and Short Duration Tax-Free Fund and 5% (declining to 0% after 6 years) for the Government Income Fund, Municipal Income Fund, Core Fixed Income Fund, Global Income Fund, High Yield Municipal Fund and High Yield Fund; and (iii) an assumed deferred sales charge of 1% (if redeemed within 12 months of purchase) for Class C Shares of each Fund.

B-122


Table of Contents

     The above table should not be considered a representation of future performance.

     Performance data is based on historical results and is not intended to indicate future performance. Total return, 30-day yield, tax equivalent yield and distribution rate will vary based on changes in market conditions, portfolio expenses, portfolio investments and other factors. The value of a Fund’s shares will fluctuate and an investor’s shares may be worth more or less than their original cost upon redemption. The Trust may also, at its discretion, from time to time make a list of a Fund’s holdings available to investors upon request.

     Performance quotations will be calculated separately for each class of shares in existence. Because each class of shares is subject to different expenses, the performance of each class of shares of a Fund will differ.

PROXY VOTING

     The Trust, on behalf of the Funds, has delegated the voting of portfolio securities to the Investment Adviser. The Investment Adviser has adopted policies and procedures (the “Policy”) for the voting of proxies on behalf of client accounts for which the Investment Adviser has voting discretion, including the Funds. Under the Policy, the Investment Adviser’s guiding principles in performing proxy voting are to make decisions that: (i) favor proposals that tend to maximize a company’s shareholder value; and (ii) are not influenced by conflicts of interest. These principles reflect the Investment Adviser’s belief that sound corporate governance will create a framework within which a company can be managed in the interests of its shareholders.

     The principles and positions reflected in the Policy are designed to guide the Investment Adviser in voting proxies, and not necessarily in making investment decisions. Senior management of the Investment Adviser will periodically review the Policy to ensure that it continues to be consistent with the Investment Adviser’s guiding principles.

Public Equity Investments. To implement these guiding principles for investments in publicly-traded equities, the Investment Adviser follows proxy voting guidelines (the “Guidelines”) developed by Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”), except in certain circumstances, which are generally described below. The Guidelines embody the positions and factors the Investment Adviser generally considers important in casting proxy votes. They address a wide variety of individual topics, including, among others, shareholder voting rights, anti-takeover defenses, board structures, the election of directors, executive and director compensation, reorganizations, mergers, and various shareholder proposals. Attached as Appendix B is a summary of the Guidelines.

     ISS has been retained to review proxy proposals and make voting recommendations in accordance with the Guidelines. While it is the Investment Adviser’s policy generally to follow the Guidelines and recommendations from ISS, the Investment Adviser’s portfolio management teams (“Portfolio Management Teams”) retain the authority on any particular proxy vote to vote differently from the Guidelines or a related ISS recommendation, in keeping with their different investment philosophies and processes. Such decisions, however, remain subject to a review and approval process, including a determination that the decision is not influenced by any conflict of interest. In forming their views on particular matters, the Portfolio Management Teams are also permitted to consider applicable

B-123


Table of Contents

regional rules and practices, including codes of conduct and other guides, regarding proxy voting, in addition to the Guidelines and recommendations from ISS.

     In addition to assisting the Investment Adviser in developing substantive proxy voting positions, ISS also updates and revises the Guidelines on a periodic basis, and the revisions are reviewed by the Investment Adviser to determine whether they are consistent with the Investment Adviser’s guiding principles. ISS also assists the Investment Adviser in the proxy voting process by providing operational, recordkeeping and reporting services.

     The Investment Adviser is responsible for reviewing its relationship with ISS and for evaluating the quality and effectiveness of the various services provided by ISS. The Investment Adviser may hire other service providers to replace or supplement ISS with respect to any of the services the Investment Adviser currently receives from ISS.

     The Investment Adviser has implemented procedures that are intended to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions. These procedures include the Investment Adviser’s use of ISS as an independent third party, a review and approval process for individual decisions that do not follow ISS’s recommendations, and the establishment of information barriers between the Investment Adviser and other businesses within The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

Fixed Income and Private Investments. Voting decisions with respect to fixed income securities and the securities of privately held issuers generally will be made by a Fund’s managers based on their assessment of the particular transactions or other matters at issue.

OTHER INFORMATION

     As stated in the Prospectuses, the Trust may authorize Service Organizations and other institutions that provide recordkeeping, reporting and processing services to their customers to accept on the Trust’s behalf purchase, redemption and exchange orders placed by or on behalf of their customers and, if approved by the Trust, to designate other intermediaries to accept such orders. These institutions may receive payments from the Trust or Goldman Sachs for their services. Certain Service Organizations or institutions may enter into sub-transfer agency agreements with the Trust or Goldman Sachs with respect to their services.

     The Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates may pay, out of their own assets, compensation to Authorized Dealers, Service Organizations and other financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds and/or servicing of these shares. These payments (“Additional Payments”) would be in addition to the payments by the Funds described in the Funds’ Prospectuses and this Additional Statement for distribution and shareholder servicing and processing, and would also be in addition to the sales commissions payable to Intermediaries as set forth in the Prospectus. These Additional Payments may take the form of “due diligence” payments for an Intermediary’s examination of the Funds and payments for providing extra employee training and information relating to the Funds; “listing” fees for the placement of the Funds on a dealer’s list of mutual funds available for purchase by its customers; “finders” or “referral” fees for directing investors to the Funds; “marketing support” fees for providing assistance in promoting the sale of the Funds’ shares; and payments for the sale of shares and/or the maintenance of share balances. In addition, the Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates may make Additional Payments for subaccounting, administrative and/or shareholder processing services that are in addition to any shareholder administration, servicing and processing fees paid by the Funds. The Additional Payments made by the Investment Adviser, Distributor and their affiliates may be a fixed dollar amount; may be based on the number of customer accounts

B-124


Table of Contents

maintained by an Intermediary; may be based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the Intermediary involved; or may be calculated on another basis. The Additional Payments may be different for different Intermediaries. Furthermore, the Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates may contribute to various non-cash and cash incentive arrangements to promote the sale of shares, as well as sponsor various educational programs, sales contests and/or promotions. The Investment Adviser, Distributor and their affiliates may also pay for the travel expenses, meals, lodging and entertainment of Intermediaries and their salespersons and guests in connection with educational, sales and promotional programs, subject to applicable NASD regulations. Additional compensation based on sales may, but is currently not expected to, exceed 0.50% of the amount invested.

     A Fund will redeem shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net asset value of the Fund during any 90- day period for any one shareholder. Each Fund, however, reserves the right to pay redemptions exceeding $250,000 or 1% of the net asset value of each respective Fund at the time of redemption by a distribution in kind of securities (instead of cash) from such Fund. The securities distributed in kind would be readily marketable and would be valued for this purpose using the same method employed in calculating each Fund’s net asset value per share. See “Net Asset Value.” If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in kind, the shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received in the redemption.

     The right of a shareholder to redeem shares and the date of payment by each Fund may be suspended for more than seven days for any period during which the New York Stock Exchange is closed, other than the customary weekends or holidays, or when trading on such Exchange is restricted as determined by the SEC; or during any emergency, as determined by the SEC, as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for such Fund to dispose of securities owned by it or fairly to determine the value of its net assets; or for such other period as the SEC may by order permit for the protection of shareholders of such Fund. (The Trust may also suspend or postpone the recordation of the transfer of shares upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing conditions).

     The Prospectuses and this Additional Statement do not contain all the information included in the Registration Statement filed with the SEC under the 1933 Act with respect to the securities offered by the Prospectuses. Certain portions of the Registration Statement have been omitted from the Prospectuses and this Additional Statement pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. The Registration Statement including the exhibits filed therewith may be examined at the office of the SEC in Washington, D.C.

     Statements contained in the Prospectuses or in this Additional Statement as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which the Prospectuses and this Additional Statement form a part, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements and related report of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, contained in each Fund’s 2003 Annual Report are hereby incorporated by reference. The financial statements in each Fund’s Annual Report have been incorporated by reference in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The financial highlights included in the Annual Report for each Fund for periods ending on or before October 31, 1999 were audited by the Funds’ former independent auditors who have ceased operations. A copy of the Annual Reports may be obtained upon request and without charge by writing Goldman, Sachs & Co., 4900 Sears Tower, Chicago, Illinois 60606 or by calling Goldman, Sachs & Co., at the telephone number on the back cover of each Fund’s Prospectus. No other portions of the Funds’ Annual Reports are incorporated herein by reference.

B-125


Table of Contents

OTHER INFORMATION REGARDING PURCHASES,
REDEMPTIONS, EXCHANGES AND DIVIDENDS
(Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares Only)

     The following information supplements the information in the Prospectus under the captions “Shareholder Guide” and “Dividends.” Please see the Prospectus for more complete information.

Other Purchase Information

     The sales load waivers on the Funds’ shares are due to the nature of the investors involved and/or the reduced sales effort that is needed to obtain such investments.

     If shares of a Fund are held in a “street name” account with an Authorized Dealer, all recordkeeping, transaction processing and payments of distributions relating to the beneficial owner’s account will be performed by the Authorized Dealer, and not by the Fund and its Transfer Agent. Since the Funds will have no record of the beneficial owner’s transactions, a beneficial owner should contact the Authorized Dealer to purchase, redeem or exchange shares, to make changes in or give instructions concerning the account or to obtain information about the account. The transfer of shares in a “street name” account to an account with another dealer or to an account directly with the Fund involves special procedures and will require the beneficial owner to obtain historical purchase information about the shares in the account from the Authorized Dealer.

Right of Accumulation - (Class A)

     A Class A shareholder qualifies for cumulative quantity discounts if the current purchase price of the new investment plus the shareholder’s current holdings of existing Class A Shares (acquired by purchase or exchange) of the Funds and Class A Shares of any other Goldman Sachs Fund total the requisite amount for receiving a discount. For example, if a shareholder owns shares with a current market value of $65,000 and purchases additional Class A Shares of the same Fund with a purchase price of $45,000, the sales charge for the $45,000 purchase would be 3.0% (the rate applicable to a single purchase of $100,000 or more). Class A Shares purchased without the imposition of a sales charge and shares of another class of the Funds may not be aggregated with Class A Shares purchased subject to a sales charge. Class A Shares of the Funds and any other Goldman Sachs Fund purchased (i) by an individual, his spouse and his children; and (ii) by a trustee, guardian or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or a single fiduciary account, will be combined for the purpose of determining whether a purchase will qualify for such right of accumulation and, if qualifying, the applicable sales charge level. For purposes of applying the right of accumulation, shares of the Funds and any other Goldman Sachs Fund purchased by an existing client of Goldman Sachs Wealth Management or GS Ayco Holding LLC will be combined with Class A Shares and other assets held by all other Goldman Sachs Wealth Management accounts or accounts of GS Ayco Holding LLC, respectively. In addition, Class A Shares of the Funds and Class A Shares of any other Goldman Sachs Fund purchased by partners, directors, officers or employees of the same business organization or by groups of individuals represented by and investing on the recommendation of the same accounting firm, certain affinity groups or other similar organizations (collectively, “eligible persons”) may be combined for the purpose of determining whether a purchase will qualify for the right of accumulation and, if qualifying, the applicable sales charge level. This right of accumulation is subject to the following conditions: (i) the business organization’s, group’s or firm’s agreement to cooperate in the offering of the Funds’ shares to eligible persons; and (ii) notification to the Funds at the time of purchase that the investor is eligible for this right of accumulation. In addition, in connection with SIMPLE IRA accounts, cumulative quantity discounts are available on a per plan basis if (i) your employee has been assigned a cumulative discount number by Goldman Sachs; and (ii) your account,

B-126


Table of Contents

alone or in combination with the accounts of other plan participants also invested in Class A shares of the Goldman Sachs Funds totals the requisite aggregate amount as described in the Prospectuses.

Statement of Intention - (Class A)

     If a shareholder anticipates purchasing at least $100,000 ($500,000 in the case of Enhanced Income and Ultra-Short Duration Government Funds and $250,000 in the case of Short Duration Government and Short Duration Tax-Free Funds), not counting reinvestments of dividends and distributions, of Class A Shares of a Fund alone or in combination with Class A Shares of any other Goldman Sachs Fund within a 13-month period, the shareholder may purchase shares of the Fund at a reduced sales charge by submitting a Statement of Intention (the “Statement”). Shares purchased pursuant to a Statement will be eligible for the same sales charge discount that would have been available if all of the purchases had been made at the same time. The shareholder or his Authorized Dealer must inform Goldman Sachs that the Statement is in effect each time shares are purchased. There is no obligation to purchase the full amount of shares indicated in the Statement. A shareholder may include the value of all Class A Shares on which a sales charge has previously been paid as an “accumulation credit” toward the completion of the Statement, but a price readjustment will be made only on Class A Shares purchased within 90 days before submitting the Statement. The Statement authorizes the Transfer Agent to hold in escrow a sufficient number of shares which can be redeemed to make up any difference in the sales charge on the amount actually invested. For purposes of satisfying the amount specified on the Statement, the gross amount of each investment, exclusive of any appreciation on shares previously purchased, will be taken into account.

     The provisions applicable to the Statement, and the terms of the related escrow agreement, are set forth in Appendix C to this Additional Statement.

Cross-Reinvestment of Dividends and Distributions

     Shareholders may receive dividends and distributions in additional shares of the same class of the Fund in which they have invested or they may elect to receive them in cash or shares of the same class of other mutual funds sponsored by Goldman Sachs (the “Goldman Sachs Funds”) or ILA Service Shares of the Prime Obligations Fund or the Tax-Exempt Diversified Fund, if they hold Class A Shares of a Fund, or ILA Class B or Class C Shares of the Prime Obligations Fund, if they hold Class B or Class C Shares of a Fund (the “ILA Funds”).

     A Fund shareholder should obtain and read the prospectus relating to the other Goldman Sachs Fund or ILA Fund and its shares and consider its investment objective, policies and applicable fees before electing cross-reinvestment into that Fund. The election to cross-reinvest dividends and capital gain distributions will not affect the tax treatment of such dividends and distributions, which will be treated as received by the shareholder and then used to purchase shares of the acquired fund. Such reinvestment of dividends and distributions in shares of other Goldman Sachs Funds or ILA Funds is available only in states where such reinvestment may legally be made.

Automatic Exchange Program

     A Fund shareholder may elect to exchange automatically a specified dollar amount of shares of the Fund for shares of the same class or an equivalent class of another Goldman Sachs Fund involving either an identical account of another Goldman Sachs Fund, or an account registered in a different name or with a different address, social security or other taxpayer identification number, provided in each case that the account in the acquired fund has been established, appropriate signatures have been obtained and the minimum initial investment requirement has been satisfied. A Fund shareholder should obtain and read the prospectus relating to the other Goldman Sachs Fund and its shares and consider its investment objective,

B-127


Table of Contents

policies and applicable fees and expenses before electing an automatic exchange into that Goldman Sachs Fund.

Class C Exchanges

     As stated in the Prospectuses, Goldman Sachs normally begins paying the annual 0.75% distribution fee on Class C Shares to Authorized Dealers after the shares have been held for one year. When an Authorized Dealer enters into an appropriate agreement with Goldman Sachs and stops receiving this payment on Class C Shares that have been beneficially owned by the Authorized Dealer’s customers for at least ten years, those Class C Shares may be exchanged for Class A Shares (which bear a lower distribution fee) of the same Fund at their relative net asset value without a sales charge in recognition of the reduced payment to the Authorized Dealer.

Systematic Withdrawal Plan

     A systematic withdrawal plan (the “Systematic Withdrawal Plan”) is available to shareholders of a Fund whose shares are worth at least $5,000. The Systematic Withdrawal Plan provides for monthly payments to the participating shareholder of any amount not less than $50.

     Dividends and capital gain distributions on shares held under the Systematic Withdrawal Plan are reinvested in additional full and fractional shares of the applicable Fund at net asset value. The Transfer Agent acts as agent for the shareholder in redeeming sufficient full and fractional shares to provide the amount of the systematic withdrawal payment. The Systematic Withdrawal Plan may be terminated at any time. Goldman Sachs reserves the right to initiate a fee of up to $5 per withdrawal, upon 30 days written notice to the shareholder. Withdrawal payments should not be considered to be dividends, yield or income. If periodic withdrawals continuously exceed new purchases and reinvested dividends and capital gains distributions, the shareholder’s original investment will be correspondingly reduced and ultimately exhausted. The maintenance of a withdrawal plan concurrently with purchases of additional Class A, Class B or Class C Shares would be disadvantageous because of the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A Shares or the imposition of a CDSC on redemptions of Class A, Class B and Class C Shares. The CDSC applicable to Class B and Class C Shares redeemed under a Systematic Withdrawal Plan may be waived. See “Shareholder Guide” in the Prospectuses. In addition, each withdrawal constitutes a redemption of shares, and any gain or loss realized must be reported for federal and state income tax purposes. A shareholder should consult his or her own tax adviser with regard to the tax consequences of participating in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan. For further information or to request a Systematic Withdrawal Plan, please write or call the Transfer Agent.

Offering Price of Class A Shares

     Class A Shares of Government Income, Municipal Income, Core Fixed Income, Global Income, High Yield Municipal, High Yield, Emerging Markets Debt, U.S. Mortgages and Investment Grade Credit Funds are sold at a maximum sales charge of 4.5%, Enhanced Income Fund and Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund at 1.5% and Short Duration Government and Short Duration Tax-Free Funds at 2%. Using the offering price as of October 31, 2003 (or, with respect to U.S. Mortgages and Investment Grade Credit Funds, assuming an initial offering price per share of $10.00 per share), the maximum offering price of the Class A shares of each Fund’s shares would be as follows:

B-128


Table of Contents

                         
    Net Asset   Maximum   Offering Price
Fund
  Value
  Sales Charge
  to Public
Enhanced Income
  $ 9.99       1.5 %   $ 10.14  
Ultra-Short Duration Government
  $ 9.47       1.5 %   $ 9.61  
Short Duration Government
  $ 9.99       2.0 %   $ 10.19  
Short Duration Tax-Free
  $ 10.45       2.0 %   $ 10.66  
Government Income
  $ 14.88       4.5 %   $ 15.58  
Municipal Income
  $ 15.41       4.5 %   $ 16.14  
U.S. Mortgages
  $ 10.00       4.5 %   $ 10.47  
Core Fixed Income
  $ 10.31       4.5 %   $ 10.80  
Investment Grade Credit
  $ 10.00       4.5 %   $ 10.47  
Global Income
  $ 14.39       4.5 %   $ 15.07  
High Yield Municipal
  $ 10.66       4.5 %   $ 11.16  
High Yield
  $ 7.79       4.5 %   $ 8.16  
Emerging Markets Debt
  $ 10.22       4.5 %   $ 10.70  

DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE PLANS
(Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares Only)

     Distribution and Service Plans. As described in the Prospectus, the Trust has adopted, on behalf of Class A, Class B and Class C Shares of each Fund, distribution and service plans (each a “Plan”). See “Shareholder Guide – Distribution and Service Fees” in the Prospectus. The distribution fees payable under the Plans are subject to Rule 12b-1 under the Act and finance distribution and other services that are provided to investors in the Funds and enable the Funds to offer investors the choice of investing in either Class A, Class B or Class C Shares when investing in the Funds. In addition, the distribution fees payable under the Plans may be used to assist the Funds in reaching and maintaining asset levels that are efficient for the Funds’ operations and investments.

     The Plans for each Fund were most recently approved on May 5, 2004 by a majority vote of the Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plans, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of approving the Plans.

     The compensation for distribution services payable under a Plan to Goldman Sachs may not exceed 0.25%, 0.75% and 0.75% per annum of a Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class A, Class B and Class C Shares, respectively, of such Fund.

     Under the Plans for Class A (Global Income Fund and Emerging Markets Debt Fund only), Class B and Class C Shares, Goldman Sachs is also entitled to received a separate fee for personal and account maintenance services equal to an annual basis of 0.25% of each Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class A, Class B or Class C Shares. With respect to Class A Shares, the Distributor at its discretion may use compensation for distribution services paid under the Plan for personal and account maintenance services and expenses so long as such total compensation under the Plan does not exceed the maximum cap on “service fees” imposed by the NASD.

     Currently, Goldman Sachs has voluntarily agreed to limit distribution and service fees pursuant to the Plan to 0.85% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class B Shares of the Short Duration Government and Short Duration Tax-Free Funds. Goldman Sachs may modify or discontinue such limitation in the future at its discretion.

B-129


Table of Contents

     Each Plan is a compensation plan which provides for the payment of a specified fee without regard to the expenses actually incurred by Goldman Sachs. If such fee exceeds Goldman Sachs’ expenses, Goldman Sachs may realize a profit from these arrangements. The distribution fees received by Goldman Sachs under the Plans and CDSC on Class A, Class B and Class C Shares may be sold by Goldman Sachs as distributor to entities which provide financing for payments to Authorized Dealers in respect of sales of Class A, Class B and Class C Shares. To the extent such fees are not paid to such dealers, Goldman Sachs may retain such fees as compensation for its services and expenses of distributing the Funds’ Class A, Class B and Class C Shares.

     Under each Plan, Goldman Sachs, as distributor of each Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C Shares, will provide to the Trustees of the Trust for their review, and the Trustees of the Trust will review at least quarterly a written report of the services provided and amounts expended by Goldman Sachs under the Plans and the purposes for which such services were performed and expenditures were made.

     The Plans will remain in effect until June 30, 2005 and from year to year thereafter, provided that such continuance is approved annually by a majority vote of the Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plans. The Plans may not be amended to increase materially the amount of distribution compensation described therein without approval of a majority of the outstanding Class A, Class B or Class C Shares of the affected Fund and affected share class but may be amended without shareholder approval to increase materially the amount of non-distribution compensation. All material amendments of a Plan must also be approved by the Trustees of the Trust in the manner described above. A Plan may be terminated at any time as to any Fund without payment of any penalty by a vote of a majority of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the Class A, Class B or Class C Shares, respectively, of the affected Fund and affected share class. If a Plan was terminated by the Trustees of the Trust and no successor plan was adopted, the Fund would cease to make payments to Goldman Sachs under the Plan and Goldman Sachs would be unable to recover the amount of any of its unreimbursed expenditures. So long as a Plan is in effect, the selection and nomination of non-interested Trustees of the Trust will be committed to the discretion of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust. The Trustees of the Trust have determined that in their judgment there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plans will benefit the Funds and their Class A, Class B and Class C shareholders.

B-130


Table of Contents

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, each Fund then in existence paid Goldman Sachs the following distribution and service fees under the Class A Plan:

                         
    Fiscal year ended   Fiscal year ended   Fiscal year ended
Fund
  October 31, 2003
  October 31, 2002
  October 31, 2001
Enhanced Income Fund
                       
With fee waivers
  $ 1,566,094     $ 1,365,281     $ 80,292  
Without fee waivers
  $ 1,566,094       1,365,281       80,292  
Ultra-Short Duration Government
                       
With fee waivers
    2,709,156       1,283,962       108,726  
Without fee waivers
    2,709,156       1,283,962       108,726  
Short Duration Government
                       
With fee waivers
    741,540       374,783       98,177  
Without fee waivers
    741,540       374,783       98,177  
Short Duration Tax-Free
                       
With fee waivers
    440,031       178,215       60,498  
Without fee waivers
    440,031       178,215       60,498  
Government Income
                       
With fee waivers
    777,036       420,554       267,226  
Without fee waivers
    777,036       420,554       267,226  
Municipal Income
                       
With fee waivers
    355,113       246,967       189,657  
Without fee waivers
    355,113       246,967       189,657  
Core Fixed Income
                       
With fee waivers
    977,764       556,181       289,996  
Without fee waivers
    977,764       556,181       289,996  
Global Income
                       
With fee waivers
    1,269,918       1,362,181       1,442,872  
Without fee waivers
    1,269,918       1,362,181       1,442,872  
High Yield Municipal
                       
With fee waivers
    1,896,357       1,097,318       525,558  
Without fee waivers
    1,896,357       1,097,318       525,558  
High Yield
                       
With fee waivers
    3,615,764       1,713,607       1,222,943  
Without fee waivers
    3,615,764       1,713,607       1,222,943  
Emerging Markets Debt(1)
                       
With fee waivers
    80       N/A       N/A  
Without fee waivers
    160       N/A       N/A  

B-131


Table of Contents


1   Emerging Markets Debt Fund commenced operations on August 29, 2003
 
    During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2003, Goldman Sachs incurred the following distribution expenses under the Class A Plan on behalf of Enhanced Income, Ultra-Short Duration Government, Short Duration Government, Short Duration Tax-Free, Government Income, Municipal Income, Core Fixed Income, Global Income, High Yield Municipal, High Yield and Emerging Markets Debt Funds.
                                         
                            Printing and    
            Compensation   Allocable   Mailing of    
            and Expenses of   Overhead,   Prospectuses to   Preparation and
            the Distributor   Telephone and   Other than   Distribution of
Fiscal Year ended   Compensation   and Its Sales   Travel   Current   Sales Literature
October 31, 2003
  to Dealers(1)
  Personnel
  Expenses
  Shareholders
  and Advertising
Enhanced Income Fund
  $ 65,249     $ 1,670,776     $ 190,112     $ 10,189     $  
Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund
    1,152,824       1,913,261       372,335       14,870       49,012  
Short Duration Government Fund
    1,035,037       149,977       94,134       6,172       20,522  
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
    300,149       146,560       85,065       4,718       20,454  
Government Income Fund
    982,841       181,446       122,296       8,144       29,966  
Municipal Income Fund
    245,789       245,784       94,134       6,172       20,522  
Core Fixed Income Fund
    665,763       717,227       127,275       7,723       33,127  
Global Income Fund
    659,109       256,263       66,302       4,087       13,832  
High Yield Municipal Fund
    428,816       1,780,107       152,177       7,830       25,484  
High Yield Fund
    1,022,169       3,362,454       420,614       28,900       109,194  
Emerging Markets Debt Fund(2)
          8,114       9,292       345       1,089  


1   Advance commissions paid to dealers of 1% on Class A Shares are considered deferred assets which are amortized over a period of eighteen months; amounts presented above reflect amortization expense recorded during the period presented.
 
2   Emerging Markets Debt Fund commenced operations on August 29, 2003.

B-132


Table of Contents

    For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, each Fund paid Goldman Sachs the following distribution and service fees under the Class B Plan:

                         
    Fiscal year ended   Fiscal year ended   Fiscal year ended
Fund(1)
  October 31, 2003
  October 31, 2002
  October 31, 2001
Short Duration Government
                       
With fee waivers
  $ 471,878     $ 236,223     $ 74,697  
Without fee waivers
    555,152       277,909       87,879  
Short Duration Tax-Free
                       
With fee waivers
    51,561       29,950       16,464  
Without fee waivers
    60,658       55,235       19,370  
Government Income
                       
With fee waivers
    521,718       380,422       247,353  
Without fee waivers
    521,718       380,422       247,353  
Municipal Income
                       
With fee waivers
    162,721       137,465       100,737  
Without fee waivers
    162,721       137,465       100,737  
Core Fixed Income
                       
With fee waivers
    390,869       291,031       192,373  
Without fee waivers
    390,869       291,031       192,373  
Global Income
                       
With fee waivers
    389,596       350,859       266,384  
Without fee waivers
    389,596       350,859       266,384  
High Yield Municipal
                       
With fee waivers
    438,715       369,052       208,733  
Without fee waivers
    438,715       369,052       208,733  
High Yield
                       
With fee waivers
    778,596       532,489       426,230  
Without fee waivers
    778,596       532,489       426,230  


(1)   Enhanced Income Fund, Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund, Emerging Markets Debt Fund, U.S. Mortgages Fund and Investment Grade Credit Fund currently do not offer Class B Shares.

B-133


Table of Contents

    During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2003, Goldman Sachs incurred the following expenses in connection with distribution under the Class B Plan on behalf of each of the following Funds:

                                         
                                    Preparation
            Compensation           Printing and   and
            and Expenses   Allocable   Mailing of   Distribution
            of the   Overhead,   Prospectuses   of Sales
            Distributor and   Telephone   to Other than   Literature
Fiscal Year ended   Compensation   Its Sales   And Travel   Current   And
October 31, 2003
  To Dealers(1)
  Personnel
  Expenses
  Shareholders(2)
  Advertising
Short Duration Government Fund
  $ 387,670     $ 18,535     $ 19,964     $ 1,343     $ 4,736  
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
    51,402       2,937       3,084       179       696  
Government Income Fund
    705,247       19,485       21,282       1,487       4,986  
Municipal Income Fund
    219,234       10,412       11,345       804       2,333  
Core Fixed Income Fund
    468,900       11,853       13,011       794       3,253  
Global Income Fund
    478,569       10,793       11,657       803       2,886  
High Yield Municipal Bond Fund
    472,513       8,434       9,059       471       1,375  
High Yield Fund
    1,029,796       21,733       23,697       1,818       6,087  


1   Advance commissions paid to dealers of 4% on Class B Shares are considered deferred assets which are amortized over a period of six years; amounts presented above reflect amortization expense recorded during the period presented.
 
2   Reflects credits allocated to the Funds to correct expenses over-accruals.

B-134


Table of Contents

    For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, each Fund paid Goldman Sachs the following distribution and service fees under the Class C Plan:

                         
    Fiscal year ended   Fiscal year ended   Fiscal year ended
Fund(1)
  October 31, 2003
  October 31, 2002
  October 31, 2001
Short Duration Government
                       
With fee waivers
  $ 1,264,238     $ 428,712     $ 81,881  
Without fee waivers
    1,264,238       428,712       81,881  
Short Duration Tax-Free
                       
With fee waivers
    313,994       156,655       16,071  
Without fee waivers
    313,994       156,655       16,071  
Government Income
                       
With fee waivers
    264,919       159,172       101,725  
Without fee waivers
    264,919       159,172       101,725  
Municipal Income
                       
With fee waivers
    56,189       61,390       46,757  
Without fee waivers
    56,189       61,390       46,757  
Core Fixed Income
                       
With fee waivers
    237,261       148,524       85,215  
Without fee waivers
    237,261       148,524       85,215  
Global Income
                       
With fee waivers
    117,905       100,755       74,565  
Without fee waivers
    117,905       100,755       74,565  
High Yield Municipal
                       
With fee waivers
    368,303       251,291       148,717  
Without fee waivers
    368,303       251,291       148,717  
High Yield
                       
With fee waivers
    335,236       183,815       121,630  
Without fee waivers
    335,236       183,815       121,630  


(1)   Enhanced Income Fund, Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund, Emerging Markets Debt Fund, U.S. Mortgages Fund and Investment Grade Credit Fund currently do not offer Class C Shares.

B-135


Table of Contents

     During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2003, Goldman Sachs incurred the following expenses in connection with distribution under the Class C Plan on behalf of each of the following Funds:

                                         
                            Printing and    
            Compensation   Allocable   Mailing of    
            and Expenses of   Overhead,   Prospectuses to   Preparation and
            the Distributor   Telephone   Other than   Distribution of
Fiscal Year ended   Compensation to   and Its Sales   and Travel   Current   Sales Literature
October 31, 2003
  Dealer(1)
  Personnel
  Expenses
  Shareholders
  and Advertising
Short Duration Government Fund
  $ 1,348,814     $ 41,613     $ 44,643     $ 2,880     $ 10,929  
Short Duration Tax-Free Fund
    338,117       14,115       15,792       927       3,444  
Government Income Fund
    304,004       9,771       10,665       730       2,570  
Municipal Income Fund
    63,811       3,704       4,061       287       779  
Core Fixed Income Fund
    219,832       7,580       7,793       464       1,992  
Global Income Fund
    119,937       3,260       3,525       244       871  
High Yield Municipal Fund
    372,333       6,977       7,493       383       1,225  
High Yield Fund
    335,182       9,090       9,874       719       2,579  


1   Advance commissions paid to dealers of 1% on Class C Shares are considered deferred assets which are amortized over a period of one year; amounts presented above reflect amortization expense recorded during the period presented.

B-136


Table of Contents

SERVICE PLAN AND SHAREHOLDER ADMINISTRATION PLAN
(Service Shares Only)

     Each Fund (other than the Enhanced Income Fund, Emerging Markets Debt Fund, U.S. Mortgages Fund and Investment Grade Credit Fund) has adopted a service plan and a separate shareholder administration plan (the “Plans”) with respect to its Service Shares which authorize it to compensate Service Organizations for providing personal and account maintenance services and shareholder administration services to their customers who are or may become beneficial owners of such Shares. Pursuant to the Plans, a Fund will enter into agreements with Service Organizations which purchase Service Shares of the Fund on behalf of their customers (“Service Agreements”). Under such Service Agreements, the Service Organizations may perform some or all of the following services:

     (i) Personal and account maintenance services, including: (a) providing facilities to answer inquiries and respond to correspondence with customers and other investors about the status of their accounts or about other aspects of the Trust or the applicable Fund; (b) acting as liaison between the Service Organization’s customers and the Trust, including obtaining information from the Trust and assisting the Trust in correcting errors and resolving problems; (c) providing such statistical and other information as may be reasonably requested by the Trust or necessary for the Trust to comply with applicable federal or state law; (d) responding to investor requests for prospectuses; (e) displaying and making prospectuses available on the Service Organization’s premises; and (f) assisting customers in completing application forms, selecting dividend and other account options and opening custody accounts with the Service Organization.

     (ii) Shareholder administration services, including: (a) acting or arranging for another party to act, as recordholder and nominee of the Service Shares beneficially owned by the Service Organization’s customers; (b) establishing and maintaining or assist in establishing and maintaining individual accounts and records with respect to the Service Shares owned by each customer; (c) processing or assist in processing confirmations concerning customer orders to purchase, redeem and exchange Service Shares; (d) receiving and transmitting or assist in receiving and transmitting funds representing the purchase price or redemption proceeds of such Service Shares; (e) facilitating the inclusion of Service Shares in accounts, products or services offered to the Service Organization’s customers by or through the Service Organization; (f) processing dividend payments on behalf of customers; and (g) performing other related services which do not constitute “any activity which is primarily intended to result in the sale of shares” within the meaning of Rule 12b-1 under the Act or “personal and account maintenance services” within the meaning of the NASD’s Conduct Rules.

     As compensation for such services, a Fund will pay each Service Organization a personal and account maintenance service fee and a shareholder administration service fee in an amount up to 0.25% and 0.25%, respectively (on an annualized basis), of the average daily net assets of the Service Shares of such Fund attributable to or held in the name of such Service Organization.

     For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2003, October 31, 2002, and October 31, 2001, fees were paid by the Funds to Service Organizations under Servicing Agreements as follows. Prior to January 30, 2001, the Funds had a single service plan which provided for both personal and account maintenance services and shareholder administration services at the same aggregate rate.

B-137


Table of Contents

                         
    Fiscal year ended   Fiscal year ended   Fiscal year ended
Fund(1)
  October 31, 2003
  October 31, 2002
  October 31, 2001
Ultra-Short Duration Government
  $ 342,986     $ 182,176     $ 36,791  
Short Duration Government
    50,263       41,791       36,474  
Short Duration Tax-Free
    917       316       224  
Government Income
    61,303       45,574       19,812  
Municipal Income
    1,115       1,359       45  
Core Fixed Income
    122,639       133,192       103,641  
Global Income
    4,567       7,166       8,529  
High Yield Municipal
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
High Yield
    3,424       2,427       2,073  


(1)   Enhanced Income Fund, Emerging Markets Debt Fund, U.S. Mortgages Fund and Investment Grade Credit Fund currently do not offer Service Shares.

     The Funds have adopted the service plan but not the shareholder administration plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Act in order to avoid any possibility that service fees paid to the Service Organizations pursuant to the Service Agreements might violate the Act. Rule 12b-1, which was adopted by the SEC under the Act, regulates the circumstances under which an investment company or series thereof may bear expenses associated with the distribution of its shares. In particular, such an investment company or series thereof cannot engage directly or indirectly in financing any activity which is primarily intended to result in the sale of shares issued by the company unless it has adopted a plan pursuant to, and complies with the other requirements of, such Rule. The Trust believes that fees paid for the services provided in the service plan and described above are not expenses incurred primarily for effecting the distribution of Service Shares. However, should such payments be deemed by a court or the SEC to be distribution expenses, such payments would be duly authorized by the service plan.

     Conflict of interest restrictions (including the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) may apply to a Service Organization’s receipt of compensation paid by a Fund in connection with the investment of fiduciary assets in Service Shares of such Fund. Service Organizations, including banks regulated by the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and investment advisers and other money managers subject to the jurisdiction of the SEC, the Department of Labor or state securities regulators, are urged to consult their legal advisers before investing fiduciary assets in Service Shares of the Funds. In addition, under some state securities laws, banks and other financial institutions purchasing Service Shares on behalf of their customers may be required to register as dealers.

     The Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans or the related Service Agreements, most recently voted to approve each Fund’s Plans and Service Agreements (other than the Enhanced Income Fund) at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such Plans and Service Agreements on May 5, 2004. The Enhanced Income Fund, Emerging Markets Debt Fund, U.S. Mortgages Fund and Investment Grade Credit Fund do not offer Service Shares. The Plans and Service Agreements will remain in effect until June 30, 2005, and will continue in effect thereafter only if such continuance is specifically approved annually by a vote of the Board of Trustees in the manner described above. The service plan may not be amended (but the shareholder administration plan may be amended) to increase materially the amount to be spent for the services described therein without approval of the shareholders of the affected Fund, and all material amendments of each Plan must also be approved by the Board of Trustees in the manner described above. The Plans may be terminated at any time by a majority of the Trustees who are not

B-138


Table of Contents

interested person of the Trust and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans and Service Agreements or by vote of a majority of the outstanding Service Shares of the affected Fund. The Service Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of such Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding Service Shares of the affected Fund on not more than 60 days’ written notice to any other party to the Service Agreements.

     The Service Agreements will terminate automatically if assigned. So long as the Plans are in effect, the selection and nomination of those Trustees who are not interested persons will be committed to the discretion of the Trust’s Nominating Committee, which consists of all of the non-interested members of the Board of Trustees. The Board of Trustees has determined that, in its judgment, there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plans will benefit the Funds and the holders of Service Shares.

B-139


Table of Contents

ADMINISTRATION PLAN
(Administration Shares Only)

     The Enhanced Income Fund has adopted an administration plan (the “Plan”) with respect to its Administration Shares which authorizes it to compensate Service Organizations for providing certain account administration services to their customers who are beneficial owners of such Shares. Pursuant to the Plan, the Fund enters into agreements with Service Organizations which purchase Administration Shares on behalf of their customers (“Service Agreements”). Under such Service Agreements the Service Organizations may agree to perform some or all of the following services: (i) act, directly or through an agent, as the shareholder of record and nominee for customers; (ii) maintain account records for customers who beneficially own Administration Shares of the Fund; (iii) receive and transmit, or assist in receiving and transmitting, funds for purchases and redemptions; (iv) provide facilities to answer questions and handle correspondence from customers regarding their accounts; and (v) issue, or assist in issuing, confirmations for transactions in shares by customers. As compensation for such services, the Fund will pay each Service Organization an account administration fee in an amount up to 0.25% (on an annualized basis) of the average daily net assets of the Administration Shares of the Fund attributable to or held in the name of such Service Organization.

     For the fiscal periods ended October 31, 2001, October 31, 2002, and October 31, 2003, fees of $0, $21,108 and $48,643 were paid by the Enhanced Income Fund under the Plan, respectively.

     Conflict of interest restrictions (including the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) may apply to a Service Organization’s receipt of compensation paid by a Fund in connection with the investment of fiduciary assets in Administration Shares of the Fund. Service Organizations, including banks regulated by the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and investment advisers and other money managers subject to the jurisdiction of the SEC, the Department of Labor or state securities commissions, are urged to consult their legal advisers before investing fiduciary assets in Administration Shares of the Fund. In addition, under some state securities laws, banks and other financial institutions purchasing Administration Shares on behalf of their customers may be required to register as dealers.

     The Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or the related Service Agreements, most recently voted to approve the Plan and Service Agreements with respect to the Fund at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such Plan and Service Agreements on May 5, 2004. The Plan and Service Agreements will remain in effect until June 30, 2005 and will continue in effect thereafter only if such continuance is specifically approved annually by a vote of the Board of Trustees in the manner described above.

     Unless approved by the Board of Trustees in the manner described above, the Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount to be spent for the services described therein and other material amendments of the Plan may not be made. The Plan may be terminated at any time by a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or the related Service Agreements or by vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding Administration Shares. The Service Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of such Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding Administration Shares of the Fund on not more than 60 days’ written notice to any other party to the Service Agreements. The Service Agreements will terminate automatically if assigned. So long as the Plan is in effect, the selection and nomination of those Trustees who are not interested persons will be committed to the discretion of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust. The Board of Trustees has determined that, in its judgment, there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plan will benefit the Fund and the holders of its Administration Shares.

B-140


Table of Contents

ACCOUNT SERVICE PLAN
(Class A and Institutional Shares Only)

     The U.S. Mortgages and Investment Grade Credit Funds have adopted account service plans (the “Plans”) with respect to their Class A and Institutional Shares which authorize them to compensate Goldman Sachs for providing certain account services, personal and account maintenance services, and other services performed and expenses incurred by Goldman Sachs that are intended to facilitate or improve the provision of account services and/or personal and account maintenance services of Authorized Dealers in the case of Class A Shares or Service Organizations in the case of Institutional Shares to their customers who are beneficial owners of such Shares (“Customers”).

     Account services under the Plans include, without limitation, (i) acting or arranging for another party to act, as recordholder and nominee of Class A or Institutional Shares beneficially owned by Customers; (ii) establishing and maintaining or assist in establishing and maintaining individual accounts and records with respect to Class A or Institutional Shares owned by each Customer; (iii) processing or assist in processing confirmations concerning customer orders to purchase, redeem and exchange Class A or Institutional Shares; (iv) receiving and transmitting or assist in receiving and transmitting funds representing the purchase price or redemption proceeds of such Class A or Institutional Shares; (v) providing services to Customers intended to facilitate or improve their understanding of the benefits and risks of a Fund to Customers; (vi) facilitating or assist in facilitating electronic or computer trading and/or processing in a Fund or providing or assist in providing electronic, computer or other information regarding a Fund to Customers; and (vii) performing other related services which do not constitute “any activity which is primarily intended to result in the sale of shares” within the meaning of Rule 12b-1 under the Act or “personal and account maintenance services” within the meaning of the NASD’s Conduct Rules.

     Personal and account maintenance services under the Plans include, without limitation, (i) providing facilities to answer inquiries and respond to correspondence with Customers and other investors about the status of their accounts or about other aspects of the Trust or the applicable Fund; (ii) acting as liaison between Customers and the Trust, including obtaining information from the Trust and assisting the Trust in correcting errors and resolving problems; (iii) providing such statistical and other information as may be reasonably requested by the Trust or necessary for the Trust to comply with applicable federal or state law; (iv) responding to investor requests for Prospectuses; (v) displaying and making Prospectuses available on the Authorized Dealers’ or Service Organizations’ premises; (vi) assisting Customers in completing application forms, selecting dividend and other account options and operating custody accounts with the Authorized Dealers or Service Organizations; and (vii) performing other related services which constitute “personal and account maintenance services” within the meaning of the NASD’s Conduct Rules but do not constitute “any activity which is primarily intended to result in the sale of shares” within the meaning of Rule 12b-1 under the Act.

     As compensation for such services, each Fund will pay Goldman Sachs an account service fee in an amount up to 0.05% (on an annualized basis) of the average daily net assets of the Class A or Institutional Shares of such Fund. The Plans provide for account service fees to Goldman Sachs without regard to the expenses actually incurred by Goldman Sachs. If the fees exceed Goldman Sachs’ expenses, Goldman Sachs may realize a profit from these arrangements. Goldman Sachs will determine the amount (if any) of the account service fee to be paid to one or more Authorized Dealers in the case of Class A Shares or Service Organizations in the case of Institutional Shares. Payments to Authorized Dealers or Service Organizations will be subject to agreements entered into with Goldman Sachs (“Service Agreements”). In no event will the amount paid to Goldman Sachs or any Authorized Dealer under the Plan for Class A Shares and the Trust’s Class A Distribution and Service Plan for “personal and account maintenance

B-141


Table of Contents

services and expenses” exceed the maximum limit on “service fees” as those terms are defined in Section 2830 of the Conduct Rules of the NASD. Prior to the date of this Additional Statement, no Shares of the Funds had been offered and, accordingly, the Funds had paid no fees pursuant to the Plan.

     Conflict of interest restrictions (including the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) may apply to an Authorized Dealer’s or Service Organization’s receipt of compensation paid by Goldman Sachs in connection with the investment of fiduciary assets in Class A or Institutional Shares of a Fund. Authorized Dealers and Service Organizations, including banks regulated by the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and investment advisers and other money managers subject to the jurisdiction of the SEC, the Department of Labor or state securities commissions, are urged to consult their legal advisers before investing fiduciary assets in Class A or Institutional Shares of a Fund. In addition, under some state securities laws, banks and other financial institutions purchasing Class A or Institutional Shares on behalf of their Customers may be required to register as dealers.

     The Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans or the related Service Agreements, most recently voted to approve the Plans and related Service Agreements with respect to the Funds on May 5, 2004 in each instance at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such Plan and Service Agreements. The Plans and related Service Agreements will remain in effect until June 30, 2005 and will continue in effect thereafter only if such continuance is specifically approved annually by a vote of the Trustees in the manner described above. The Plans may be amended to increase materially the amount to be spent for the services described therein without approval of the shareholders of the affected Fund’s Class A and Institutional Class. All material amendments of the Plans must be approved by the Trustees in the manner described above. A Plan may be terminated at any time by a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan and Service Agreements or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding Class A or Institutional Shares of the affected Fund. The Service Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of such Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding Class A or Institutional Shares of the affected Fund on not more than sixty (60) days’ written notice to any other party to the Service Agreements. The Service Agreements will terminate automatically if assigned. So long as the Plans are in effect, the selection and nomination of those Trustees who are not interested persons will be committed to the discretion of the non-interested Trustees. The Trustees have determined that, in its judgment, there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plans will benefit the Funds and the holders of Class A and Institutional Shares.

B-142


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

Short-Term Credit Ratings

     A Standard & Poor’s short-term issue credit rating is a current opinion of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. The following summarizes the rating categories used by Standard & Poor’s for short-term issues:

     “A-1” - Obligations are rated in the highest category and indicate that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

     “A-2” - Obligations are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

     “A-3” - Obligations exhibit adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

     “B” - Obligations have significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

     “C” - Obligations are currently vulnerable to nonpayment and are dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

     “D” – Obligations are in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

     Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks - Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

     Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. These obligations have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted. The following summarizes the rating categories used by Moody’s for short-term obligations:

     “P-1” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

1-A


Table of Contents

     “P-2” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

     “P-3” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

     “NP” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

     Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”) short-term ratings apply to time horizons of less than 12 months for most obligations, or up to three years for U.S. public finance securities, and thus place greater emphasis on the liquidity necessary to meet financial commitments in a timely manner. The following summarizes the rating categories used by Fitch for short-term obligations:

     “F1” - Securities possess the highest credit quality. This designation indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments and may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

     “F2” - Securities possess good credit quality. This designation indicates a satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

     “F3” - Securities possess fair credit quality. This designation indicates that the capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

     “B” - Securities possess speculative credit quality. This designation indicates minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

     “C” - Securities possess high default risk. Default is a real possibility. This designation indicates a capacity for meeting financial commitments which is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

     “D” - Securities are in actual or imminent payment default.

     The following summarizes the ratings used by Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited (“DBRS”) for commercial paper and short-term debt:

     R-1 Prime Credit Quality

     R-2 Adequate Credit Quality

     R-3 Speculative

     All three DBRS rating categories for short-term debt use “high”, “middle” or “low” as subset grades to designate the relative standing of the credit within a particular rating category. The following comments provide separate definitions for the three grades in the Prime Credit Quality area.

     “R-1 (high)” - Short-term debt rated “R-1 (high)” is of the highest credit quality, and indicates an entity which possesses unquestioned ability to repay current liabilities as they fall due. Entities rated in this category normally maintain strong liquidity positions, conservative debt levels and profitability which is both stable and

2-A


Table of Contents

above average. Companies achieving an “R-1 (high)” rating are normally leaders in structurally sound industry segments with proven track records, sustainable positive future results and no substantial qualifying negative factors. Given the extremely tough definition which DBRS has established for an “R-1 (high)”, few entities are strong enough to achieve this rating.

     “R-1 (middle)” - Short-term debt rated “R-1 (middle)” is of superior credit quality and, in most cases, ratings in this category differ from “R-1 (high)” credits to only a small degree. Given the extremely tough definition which DBRS has for the “R-1 (high)” category, entities rated “R-1 (middle)” are also considered strong credits which typically exemplify above average strength in key areas of consideration for debt protection.

     “R-1 (low)” - Short-term debt rated “R-1 (low)” is of satisfactory credit quality. The overall strength and outlook for key liquidity, debt and profitability ratios is not normally as favorable as with higher rating categories, but these considerations are still respectable. Any qualifying negative factors which exist are considered manageable, and the entity is normally of sufficient size to have some influence in its industry.

     “R-2 (high)”, “R-2 (middle)”, “R-2 (low)” - Short-term debt rated “R-2” is of adequate credit quality and within the three subset grades, debt protection ranges from having reasonable ability for timely repayment to a level which is considered only just adequate. The liquidity and debt ratios of entities in the “R-2” classification are not as strong as those in the “R-1” category, and the past and future trend may suggest some risk of maintaining the strength of key ratios in these areas. Alternative sources of liquidity support are considered satisfactory; however, even the strongest liquidity support will not improve the commercial paper rating of the issuer. The size of the entity may restrict its flexibility, and its relative position in the industry is not typically as strong as an “R-1 credit”. Profitability trends, past and future, may be less favorable, earnings not as stable, and there are often negative qualifying factors present which could also make the entity more vulnerable to adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

     “R-3 (high)”, “R-3 (middle)”, “R-3 (low)” - Short-term debt rated “R-3” is speculative, and within the three subset grades, the capacity for timely payment ranges from mildly speculative to doubtful. “R-3” credits tend to have weak liquidity and debt ratios, and the future trend of these ratios is also unclear. Due to its speculative nature, companies with “R-3” ratings would normally have very limited access to alternative sources of liquidity. Earnings would typically be very unstable, and the level of overall profitability of the entity is also likely to be low. The industry environment may be weak, and strong negative qualifying factors are also likely to be present.

Long-Term Credit Ratings

     The following summarizes the ratings used by Standard & Poor’s for long-term issues:

     “AAA” - An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

     “AA” - An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest rated obligations only in small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

     “A” - An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

     “BBB” - An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

3-A


Table of Contents

     Obligations rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “CC” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

     “BB” - An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

     “B” - An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB,” but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

     “CCC” - An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

     “CC” - An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

     “C” - The “C” rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.

     “D” - An obligation rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payment will be made during such grace period. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

     - PLUS (+) OR MINUS (-) - The ratings from “AA” through “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

     The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for long-term debt:

     “Aaa” – Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

     “Aa” – Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

     “A” – Obligations rated “A” are considered upper-medium-grade and are subject to low credit risk.

     “Baa” – Obligations rated “Baa” are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

     “Ba” – Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

     “B” – Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

     “Caa” – Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

4-A


Table of Contents

     “Ca” - Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

     “C” – Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

     Note: Moody’s applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

The following summarizes long-term ratings used by Fitch:

     “AAA” - Securities considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit quality. These ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk and are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

     “AA” - Securities considered to be investment grade and of very high credit quality. These ratings denote a very low expectation of credit risk and indicate very strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

     “A” - Securities considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. These ratings denote a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

     “BBB” - Securities considered to be investment grade and of good credit quality. These ratings denote that there is currently a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and in economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment grade category.

     “BB” - Securities considered to be speculative. These ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

     “B” - Securities considered to be highly speculative. These ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

     “CCC,” “CC” and “C” - Securities have high default risk. Default is a real possibility, and capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments. “CC” ratings indicate that default of some kind appears probable, and “C” ratings signal imminent default.

     “DDD,” “DD” and “D” - Securities are in default. The ratings of obligations in these categories are based on their prospects for achieving partial or full recovery in a reorganization or liquidation of the obligor.

     Entities rated in this category have defaulted on some or all of their obligations. Entities rated “DDD” have the highest prospect for resumption of performance or continued operation with or without a formal reorganization process. Entities rated “DD” and “D” are generally undergoing a formal reorganization or

5-A


Table of Contents

liquidation process; those rated “DD” are likely to satisfy a higher portion of their outstanding obligations, while entities rated “D” have a poor prospect for repaying all obligations.

     PLUS (+) or MINUS (-) may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” long-term rating category or to categories below “CCC”.

     The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS for long-term debt:

     “AAA” - Bonds rated “AAA” are of the highest credit quality, with exceptionally strong protection for the timely repayment of principal and interest. Earnings are considered stable, the structure of the industry in which the entity operates is strong, and the outlook for future profitability is favorable. There are few qualifying factors present which would detract from the performance of the entity, the strength of liquidity and coverage ratios is unquestioned and the entity has established a creditable track record of superior performance. Given the extremely tough definition which DBRS has established for this category, few entities are able to achieve a AAA rating.

     “AA” - Bonds rated “AA” are of superior credit quality, and protection of interest and principal is considered high. In many cases, they differ from bonds rated AAA only to a small degree. Given the extremely tough definition which DBRS has for the AAA category, entities rated AA are also considered to be strong credits which typically exemplify above-average strength in key areas of consideration and are unlikely to be significantly affected by reasonably foreseeable events.

     “A” - Bonds rated “A” are of satisfactory credit quality. Protection of interest and principal is still substantial, but the degree of strength is less than with AA rated entities. While a respectable rating, entities in the “A” category are considered to be more susceptible to adverse economic conditions and have greater cyclical tendencies than higher rated companies.

     “BBB” - Bonds rated “BBB” are of adequate credit quality. Protection of interest and principal is considered adequate, but the entity is more susceptible to adverse changes in financial and economic conditions, or there may be other adversities present which reduce the strength of the entity and its rated securities.

     “BB” - Bonds rated “BB” are defined to be speculative, where the degree of protection afforded interest and principal is uncertain, particularly during periods of economic recession. Entities in the BB area typically have limited access to capital markets and additional liquidity support and, in many cases, small size or lack of competitive strength may be additional negative considerations.

     “B” - Bonds rated “B” are highly speculative and there is a reasonably high level of uncertainty which exists as to the ability of the entity to pay interest and principal on a continuing basis in the future, especially in periods of economic recession or industry adversity.

     “CCC” / “CC” / “C” - Bonds rated in any of these categories are very highly speculative and are in danger of default of interest and principal. The degree of adverse elements present is more severe than bonds rated “B”. Bonds rated below “B” often have characteristics which, if not remedied, may lead to default. In practice, there is little difference between the “C” to “CCC” categories, with “CC” and “C” normally used to lower ranking debt of companies where the senior debt is rated in the “CCC” to “B” range.

     “D” - This category indicates bonds in default of either interest or principal.

     (“high,” “low”) grades are used to indicate the relative standing of a credit within a particular rating category. The lack of one of these designations indicates a rating which is essentially in the middle of the category. Note that “high” and “low” grades are not used for the AAA category.

6-A


Table of Contents

Municipal Note Ratings

     A Standard & Poor’s note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes due in three years or less. The following summarizes the ratings used by Standard & Poor’s for municipal notes:

     “SP-1” - The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit a strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Those issues determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service are given a plus (+) designation.

     “SP-2” - The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

     “SP-3” - The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

     Moody’s uses three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels – MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation. The following summarized the ratings by Moody’s for these short-term obligations:

     “MIG-1” - This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

     “MIG-2” - This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

     “MIG-3” - This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

     “SG” - This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

     In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade of VMIG rating.

     When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1.

     VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

     “VMIG-1” – This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

     “VMIG-2” – This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

7-A


Table of Contents

     “VMIG-3” - This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

     “SG” – This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

     Fitch uses the same ratings for municipal securities as described above for other short-term credit ratings.

About Credit Ratings

A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a current opinion of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation. The issue credit rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell or hold a financial obligation. Credit ratings may be changed, suspended or withdrawn.

Moody’s credit ratings must be construed solely as statements of opinion and not recommendations to purchase, sell or hold any securities.

Fitch credit ratings are an opinion on the ability of an entity or of a securities issue to meet financial commitments on a timely basis. Fitch credit ratings are used by investors as indications of the likelihood of getting their money back in accordance with the terms on which they invested. However, Fitch credit ratings are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold any security. Ratings may be changed or withdrawn.

DBRS credit ratings are not buy, hold or sell recommendations, but rather the result of qualitative and quantitative analysis focusing solely on the credit quality of the issuer and its underlying obligations.

8-A


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B
ISS PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES SUMMARY

The following is a summary of certain of the ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines, which form the substantive basis of the Investment Adviser’s Policy on Proxy Voting (“Policy”) with respect to public equity investments. Unlike the abbreviated nature of this summary, the actual ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines address additional voting matters and provide more discussion regarding the factors that may determine ISS’s position on a matter. The Investment Adviser may diverge from the ISS guidelines and a related ISS recommendation on any particular proxy vote or in connection with any individual investment decision.

1. Auditors

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

  An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent,
 
  Fees for non-audit services are excessive, or
 
  There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position.

2. Board of Directors

a. Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

Votes on director nominees should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, examining, among other factors, the following factors: composition of the board and key board committees, attendance at board meetings, corporate governance provisions and takeover activity, long-term company performance relative to a market index, and whether the chairman is also serving as a CEO.

b. Classification/Declassification of the Board

Vote AGAINST proposals to classify the board.

Vote FOR proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

c. Independent Chairman (Separate Chairman/CEO)

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring the position of chairman to be filled by an independent director unless there are compelling reasons to recommend against the proposal.

d. Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Committees

Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors be independent unless the board composition already meets the proposed threshold by ISS’s definition of independence.

1-B


Table of Contents

Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation, and/or nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent directors if they currently do not meet that standard.

3. Shareholder Rights

a. Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take action by written consent.

Vote FOR proposals to allow or make easier shareholder action by written consent.

b. Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call special meetings.

Vote FOR proposals that remove restrictions on the right of shareholders to act independently of management.

c. Supermajority Vote Requirements

Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

Vote FOR proposals to lower supermajority vote requirements.

d. Cumulative Voting

Vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate cumulative voting.

Vote proposals to restore or permit cumulative voting on a CASE-BY-CASE basis relative to the company’s other governance provisions.

e. Confidential Voting

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that corporations adopt confidential voting, use independent vote tabulators and use independent inspectors of election, as long as the proposal includes a provision for proxy contests as follows: In the case of a contested election, management should be permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If the dissidents will not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived.

Vote FOR management proposals to adopt confidential voting.

4. Proxy Contests

a. Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

Votes in a contested election of directors must be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the factors that include, among others, the long-term financial performance, management’s track

2-B


Table of Contents

record, qualifications of director nominees (both slates), and an evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders.

b. Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses

Vote CASE-BY-CASE. Where ISS recommends in favor of the dissidents, ISS also recommends voting for reimbursing proxy solicitation expenses.

5. Poison Pills

Vote FOR shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill to shareholder vote or redeem it.

6. Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions based on such features, among others, as the fairness opinion, pricing, prospects of the combined company, and the negotiating process.

7. Reincorporation Proposals

Proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, giving consideration to both financial and corporate governance concerns, including the reasons for reincorporating, a comparison of the governance provisions, and a comparison of the jurisdictional laws. Vote FOR reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative governance changes.

8. Capital Structure

a. Common Stock Authorization

Votes on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis using a model developed by ISS.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with dual-class capital structures to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of stock that has superior voting rights.

Vote FOR proposals to approve increases beyond the allowable increase when a company’s shares are in danger of being de-listed or if a company’s ability to continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain.

b. Dual-class Stock

Vote AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock with superior voting rights. Vote FOR proposals to create a new class of non-voting or sub-voting common stock if:

  It is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders
 
  It is not designed to preserve the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder

3-B


Table of Contents

9. Executive and Director Compensation

Votes with respect to equity based compensation plans should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. The ISS methodology for reviewing compensation plans primarily focuses on the transfer of shareholder wealth (the dollar cost of pay plans to shareholders instead of simply focusing on voting power dilution). Using the expanded compensation data disclosed under the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules, ISS will value every award type. ISS will include in its analyses an estimated dollar cost for the proposed plan and all continuing plans. This cost, dilution to shareholders’ equity, will also be expressed as a percentage figure for the transfer of shareholder wealth, and will be considered along with dilution to voting power. Once ISS determines the estimated cost of the plan, ISS compares it to a company-specific dilution cap.

Vote AGAINST equity plans that explicitly permit repricing of underwater stock options without shareholder approval.

a. Management Proposals Seeking Approval to Reprice Options

Votes on management proposals seeking approval to reprice options are evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis giving consideration to the following:

  Historic trading patterns

  Rationale for the repricing

  Value-for-value exchange

  Option vesting

  Term of the option

  Exercise price

  Participation

b. Employee Stock Purchase Plans

Votes on employee stock purchase plans should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR employee stock purchase plans where all of the following apply:

  Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value;

  Offering period is 27 months or less; and

  Potential voting power dilution is ten percent or less.

  Vote AGAINST employee stock purchase plans where any of the opposite conditions obtain.

4-B


Table of Contents

c. Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking additional disclosure of executive and director pay information and shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote. Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking to set absolute levels on compensation or otherwise dictate the amount or form of compensation.

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for all other shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay, taking into account company performance, pay level versus peers, pay level versus industry, and long-term corporate outlook.

10. Social and Environmental Issues

These issues cover a wide range of topics, including consumer and public safety, environment and energy, general corporate issues, labor standards and human rights, military business, and workplace diversity.

Generally, ISS votes CASE-BY-CASE on such proposals. However, there are certain specific topics where ISS generally votes FOR the proposal (e.g., proposals seeking a report on a company’s animal welfare standards) or AGAINST the proposal (e.g., reports on foreign military sales or offsets).

5-B


Table of Contents

APPENDIX C

BUSINESS PRINCIPLES OF GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

Goldman Sachs is noted for its Business Principles, which guide all of the firm’s activities and serve as the basis for its distinguished reputation among investors worldwide.

     Our client’s interests always come first. Our experience shows that if we serve our clients well, our own success will follow.

     Our assets are our people, capital and reputation. If any of these is ever diminished, the last is the most difficult to restore. We are dedicated to complying fully with the letter and spirit of the laws, rules and ethical principles that govern us. Our continued success depends upon unswerving adherence to this standard.

     We take great pride in the professional quality of our work. We have an uncompromising determination to achieve excellence in everything we undertake. Though we may be involved in a wide variety and heavy volume of activity, we would, if it came to a choice, rather be best than biggest.

     We stress creativity and imagination in everything we do. While recognizing that the old way may still be the best way, we constantly strive to find a better solution to a client’s problems. We pride ourselves on having pioneered many of the practices and techniques that have become standard in the industry.

     We make an unusual effort to identify and recruit the very best person for every job. Although our activities are measured in billions of dollars, we select our people one by one. In a service business, we know that without the best people, we cannot be the best firm.

     We offer our people the opportunity to move ahead more rapidly than is possible at most other places. We have yet to find limits to the responsibility that our best people are able to assume. Advancement depends solely on ability, performance and contribution to the Firm’s success, without regard to race, color, religion, sex, age, national origin, disability, sexual orientation, or any other impermissible criterion or circumstance.

     We stress teamwork in everything we do. While individual creativity is always encouraged, we have found that team effort often produces the best results. We have no room for those who put their personal interests ahead of the interests of the Firm and its clients.

     The dedication of our people to the Firm and the intense effort they give their jobs are greater than one finds in most other organizations. We think that this is an important part of our success.

     Our profits are a key to our success. They replenish our capital and attract and keep our best people. It is our practice to share our profits generously with all who helped create them. Profitability is crucial to our future.

     We consider our size an asset that we try hard to preserve. We want to be big enough to undertake the largest project that any of our clients could contemplate, yet small enough to maintain the loyalty, the intimacy and the esprit de corps that we all treasure and that contribute greatly to our success.

1-C


Table of Contents

     We constantly strive to anticipate the rapidly changing needs of our clients and to develop new services to meet those needs. We know that the world of finance will not stand still and that complacency can lead to extinction.

     We regularly receive confidential information as part of our normal client relationships. To breach a confidence or to use confidential information improperly or carelessly would be unthinkable.

     Our business is highly competitive, and we aggressively seek to expand our client relationships. However, we must always be fair to competitors and must never denigrate other firms.

     Integrity and honesty are the heart of our business. We expect our people to maintain high ethical standards in everything they do, both in their work for the firm and in their personal lives.

2-C


Table of Contents

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.’S INVESTMENT BANKING AND SECURITIES ACTIVITIES

     Goldman Sachs is a leading financial services firm traditionally known on Wall Street and around the world for its institutional and private client services.

     With fifty offices worldwide Goldman Sachs employs over 20,000 professionals focused on opportunities in major markets.

     The number one underwriter of all international equity issues from 1989-2001.*

     The number one lead manager of U.S. common stock offerings from 1989-2001.*

     The number one lead manager for initial public offerings (IPOs) worldwide from 1989-2001.*

*      Source: Security Data Corporation. Common stock ranking excludes REITs, Investment Trusts and Rights. Ranking based on dollar volume issued.

3-C


Table of Contents

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.’S HISTORY OF EXCELLENCE

     
1869
  Marcus Goldman opens Goldman Sachs for business
 
   
1890
  Dow Jones Industrial Average first published
 
   
1896
  Goldman, Sachs & Co. joins New York Stock Exchange
 
   
1906
  Goldman, Sachs & Co. takes Sears Roebuck & Co. public (at 97 years, the firm’s longest-standing client relationship)
 
   
  Dow Jones Industrial Average tops 100
 
   
1925
  Goldman, Sachs & Co. finances Warner Brothers, producer of the first talking film
 
   
1956
  Goldman, Sachs & Co. co-manages Ford’s public offering, the largest to date
 
   
1970
  Goldman, Sachs & Co. opens London office
 
   
1972
  Dow Jones Industrial Average breaks 1000
 
   
1986
  Goldman, Sachs & Co. takes Microsoft public
 
   
1988
  Goldman Sachs Asset Management is formally established
 
   
1991
  Goldman, Sachs & Co. provides advisory services for the largest privatization in the region of the sale of Telefonos de Mexico
 
   
1995
  Goldman Sachs Asset Management introduces Global Tactical Asset
Allocation Program
 
   
  Dow Jones Industrial Average breaks 5000
 
   
1996
  Goldman, Sachs & Co. takes Deutsche Telekom public
 
   
  Dow Jones Industrial Average breaks 6000
 
   
1997
  Goldman Sachs Asset Management increases assets under management by 100%
over 1996
 
   
  Dow Jones Industrial Average breaks 7000

4-C


Table of Contents

     
1998
  Goldman Sachs Asset Management reaches $195.5 billion in assets under management
 
   
  Dow Jones Industrial Average breaks 9000
 
   
1999
  Goldman Sachs becomes a public company
 
   
  Goldman Sachs Asset Management launches the Goldman Sachs Internet Tollkeeper Fund; becomes the year’s second most successful new fund launch
 
   
2000
  Goldman Sachs CORESM Tax-Managed Equity Fund launches
 
   
  Goldman Sachs Asset Management has total assets under management of $298.5 billion
 
   
2001
  Goldman Sachs Asset Management reaches $100 billion in money market assets
 
   
  Goldman Sachs Asset Management has total assets under management of $306 billion
 
   
  Goldman Sachs acquires Spear, Leeds and Kellogg
 
   
2002
  Advises and services the wealth management needs of 45% of the Forbes 400*
 
   
2003
  Goldman Sachs acquires The Ayco Company, L.P., one of the oldest and largest financial planning firms in the United States
 
   
  Goldman Sachs combines its Australian operations with Australian securities firm JBWere, one of the most respected and oldest (having been founded in 1840) financial institutions in the region, to form Goldman Sachs JBWere
 
   
*
  Source: Forbes.com September 2002

5-C


Table of Contents

APPENDIX D

Statement of Intention
(applicable only to Class A Shares)

     If a shareholder anticipates purchasing within a 13-month period Class A Shares of a Fund alone or in combination with Class A Shares of another Goldman Sachs Fund in the amount of $100,000 or more in the case of the Government Income, Municipal Income, Core Fixed Income, Global Income, High Yield Municipal and High Yield Funds; $250,000 or more in the case of the Short Duration Government and Short Duration Tax-Free Funds; and $500,000 or more in the case of the Enhanced Income Fund and Ultra-Short Duration Government Fund, the shareholder may obtain shares of the Fund at the same reduced sales charge as though the total quantity were invested in one lump sum by checking and filing the Statement of Intention in the Account Application. Income dividends and capital gain distributions taken in additional shares will not apply toward the completion of the Statement of Intention.

     To ensure that the reduced price will be received on future purchases, the investor must inform Goldman Sachs that the Statement of Intention is in effect each time shares are purchased. Subject to the conditions mentioned below, each purchase will be made at the public offering price applicable to a single transaction of the dollar amount specified on the Account Application. The investor makes no commitment to purchase additional shares, but if the investor’s purchases within 13 months plus the value of shares credited toward completion do not total the sum specified, the investor will pay the increased amount of the sales charge prescribed in the Escrow Agreement.

Escrow Agreement

     Out of the initial purchase (or subsequent purchases if necessary), 5% of the dollar amount specified on the Account Application will be held in escrow by the Transfer Agent in the form of shares registered in the investor’s name. All income dividends and capital gains distributions on escrowed shares will be paid to the investor or to his or her order. When the minimum investment so specified is completed (either prior to or by the end of the 13th month), the investor will be notified and the escrowed shares will be released.

     If the intended investment is not completed, the investor will be asked to remit to Goldman Sachs any difference between the sales charge on the amount specified and on the amount actually attained. If the investor does not within 20 days after written request by Goldman Sachs pay such difference in the sales charge, the Transfer Agent will redeem, pursuant to the authority given by the investor in the Account Application, an appropriate number of the escrowed shares in order to realize such difference. Shares remaining after any such redemption will be released by the Transfer Agent.

1-D